mercedes-amggtmercedes-amggt operator'smanual mercedes-benz youroperator'smanual...

Mercedes-AMG GTOperator's Manual

Mercedes-Benz

Your Operator's Manual

Digital form inside the vehicleFamiliarize yourself with the contents of the Operator's Manual directly via yourvehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle").

Booklet inside the vehicleIn addition to the vehicle's Operator's Manual, you can obtain the complete multi-media system Supplement from your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the InternetYou can find the Operator's Manual on the Mercedes-Benz homepage.

Digital form as an AppTheMercedes-BenzGuidesApp is available for free on theApple®App store orGooglePlay.

Apple® iOS Android™

Order no. P190 0267 13 Part no. 190 584 79 03 Edition C 2018

É1905847903"ËÍ1905847903

Merce

des-A

MGGT

Publication detailsInternet

Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles and about Daimler AG can be found on thefollowing websites:http://www.mbusa.com (USA only)http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)

Editorial office

Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translated orotherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, with-out written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstra e 13770327 StuttgartGermany

SymbolsRegistered trademarks:RBluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-tooth SIG Inc.RDTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.RDolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarksof DOLBY Laboratories.RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are reg-istered trademarks of Daimler AG.RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of John-son Controls.RiPod® and iTunes® are registered trademarksof Apple Inc.RBurmester® is a registered trademark ofBurmester Audiosysteme GmbH.RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are regis-tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.RSIRIUS® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc.RHD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-uity Digital Corporation.RGracenote® is a registered trademark ofGracenote, Inc.RZAGAT Survey® and related brands are regis-tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC.

In this Operator's Manual you will find the fol-lowing symbols:

G WARNINGWarning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental noteEnvironmental notes provide you with infor-mation on environmentally aware actions ordisposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you to dan-gers that could lead to damage to your vehi-cle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X This symbol indicates an instructionthat must be followed.

X Several of these symbols in successionindicate an instruction with severalsteps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells you where you can findmore information about a topic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning or aninstruction that is continued on the nextpage.

Dis‐play This text indicates a message on themultifunction display/multimedia dis-play.This symbol tells you that you can findfurther information in the Digital Oper-ator's Manual.

As at 27.03.2017

Welcome to the world of Mercedes-BenzWe urge you to read this Operator's Manualcarefully and familiarize yourself with the vehi-cle before driving. For your own safety and alonger vehicle life, follow the instructions andwarning notices in this Operator's Manual.Ignoring them could result in damage to thevehicle or personal injury to you or others.Vehicle damage caused by failure to followinstructions is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.The equipment or product designation of yourvehicle may vary depending on:RModelROrderRCountry specificationRAvailabilityMercedes-Benz therefore reserves the right tointroduce changes in the following areas:RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptions andillustrations.The following are integral components of thevehicle:RDigital Operator's ManualRPrinted Operator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent supplementsKeep these documents in the vehicle at alltimes. If you sell the vehicle, always pass alldocuments on to the new owner.Your Operator's Manual:

Digital form inside the vehicleThe Digital Operator's Manual providescomprehensive and specifically adaptedinformation on your vehicle's equipmentand multimedia system. It contains infor-mative animations, individual languagesettings and an intuitive search function.Booklet inside the vehicleIn addition to this manual and the afore-mentioned digital media, you also have theoption to obtain a comprehensive printedversion of the Supplement for your multi-media system from your authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the InternetTheOperator'sManual on the Internet pro-vides easy access to all informationregarding your vehicle andmultimedia sys-tem. It also provides helpful animations,interesting background information and awide array of search options.Digital form as an appUsing the Mercedes-Benz Guides app, youcan view all the information on your vehicleandmultimedia system via mobile Internetor download it independently of networkaccess. Available for smartphones or tab-lets.

Please note that the Mercedes-Benz Guides appmay not yet be available in your country.Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.A Daimler Company

1905847903 É1905847903"ËÍ

Index ....................................................... 4

Digital Operator's Manual .................. 23Introduction ........................................... 23Operation ............................................... 23

Introduction ......................................... 24Protecting the environment ................... 24Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ............... 24Operator's Manual ................................. 25Service and vehicle operation ................ 25Operating safety .................................... 27QR code for rescue card ........................ 29Data stored in the vehicle ...................... 29Mercedes me website ............................ 31Information on copyright ....................... 32

At a glance ........................................... 33Cockpit .................................................. 33Instrument cluster ................................. 34Multifunction steering wheel ................. 35Center console ...................................... 36Overhead control panel ......................... 37Door control panel ................................. 38

Safety ................................................... 39Panic alarm ............................................ 39Occupant safety .................................... 39Children in the vehicle ........................... 54Pets in the vehicle ................................. 57Driving safety systems ........................... 57Protection against theft ......................... 63

Opening and closing ........................... 65SmartKey ............................................... 65Doors ..................................................... 71Cargo compartment ............................... 73Side windows ......................................... 75Panorama roof ....................................... 79

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .... 80Correct driver's seat position ................ 80Seats ..................................................... 80Steering wheel ....................................... 85

Mirrors ................................................... 86Memory function ................................... 89

Lights and windshield wipers ............ 91Exterior lighting ..................................... 91Interior lighting ...................................... 94Replacing bulbs ..................................... 95Windshield wipers .................................. 95

Climate control .................................... 98Overview of climate control systems ..... 98Operating the climate control sys-tems ...................................................... 99Air vents .............................................. 102

Driving and parking .......................... 104Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle ..... 104Driving ................................................. 104DYNAMIC SELECT controller ............... 111AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speedsports transmission ............................. 112Refueling ............................................. 120Parking ................................................ 122Driving tips .......................................... 126Driving systems ................................... 129

On-board computer and displays .... 154Important safety notes ........................ 154Displays and operation ........................ 154Menus and submenus ......................... 156Display messages ................................ 168Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster ............................... 193

Multimedia system ........................... 204General notes ...................................... 204Important safety notes ........................ 204Function restrictions ............................ 204Operating system ................................ 205

Stowage and features ...................... 213Stowage areas ..................................... 213Features .............................................. 216

2 Contents

Maintenance and care ...................... 232Engine compartment ........................... 232ASSYST PLUS ...................................... 237Care ..................................................... 238

Breakdown assistance ..................... 245Where will I find...? .............................. 245Flat tire ................................................ 246Battery (vehicle) .................................. 250Jump-starting ....................................... 251Towing and tow-starting ...................... 254Fuses ................................................... 256

Wheels and tires ............................... 258Important safety notes ........................ 258Operation ............................................ 258Winter operation .................................. 260Tire pressure ....................................... 261Loading the vehicle .............................. 266All about wheels and tires ................... 269Changing a wheel ................................ 276Wheel and tire combinations ............... 280

Technical data ................................... 282Information regarding technical data ... 282Vehicle electronics .............................. 282Identification plates ............................. 282Service products and filling capaci-ties ...................................................... 283Vehicle data ......................................... 288

Contents 3

1, 2, 3 ...12 V socket

see Sockets

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Display message ............................ 170Function/notes ................................ 57Warning lamp ................................. 196

Accelerationsee Kickdown

AccidentAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 54

Activating media modeGeneral notes ................................ 211

Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification ................... 99Active aerodynamics profile

Display message ............................ 191Extending/retracting ..................... 227Problem ......................................... 228

Active Brake AssistActivating or deactivating .............. 163Display message ............................ 175Function/notes ................................ 58

Active Service System PLUSsee ASSYST PLUS

ADAPTIVE BRAKE ................................. 63Adaptive Brake Assist

Display message ............................ 170Adaptive Damping System

Function/notes ............................. 142Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Display message ............................ 180Function/notes ................................ 93Switching on/off .............................. 94

Additional speedometer ................... 165Additives (engine oil) ........................ 286Address book

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Adjusting lumbar support .................. 82Adjusting the volume

Multimedia system ........................ 205

After-sales service centersee ASSYST PLUS

Air bagsDeployment ..................................... 51Display message ............................ 178Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ....................................... 45Important safety notes .................... 44Introduction ..................................... 44Knee bag .......................................... 45Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 46PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 40Side impact air bag .......................... 46Window curtain air bag .................... 46

Air ventsImportant safety notes .................. 102Setting ........................................... 102Setting the side air vents ............... 103

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

AlarmATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 63Switching off (ATA) .......................... 63Switching the function on/off(ATA) ................................................ 63

Alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

AMGAdaptive sport suspension sys-tem ................................................ 142E-SELECT lever .............................. 112Menu (on-board computer) ............ 165Performance Seat ............................ 83SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-gear sporttransmission .................................. 112

AMG ceramic brakes ......................... 128AMG high-performance andceramic brakes .................................. 128AMG sports exhaust system ............ 109Animals

see Pets in the vehicleAnti-entrapment function

see Reversing featureAnti-lock braking system

see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

4 Index

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

Ashtray ............................................... 217Assistance display (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 162Assistance menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 163Assistance system

see Driving systemsASSYST PLUS

Displaying a service message ........ 238Hiding a service message .............. 237Resetting the service interval dis-play ................................................ 238Service message ............................ 237Special service requirements ......... 238

ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Activating/deactivating ................... 63Function ........................................... 63Switching off the alarm .................... 63

ATTENTION ASSISTActivating/deactivating ................. 163Display message ............................ 183Function/notes ............................. 148

Authorized Mercedes-Benz Centersee Qualified specialist workshop

Authorized workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

AUTO lightsDisplay message ............................ 180see Lights

Automatic car wash (care) ............... 239Automatic engine start (ECOstart/stop function) .................................... 109Automatic engine switch-off (ECOstart/stop function) .......................... 108Automatic headlamp mode ................ 91Automatic transmission

Accelerator pedal position ............. 115Automatic drive program ............... 117Changing gear ............................... 115Display message ............................ 188Double-clutch function .................. 115Drive program display .................... 114Driving tips .................................... 115

Emergency running mode .............. 120Engaging neutral ............................ 113Engaging park position automati-cally ............................................... 113Engaging reverse gear ................... 113Engaging the park position ............ 113Gearshift recommendation ............ 118Gliding mode ................................. 115Important safety notes .................. 112Kickdown ....................................... 115Manual drive program .................... 117Manual mode ................................. 118Oil temperature (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 165Overview ........................................ 112Problem (malfunction) ................... 120Pulling away ................................... 107Rocking the vehicle free ................ 115Shift override ................................. 119Starting the engine ........................ 107Steering wheel paddle shifters ...... 116Transmission position display ........ 114Transmission positions .................. 114

Automatic transmission emer-gency mode ....................................... 120

BBack button ....................................... 205BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 58Basic settings

see SettingsBattery (SmartKey)

Checking .......................................... 68Important safety notes .................... 67Replacing ......................................... 68

Battery (vehicle)Charging ........................................ 251Display message ............................ 182Important safety notes .................. 250Jump starting ................................. 251

Beltsee Seat belts

Belt warning ......................................... 43Blind Spot Assist

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer) ............................ 163Display message ............................ 184

Index 5

Notes/function .............................. 150Blower

see Climate controlBluetooth®

Searching for a mobile phone ........ 211see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Brake Assist Systemsee BAS (Brake Assist System)

Brake assistancesee BAS (Brake Assist System)

Brake fluidDisplay message ............................ 175Notes ............................................. 286

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

BrakesABS .................................................. 57AMG high-performance andceramic brakes .............................. 128BAS .................................................. 58Brake fluid (notes) ......................... 286Braking assistance appropriate tothe situation ..................................... 60Display message ............................ 170EBD .................................................. 63Hill start assist ............................... 107Important safety notes .................. 127Maintenance .................................. 128Parking brake ................................ 124Riding tips ...................................... 127Warning lamp ................................. 195

Braking assistance appropriate tothe situation

Function/notes ................................ 60Breakdown

see Flat tiresee Towing away

Breakdown assistanceWhere will I find...? ........................ 245

Buttons on the steering wheel ......... 155

CCalifornia

Important notice for retail cus-tomers and lessees .......................... 25

Calling up a malfunctionsee Display messages

Calling up the climate control barMultimedia system ........................ 208

Calling up the climate controlmenu

Multimedia system ........................ 208Car

see VehicleCare

Car wash ........................................ 239Carpets .......................................... 244Display ........................................... 243Exhaust pipe .................................. 242Exterior lights ................................ 242Gear or selector lever .................... 243General notes ................................ 238Interior ........................................... 243Matte finish ................................... 241Paint .............................................. 240Plastic trim .................................... 243Power washer ................................ 240Rear view camera .......................... 242Roof lining ...................................... 244Seat belt ........................................ 244Seat cover ..................................... 244Sensors ......................................... 242Steering wheel ............................... 243Trim pieces .................................... 243Washing by hand ........................... 239Wheels ........................................... 241Windows ........................................ 241Wiper blades .................................. 241

Cargo compartment coverImportant safety notes .................. 215

Cargo net ........................................... 215CD


CD player (on-board computer) ........ 160Center console

Overview .......................................... 36Central locking

Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 65Changing the media source ............. 160Charge retention

Socket ........................................... 125

6 Index

Charge-air pressure (on-boardcomputer) .......................................... 165Child

Restraint system .............................. 55Child seat

Forward-facing restraint system ...... 56On the front-passenger seat ............ 56Rearward-facing restraint system .... 56

ChildrenSpecial seat belt retractor ............... 55

Children in the vehicleImportant safety notes .................... 54

Cigarette lighter ................................ 218Cleaning

Mirror turn signal ........................... 242Climate control

Air-recirculation mode ................... 102Automatic climate control (dual-zone) ................................................ 98Controlling automatically ............... 100Cooling with air dehumidification ..... 99Cooling with air dehumidification(multimedia system) ...................... 208Defrosting the windows ................. 101Defrosting the windshield .............. 101ECO start/stop function (3-zoneautomatic climate control) ............... 99General notes .................................. 98Indicator lamp ................................ 100Information about using auto-matic climate control ....................... 99Overview ........................................ 208Overview of systems ........................ 98Problem with the rear windowdefroster ........................................ 102Problems with cooling with airdehumidification ............................ 100Refrigerant ..................................... 288Refrigerant filling capacity ............. 288Setting the air distribution ............. 100Setting the air vents ...................... 102Setting the airflow ......................... 101Setting the climate mode (multi-media system) ............................... 208Setting the temperature ................ 100Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ............................................ 102Switching on/off .............................. 99

Switching the rear windowdefroster on/off ............................ 101Switching the synchronizationfunction on and off ........................ 101Synchronization function (multi-media system) ............................... 209

Climate control settingsMultimedia system ........................ 208

Climate control systemClimate control (3-zone automaticclimate control) ................................ 99

CockpitOverview .......................................... 33

Code for Appssee QR code

COMAND displayCleaning ......................................... 243

Combination switch ............................ 92Connecting a USB device


Consumption statistics (on-boardcomputer) .......................................... 157Controller ........................................... 205Convenience closing feature .............. 77Convenience opening

With the SmartKey ........................... 76Coolant (engine)

Checking the level ......................... 236Display message ............................ 181Filling capacity ............................... 287Important safety notes .................. 287Temperature display in the instru-ment cluster .................................. 154Warning lamp ................................. 199

Coolingsee Climate control

Copyright ............................................. 32Cornering light function

Display message ............................ 180Cruise control

Cruise control lever ....................... 130Deactivating ................................... 131Display message ............................ 185General notes ................................ 129Setting a speed .............................. 131

Index 7

Storing and maintaining currentspeed ............................................. 130Storing, maintaining and callingup a speed ..................................... 130

Cup holderCenter console .............................. 216Important safety notes .................. 216

Customer Assistance Center(CAC) ..................................................... 28Customer Relations Department ....... 28

DDashboard

see CockpitDashboard lighting

see Instrument cluster lightingData

see Technical dataData carrier

Selecting ........................................ 160Daytime running lamp mode

see Daytime running lampsDaytime running lamps

Display message ............................ 180Function/notes ................................ 91Switching on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 164

Declarations of conformity ................. 27Diagnostics connection ...................... 28Digital Operator's Manual

Help ................................................. 23Introduction ..................................... 23

Digital speedometer ......................... 157Display

see Display messagessee Warning and indicator lamps

Display messagesASSYST PLUS ................................ 237Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 169Driving systems ............................. 183Engine ............................................ 181General notes ................................ 168Hiding (on-board computer) ........... 169Introduction ................................... 168Lights ............................................. 180Safety systems .............................. 170SmartKey ....................................... 192

Tires ............................................... 186Vehicle ........................................... 188

Distance Pilot DISTRONICActivating ....................................... 133Activation conditions ..................... 133Cruise control lever ....................... 133Display Message ............................ 185Displays in the instrument cluster .. 137Driving tips .................................... 137Driving with Distance PilotDISTRONIC .................................... 134Function/notes ............................. 131Important safety notes .................. 132Setting a speed .............................. 135Setting the specified minimumdistance ......................................... 136Stopping ........................................ 135Switching off .................................. 136

Distance recorder ............................. 156Distance warning (warning lamp) .... 201Distance warning function

Function/notes ................................ 59Door control panel

Overview .......................................... 38Doors

Automatic locking (switch) ............... 72Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ....................................... 65Display message ............................ 190Emergency locking ........................... 72Emergency unlocking ....................... 72Important safety notes .................... 71Opening (from inside) ...................... 71

Drinking and driving ......................... 126Drive program

Automatic ...................................... 117Display ........................................... 114Manual ........................................... 117Selecting ........................................ 111SETUP (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 166

Driver's doorsee Doors

Driver's seatsee Seat

DrivingImportant safety notes .................. 104

8 Index

Driving abroadMercedes-Benz Service ................. 238

Driving on flooded roads .................. 129Driving safety system

Active Brake Assist .......................... 58Braking assistance appropriate tothe situation ..................................... 60

Driving safety systemsABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....... 57ADAPTIVE BRAKE ............................. 63BAS (Brake Assist System) .............. 58Distance warning function ............... 59EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution) ............................................. 63ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 61Important safety information ........... 57Overview .......................................... 57

Driving systemDistance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 131Parking assist PARKTRONIC .......... 142

Driving systemsAMG adaptive sport suspensionsystem ........................................... 142ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 148Blind Spot Assist ............................ 150Cruise control ................................ 129Display message ............................ 183HOLD function ............................... 139Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 152Lane Tracking package .................. 150RACE START .................................. 140Rear view camera .......................... 145

Driving tipsAMG high-performance andceramic brakes .............................. 128Automatic transmission ................. 115Brakes ........................................... 127Break-in period .............................. 104Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 137Downhill gradient ........................... 127Drinking and driving ....................... 126Driving in winter ............................. 129Driving on flooded roads ................ 129Driving on wet roads ...................... 129Exhaust check ............................... 126Fuel ................................................ 126General .......................................... 126

Hydroplaning ................................. 129Icy road surfaces ........................... 129Important safety notes .................. 104Limited braking efficiency on sal-ted roads ....................................... 127Snow chains .................................. 260Subjecting brakes to a load ........... 127The first 1000 miles (1500 km) ..... 104Wet road surface ........................... 127

DVD videoOperating (on-board computer) ..... 161see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

DYNAMIC SELECT controller ............ 111

EE-SELECT lever ................................... 112EASY-ENTRY feature

Function/notes ................................ 85EASY-EXIT feature

Function/notes ................................ 85EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ............................ 172Function/notes ................................ 63

ECO start/stop functionAutomatic engine switch-off .......... 108Deactivating/activating ................. 109General information ....................... 108Important safety notes .................. 108Introduction ................................... 108

Electronic brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

EmergencyAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 54

Emergency brakingsee BAS (Brake Assist System)

Emergency releaseDriver's door .................................... 72Vehicle ............................................. 72

Index 9

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ......................................... 51

Emergency unlockingTailgate ............................................ 75

Emissions controlService and warranty information .... 25

EngineCheck Engine warning lamp ........... 199Display message ............................ 181ECO start/stop function ................ 108Engine number ............................... 283Irregular running ............................ 110Jump-starting ................................. 251Starting problems .......................... 110Starting the engine with theSmartKey ....................................... 107Starting with the Start/Stop but-ton ................................................. 107Switching off .................................. 123Tow-starting (vehicle) ..................... 256

Engine electronicsNotes ............................................. 282Problem (malfunction) ................... 110

Engine oilAdding ........................................... 235Additives ........................................ 286Checking the oil level ..................... 233Checking the oil level using thedipstick .......................................... 233Checking the oil level using theon-board computer ........................ 234Display message ............................ 182Filling capacity ............................... 286Notes about oil grades ................... 286Notes on oil level/consumption .... 233Temperature (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 165

Engine oil additivessee Additives (engine oil)

Entering an addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

ESC (Electronic Stability Control)see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram)

AMG menu (on-board computer) ... 166Characteristics ................................. 61

Deactivating/activating ................... 61Deactivating/activating (buttonin AMG vehicles) .............................. 62Display message ............................ 170Function/notes ................................ 61General notes .................................. 61Important safety information ........... 61Warning lamp ................................. 196

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ....... 61Exhaust check ................................... 126Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 242Exterior lighting

Cleaning ......................................... 242see Lights

Exterior mirrorCalling up a stored setting (mem-ory function) .................................... 90

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting ......................................... 87Dipping (automatic) ......................... 88Folding in/out (automatically) ......... 87Folding in/out (electrically) ............. 87Out of position (troubleshooting) ..... 88Setting ............................................. 87Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 89Storing the parking position ............. 88

FFavorites

Overview ........................................ 207Features ............................................. 216Filler cap

see RefuelingFlat tire

Changing a wheel/mounting thespare wheel ................................... 276Preparing the vehicle ..................... 246TIREFIT kit ...................................... 247

Floormats ........................................... 231Frequencies

Mobile phone ................................. 282Two-way radio ................................ 282

Front-passenger seatsee Seat

10 Index

FuelAdditives ........................................ 285Consumption statistics .................. 157Displaying the current consump-tion ................................................ 157Displaying the range ...................... 157Driving tips .................................... 126E10 ................................................ 284Fuel gauge ....................................... 34Grade (gasoline) ............................ 284Important safety notes .................. 284Problem (malfunction) ................... 122Refueling ........................................ 120Tank content/reserve fuel ............. 284

Fuel filler flapClosing ........................................... 121General information ....................... 121Opening ......................................... 121Problem (malfunction) ................... 122

Fuel levelCalling up the range (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 157

Fuel tankCapacity ........................................ 284Problem (malfunction) ................... 122

FusesAllocation chart ............................. 257Before changing ............................. 257Fuse box in the cargo compart-ment .............................................. 257Fuse box in the front-passengerfootwell .......................................... 257Important safety notes .................. 256

GG-Meter (on-board computer) .......... 166Garage door opener

Clearing the memory ..................... 231General notes ................................ 228Important safety notes .................. 229Opening/closing the garage door .. 231Problems when programming ........ 230Programming (button in the rear-view mirror) ................................... 229Synchronizing the rolling code ....... 230

Gasoline ............................................. 284

Gear indicator (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 165Genuine parts ...................................... 24Glove box ........................................... 214Google™ Local Search


HHandling control system

see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Handwriting recognition

Switching text reader functionon/off ............................................ 207Touchpad ....................................... 206

Hazard warning lamps ........................ 93Head restraints

Adjusting ......................................... 82Headlamps

Cleaning system (notes) ................ 287Fogging up ....................................... 94see Automatic headlamp mode

Heatingsee Climate control

High beam flasher ............................... 92High-beam headlamps

Display message ............................ 180Switching on/off .............................. 92

Hill start assist .................................. 107HOLD function

Activating ....................................... 139Activation conditions ..................... 139Deactivating ................................... 140Display message ............................ 184General notes ................................ 139

Home addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

HoodClosing ........................................... 233Display message ............................ 190Important safety notes .................. 232Opening ......................................... 232

Horn ...................................................... 33Hydroplaning ..................................... 129

Index 11

IIgnition key

see SmartKeyIgnition lock

see Key positionsImmobilizer .......................................... 63Indicator lamps

see Warning and indicator lampsIndicators

see Turn signalsInspection

see ASSYST PLUSInstrument cluster

Overview .......................................... 34Warning and indicator lamps ........... 34

Instrument cluster lighting .............. 164Interior lighting

Automatic control ............................ 95Overview .......................................... 94Reading lamp ................................... 94Setting the brightness of the dis-play/switch (on-board computer) .. 164

iPod®see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

JJack

Using ............................................. 277Jump starting (engine) ...................... 251

KKey positions

SmartKey ....................................... 106Start/Stop button .......................... 105

KEYLESS-GOConvenience closing feature ............ 77Deactivation ..................................... 66Locking ............................................ 66Start function ................................... 66Unlocking ......................................... 66

KEYLESS-GO start functionStart/Stop button .......................... 105

KickdownDriving tips .................................... 115

Knee bag .............................................. 45

LLamps

see Warning and indicator lampsLane detection (automatic)

see Lane Keeping AssistLane Keeping Assist

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer) ............................ 164Display message ............................ 184Function/information .................... 152

Lane Tracking package ..................... 150Lap time (RACETIMER) ...................... 167License plate lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 180Light sensor (display message) ....... 180Lights

Automatic headlamp mode .............. 91Fogged up headlamps ...................... 94Hazard warning lamps ..................... 93High beam flasher ............................ 92High-beam headlamps ..................... 92Light switch ..................................... 91Low-beam headlamps ...................... 92Parking lamps .................................. 92Rear fog lamp .................................. 92Setting exterior lighting ................... 91Setting the brightness of the dis-play/switch (on-board computer) .. 164Standing lamps ................................ 92Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 164Turn signals ..................................... 92see Interior lighting

Loading guidelines ............................ 213Locking (doors)

Automatic ........................................ 72Emergency locking ........................... 72From inside (central locking but-ton) .................................................. 71see KEYLESS-GO

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Low-beam headlampsDisplay message ............................ 180Switching on/off .............................. 92

12 Index

Lubricant additivessee Additives (engine oil)

MM button ............................................. 116M+S tires ............................................ 260Malfunction message

see Display messagesManual drive program

Activating ....................................... 117Changing gear ............................... 118Deactivating ................................... 118General notes ................................ 117

Manual modeActivating ....................................... 118Deactivating ................................... 119General notes ................................ 118

Matte finish (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 241mbrace

Call priority .................................... 222Display message ............................ 175Downloading destinations(COMAND) ..................................... 222Downloading routes ....................... 225Emergency call .............................. 220General notes ................................ 219Geo fencing ................................... 225Info call button .............................. 221Locating a stolen vehicle ............... 224Remote fault diagnosis .................. 224Remote vehicle locking .................. 223Roadside assistance button ........... 221Search & Send ............................... 223Self-test ......................................... 219Speed alert .................................... 225System .......................................... 219Triggering the vehicle alarm ........... 225Vehicle remote unlocking .............. 223

Mechanical keyFunction/notes ................................ 67General notes .................................. 67Inserting .......................................... 67Locking vehicle ................................ 72Removing ......................................... 67Unlocking the driver's door .............. 72

Media Interfacesee Digital Operator's Manual

Memory card (audio) ......................... 160Memory function

Seats, steering wheel, exteriormirrors ............................................. 89

Mercedes me connectChange of vehicle ............................ 32Data protection ................................ 32Website ............................................ 31

Mercedes-Benz Intelligent DriveDistance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 131

Message memory (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 169Messages

see Display messagessee Warning and indicator lamps

Mirror turn signalCleaning ......................................... 242

Mirrorssee Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirrorsee Vanity mirror

Mobile phoneConnecting (device manager) ........ 210Frequencies ................................... 282Installation ..................................... 282Menu (on-board computer) ............ 161Transmission output (maximum) .... 282

Model typesee Vehicle identification plate

Modifying the programming(SmartKey) ........................................... 67Mounting wheels

Lowering the vehicle ...................... 280Mounting a new wheel ................... 279Preparing the vehicle ..................... 277Raising the vehicle ......................... 277Removing a wheel .......................... 279Securing the vehicle against roll-ing away ........................................ 277

MP3Operation ....................................... 160see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Multifunction displayFunction/notes ............................. 156

Index 13

Multifunction steering wheelOperating the on-board computer .. 155Overview .......................................... 35

Multimedia systemSwitching on and off ...................... 205

Music filessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

NNavigation

Displaying (on-board computer) ..... 158Menu (on-board computer) ............ 158see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Notes on breaking-in a new vehi-cle ....................................................... 104

OOccupant Classification System(OCS)

Conditions ....................................... 47Faults ............................................... 50Operation ......................................... 47System self-test ............................... 49

Occupant safetyAir bags ........................................... 44Automaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 54Belt warning ..................................... 43Children in the vehicle ..................... 54Important safety notes .................... 39Introduction to the restraint sys-tem .................................................. 39Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 46PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 40Pets in the vehicle ........................... 57PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-pant protection) ............................... 53Restraint system warning lamp ........ 40Seat belt .......................................... 40

OCSConditions ....................................... 47Faults ............................................... 50

Operation ......................................... 47System self-test ............................... 49

Odometer ........................................... 156Oil

see Engine oilOn-board computer

AMG menu ..................................... 165Assistance graphic menu ............... 162Assistance menu ........................... 163Display messages .......................... 168Displaying a service message ........ 238Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 137Factory settings ............................. 165G-Meter ......................................... 166Important safety notes .................. 154Instrument cluster menu ............... 164Lights menu ................................... 164Media menu ................................... 160Menu overview .............................. 156Message memory .......................... 169Navigation menu ............................ 158Operation ....................................... 155RACETIMER ................................... 167Radio menu ................................... 159Service menu ................................. 163Settings menu ............................... 163Standard display ............................ 156Telephone menu ............................ 161Trip menu ...................................... 156Video DVD operation ..................... 161

On-board diagnostic interfacesee Diagnostics connection

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ................ 27Important safety notes .................... 27

Operating systemsee On-board computer

OperationDigital Operator's Manual ................ 23

Operator's ManualOverview .......................................... 25Vehicle equipment ........................... 25

Outside temperature display ........... 154Overhead control panel ...................... 37

14 Index

PPaddle shifters

see Steering wheel paddle shiftersPaint code number ............................ 282Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 240Panic alarm .......................................... 39Panorama roof ..................................... 79Parking

Engaging park position .................. 113Important safety notes .................. 122Parking brake ................................ 124Position of exterior mirror, front-passenger side ................................. 88Rear view camera .......................... 145Switching off the engine ................ 123see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Parking aidsee Exterior mirrorssee Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Parking Assist PARKTRONICDeactivating/activating ................. 144Driving system ............................... 142Important safety notes .................. 142Problems (malfunctions) ................ 145Sensor range ................................. 143Warning display ............................. 144

Parking assistancesee Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Parking brakeApplying automatically ................... 124Applying or releasing manually ...... 124Display message ............................ 172Electric parking brake .................... 124Emergency braking ........................ 125General notes ................................ 124Releasing automatically ................. 125Warning lamp ................................. 198

Parking lampsSwitching on/off .............................. 92

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisplay message ............................ 178Indicator lamps ................................ 40Problems (malfunction) .................. 178

Pets in the vehicle ............................... 57Phone book


Plastic trim (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 243Power washers .................................. 240Power windows

see Side windowsPre-emptive safety

see PRE-SAFE® (anticipatoryoccupant protection)

PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection)

Display message ............................ 176Operation ......................................... 53

Protection against theftATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 63Immobilizer ...................................... 63

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes .................................. 24

Pulling awayAutomatic transmission ................. 107General notes ................................ 107Hill start assist ............................... 107

QQR code

Mercedes-Benz Guide App ................. 1Rescue card ..................................... 29

Qualified specialist workshop ........... 28Quick access for audio and tele-phone

Changing the station/musictrack .............................................. 207

RRACE START

Activating ....................................... 141Activation conditions ..................... 140Important safety notes .................. 140

RACE TIMER (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 167Radio

Selecting a station ......................... 159Radio mode


Index 15

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ................ 27Reading lamp ....................................... 94Rear axle steering

Function/notes ............................. 108Rear fog lamp


Rear lampssee Lights

Rear spoilerDisplay message ............................ 190Extending/retracting ..................... 226Problem ......................................... 227

Rear view cameraCleaning instructions ..................... 242Function/notes ............................. 145Switching on/off ........................... 146

Rear window defrosterProblem (malfunction) ................... 102Switching on/off ........................... 102

Rear-view mirrorAnti-glare (manual) .......................... 86Dipping (automatic) ......................... 88

Recyclingsee Protection of the environment

Reflective safety jacket .................... 245Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes .................. 288Refueling

Fuel gauge ....................................... 34Important safety notes .................. 120Refueling process .......................... 121see Fuel

Remote controlGarage door opener ....................... 228

Replacing bulbsGeneral notes .................................. 95

Reporting safety defects .................... 28Rescue card ......................................... 29Reserve (fuel tank)

see FuelReserve fuel

Display message ............................ 183Warning lamp ................................. 199

Restraint systemDisplay message ............................ 176Introduction ..................................... 39Warning lamp ................................. 198Warning lamp (function) ................... 40

Reversing featureSide windows ................................... 75

Reversing lamps (display mes-sage) ................................................... 180Roadside Assistance (breakdown) .... 26Roll away protection

see HOLD functionRoller sunblind for the panoramaroof

Opening and closing ........................ 79Operating ......................................... 79

Roof lining and carpets (cleaningguidelines) ......................................... 244Route guidance


SSafety

Children in the vehicle ..................... 54see Occupant safetysee Operating safety

Safety systemsee Driving safety systems

SD cardInserting/removing ........................ 212

SD memory cardsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204Selecting ........................................ 160

Search & Sendsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

SeatCorrect driver's seat position ........... 80

Seat beltsAdjusting the driver's and front-passenger seat belt ......................... 43Cleaning ......................................... 244Correct usage .................................. 42Fastening ......................................... 43Important safety guidelines ............. 41

16 Index

Introduction ..................................... 40Releasing ......................................... 43Warning lamp ................................. 193Warning lamp (function) ................... 43

Seat functionsee Seat

SeatsAdjusting (electrically) ..................... 82Adjusting (manually) ........................ 81Adjusting (Performance Seat) .......... 83Adjusting lumbar support ................ 82Adjusting the head restraint ............ 82Calling up a stored setting (mem-ory function) .................................... 90Cleaning the cover ......................... 244Important safety notes .................... 80Seat heating problem ...................... 84Seat ventilation problem .................. 84Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 89Switching seat heating on/off ......... 83Switching seat ventilation on/off .... 84

Selecting a gearsee Automatic transmission

Selector leverCleaning ......................................... 243Positions ........................................ 112

Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 242Service menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 163Service message

see ASSYST PLUSService products

Brake fluid ..................................... 286Coolant (engine) ............................ 287Engine oil ....................................... 286Fuel ................................................ 283Important safety notes .................. 283Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem) ............................................... 288Washer fluid ................................... 287

Setting the date/time formatsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Setting the languagesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Setting the timesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

SettingsFactory (on-board computer) ......... 165On-board computer ....................... 163

SETUP (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 166Side impact air bag ............................. 46Side marker lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 180Side windows

Cleaning ......................................... 241Convenience closing feature ............ 77Convenience opening feature .......... 76Important safety information ........... 75Opening/closing .............................. 76Problem (malfunction) ..................... 78Resetting ......................................... 77Reversing feature ............................. 75

SIRIUS servicessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

SmartKeyChanging the battery ....................... 68Changing the programming ............. 67Checking the battery ....................... 68Convenience closing feature ............ 77Convenience opening feature .......... 76Display message ............................ 192Door central locking/unlocking ....... 65Important safety notes .................... 65KEYLESS-GO start function .............. 66Loss ................................................. 69Mechanical key ................................ 67Overview .......................................... 65Positions (ignition lock) ................. 106Problem (malfunction) ..................... 69Starting the engine ........................ 107

SMSsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

Snow chains ...................................... 260Sockets

General notes ................................ 218Luggage compartment ................... 219

SoundSwitching on/off ........................... 205

Index 17

Special seat belt retractor .................. 55Specialist workshop ............................ 28Speed, controlling

see Cruise controlSpeedometer

Activating/deactivating the addi-tional speedometer ........................ 165Digital ............................................ 157Segments ...................................... 154Selecting the display unit ............... 164

SPORT handling modeActivating/deactivating ................... 61Warning lamp ................................. 198

Sports exhaust systemsee AMG sports exhaust system

Standing lampsDisplay message ............................ 180Switching on/off .............................. 92

Start/Stop buttonGeneral notes ................................ 105Key positions ................................. 105Starting the engine ........................ 107

Start/stop functionsee ECO start/stop function

Starting (engine) ................................ 106Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)Steering

Display message ............................ 191Warning lamps ............................... 203

Steering wheelAdjusting (electrically) ..................... 85Button overview ............................... 35Buttons (on-board computer) ......... 155Calling up a stored setting (mem-ory function) .................................... 90Cleaning ......................................... 243EASY ENTRY/EXIT feature ............... 85Important safety notes .................... 85Paddle shifters ............................... 116Storing settings (memory func-tion) ................................................. 89

Steering wheel paddle shifters ........ 116Stopwatch (RACETIMER) ................... 167Stowage areas ................................... 213Stowage compartments

Armrest (front) ............................... 214

Armrest (under) ............................. 214Cup holders ................................... 216Glove box ....................................... 214Important safety information ......... 213Stowage net ................................... 215see Stowage areas

Stowage net ....................................... 215Summer opening

see Side windowsSummer tires

In winter ........................................ 260Sun visor ............................................ 217Suspension setting

AMG adaptive sport suspensionsystem ........................................... 142

Suspension tuningSETUP (on-board computer,Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 166

Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ................................................. 102Switching on media mode

Via the device list .......................... 211

TTachometer ........................................ 154Tail lamps

Display message ............................ 180see Lights

TailgateDisplay message ............................ 190Emergency unlocking ....................... 75Important safety notes .................... 73Opening (automatically frominside) .............................................. 74Opening dimensions ...................... 288Opening with an extended rearspoiler .............................................. 73Opening/closing (from outside) ....... 73Unlocking with KEYLESS-GO ............ 73

Tanksee Fuel tank

Tank contentFuel gauge ....................................... 34

Technical dataCapacities ...................................... 283Information .................................... 282Tires/wheels ................................. 280

18 Index

Vehicle data ................................... 288Telephone

Accepting a call (multifunctionsteering wheel) .............................. 162Authorizing a mobile phone (con-necting) ......................................... 211Connecting a mobile phone(device manager) ........................... 210Display message ............................ 191Introduction ................................... 161Menu (on-board computer) ............ 161Number from the phone book ........ 162Redialing ........................................ 162Rejecting/ending a call ................. 162see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 204

TemperatureCoolant (display in the instrumentcluster) .......................................... 154Engine oil (on-board computer) ...... 165Outside temperature ...................... 154Setting (climate control) ................ 100Transmission oil (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 165

Timing (RACETIMER) ......................... 167Tire pressure

Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 264Checking manually ........................ 263Display message ............................ 186Maximum ....................................... 263Not reached (TIREFIT) .................... 248Notes ............................................. 262Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 249Recommended ............................... 261

Tire pressure monitorChecking the tire pressure elec-tronically ........................................ 265Function/notes ............................. 264General notes ................................ 264Important safety notes .................. 264Restarting ...................................... 266Warning lamp ................................. 202Warning message .......................... 265

Tire-change tool kit ........................... 246TIREFIT kit

Important safety notes .................. 247Storage location ............................ 246Tire pressure not reached .............. 248

Tire pressure reached .................... 249Using ............................................. 247

TiresAspect ratio (definition) ................. 275Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .................... 274Bar (definition) ............................... 274Changing a wheel .......................... 276Characteristics .............................. 274Checking ........................................ 259Curb weight (definition) ................. 275Definition of terms ......................... 274Direction of rotation ...................... 276Display message ............................ 186Distribution of the vehicle occu-pants (definition) ............................ 276DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) (definition) ............................. 274DOT, Tire Identification Number(TIN) ............................................... 273GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)(definition) ..................................... 274GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) (def-inition) ........................................... 275GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) (definition) .............................. 275Important safety notes .................. 258Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (definition) ...... 274Information on driving .................... 258Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........... 275Labeling (overview) ........................ 271Load bearing index (definition) ...... 276Load index ..................................... 273Load index (definition) ................... 275Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ............................................... 275Maximum loaded vehicle weight(definition) ..................................... 275Maximum permissible tire pres-sure (definition) ............................. 275Maximum tire load ......................... 273Maximum tire load (definition) ....... 275Notes on sport tires ....................... 258Optional equipment weight (defi-nition) ............................................ 276PSI (pounds per square inch) (def-inition) ........................................... 275

Index 19

Replacing ....................................... 276Service life ..................................... 259Sidewall (definition) ....................... 275Speed rating (definition) ................ 275Storing ........................................... 277Structure and characteristics(definition) ..................................... 274Summer tires in winter .................. 260Temperature .................................. 270TIN (Tire Identification Number)(definition) ..................................... 276Tire bead (definition) ...................... 275Tire pressure (definition) ................ 275Tire pressures (recommended) ...... 274Tire size (data) ............................... 280Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity, speed rating .................... 271Tire tread ....................................... 259Tire tread (definition) ..................... 275Total load limit (definition) ............. 276Traction ......................................... 270Traction (definition) ....................... 276Tread wear ..................................... 270Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ...................................... 269Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) .................... 274Wear indicator (definition) ............. 276Wheel and tire combination ........... 280Wheel rim (definition) .................... 274see Flat tire

Toolsee Vehicle tool kit

TouchpadChanging the station/musictrack .............................................. 207Character suggestions ................... 206Deleting characters ....................... 206Entering a space ............................ 206Entering characters ....................... 206Gesture control .............................. 206Handwriting recognition ................ 206Operating the touchpad ................. 206Overview ........................................ 206Quick access for Audio .................. 207Switching ....................................... 206Switching input line ....................... 206

Tow-startingEmergency engine starting ............ 256

Towing awayImportant safety guidelines ........... 254Installing the towing eye ................ 255Removing the towing eye ............... 255Transporting the vehicle ................ 256With both axles on the ground ....... 255

Towing eye ......................................... 245Traction system

see ETS (Electronic Traction System)Traffic reports


TransmissionDriving tips .................................... 115Selector lever ................................ 112see Automatic transmission

Transmission position display ......... 114Transmission positions

General notes ................................ 112Overview ........................................ 113

Transporting the vehicle .................. 256Trim pieces (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 243Trip computer (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 157Trip odometer

Calling up ....................................... 156Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 157

Trunk load (maximum) ...................... 288Trunk partition .................................. 215Turn signals


Two-way radioFrequencies ................................... 282Installation ..................................... 282Transmission output (maximum) .... 282

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

UUnlocking

Emergency unlocking ....................... 72From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................. 71

20 Index

USB devicesConnecting to the Media Inter-face ............................................... 212

VVanity mirror (in the sun visor) ........ 217Vehicle

Correct use ...................................... 28Data acquisition ............................... 29Display message ............................ 188Electronics ..................................... 282Equipment ....................................... 25Individual settings .......................... 163Limited Warranty ............................. 29Loading .......................................... 266Locking (in an emergency) ............... 72Locking (SmartKey) .......................... 65Lowering ........................................ 280Maintenance .................................... 26Operating safety .............................. 27Parking .......................................... 122Parking for a long period ................ 125Pulling away ................................... 107Raising ........................................... 277Reporting problems ......................... 28Securing from rolling away ............ 277Towing away .................................. 254Transporting .................................. 256Unlocking (in an emergency) ........... 72Unlocking (SmartKey) ...................... 65Vehicle data ................................... 288

Vehicle batterysee Battery (vehicle)

Vehicle dataTrunk load (maximum) ................... 288

Vehicle dimensions ........................... 288Vehicle emergency locking ................ 72Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate .............. 282Vehicle maintenance

see ASSYST PLUSVehicle tool kit .................................. 245Ventilation

see Climate controlVideo

Operating the DVD ......................... 161


VINSeat ............................................... 283Type plate ...................................... 282

WWarning and indicator lamps

ABS ................................................ 196Active Brake Assist ........................ 201Brakes ........................................... 195Check Engine ................................. 199Coolant .......................................... 199Distance warning ........................... 201ESP® .............................................. 196ESP® OFF ....................................... 197Fuel tank ........................................ 199Overview .......................................... 34Parking brake ................................ 198PASSENGER AIR BAG ...................... 40Reserve fuel ................................... 199Restraint system ............................ 198Seat belt ........................................ 193SPORT handling mode ................... 198Steering ......................................... 203Tire pressure monitor .................... 202

Warranty .............................................. 25Washer fluid

Display message ............................ 191Weather display (COMAND)


Wheel and tire combinationsTires ............................................... 280

Wheel bolt tightening torque ........... 280Wheel chock ...................................... 277Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 276Checking ........................................ 259Cleaning ......................................... 241Important safety notes .................. 258Information on driving .................... 258Interchanging/changing ................ 276Mounting a new wheel ................... 279Mounting a wheel .......................... 277Notes on sport tires ....................... 258Removing a wheel .......................... 279

Index 21

Storing ........................................... 277Tightening torque ........................... 280Wheel size/tire size ....................... 280

Window curtain air bagDisplay message ............................ 177Operation ......................................... 46

Windowssee Side windows

WindshieldDefrosting ...................................... 101

Windshield washer fluidsee Windshield washer system

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid ....................... 237Important safety notes .................. 287

Windshield wipersProblem (malfunction) ..................... 97Replacing the wiper blades .............. 96Switching on/off .............................. 95

Winter drivingSlippery road surfaces ................... 129Snow chains .................................. 260

Winter operationGeneral notes ................................ 260Summer tires ................................. 260

Winter tiresM+S tires ....................................... 260

Wiper bladesCleaning ......................................... 241Important safety notes .................... 96Replacing ......................................... 96Replacing (windshield) ..................... 96

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

22 Index

Introduction

The printed Operator's Manual provides infor-mation about the safe operation of your vehicle.The Digital Operator's Manual provides compre-hensive and specifically adapted information onyour vehicle's equipment and multimedia sys-tem. You can call up the Digital Operator's Man-ual via the multimedia system.

i You will not incur any costs when calling upthe Digital Operator's Manual. The DigitalOperator's Manual works without connectingto the Internet.

There are three ways to access the topics of theDigital Operator's Manual:RVisual searchThe visual search allows you to explore yourvehicle "virtually". Starting from either thevehicle exterior view or interior view, you canaccess many of the different topics coveredby the Digital Operator's Manual. To accessthe vehicle interior section, select the "Vehi-cle interior" view.RKeyword searchThe keyword search allows you to search for akeyword by entering characters. Furtherinformation can be found in the Digital Oper-ator's Manual in the "COMAND" sectionunder the "Character entry (telephony)" key-word.RContentsYou can select individual sections in the con-tents.

i The Digital Operator's Manual is deactiva-ted for safety reasons while driving.

Operation

Calling up the Digital Operator's Man-ualX Show themain function bar by sliding5 thecontroller up.

X Select the Vehicle menu item by turning3 and pressing7 the controller.The vehicle menu is displayed.

X Select the Operator's Manualmenu itembyturning3 and pressing7 the controller.

X Confirm7 the message about the warningand safety notes.The menu for the Digital Operator's Manualappears.

Operating the Digital Operator's Man-ual

General notesPlease observe the information about the oper-ation of the controller (Y page 205).

Content pagesThe content pages can be accessed bymeans ofa visual search, a keyword search or using thecontents.

X To scroll forward/back: turn3 the con-troller.

X To select information text or save book-marks: slide9 the controller to theright;.

X To select a link: slide6 the controllerdown=.

X To exit a content page: select the%symbol?.

X To call up the menu of the Digital Opera-tor's Manual: selectÞ symbolA.

X To switch functions to the multimediasystem: select% symbol? repeatedlyuntil you exit the Digital Operator's Manual.

Digital Operator's Manual 23

Protecting the environment

General notes

H Environmental noteDaimler's declared policy is one of compre-hensive environmental protection.The objectives are for the natural resourcesthat form the basis of our existence on thisplanet to be used sparingly and in a mannerthat takes the requirements of both natureand humanity into account.You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environmen-tally responsible manner.Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tire wear are affectedby these factors:Roperating conditions of your vehicleRyour personal driving styleYou can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:Operating conditions:Ravoid short trips as these increase fuel con-sumption.Ralways make sure that the tire pressuresare correct.Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.Rremove roof racks once you no longer needthem.Ra regularly serviced vehicle will contributeto environmental protection. You shouldtherefore adhere to the service intervals.Ralways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal whenstarting the engine.Rdo notwarmup the enginewhen the vehicleis stationary.Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front.Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rchange gear in good time and use each gearonly up toÔ of its maximum engine speed.Rswitch off the engine in stationary traffic.Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel consump-tion.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendationsWherever the Operator'sManual requires you todispose ofmaterials, first try to regenerate or re-use them. Observe the relevant environmentalrules and regulations when disposing of materi-als. In this way you will help to protect the envi-ronment.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

H Environmental noteDaimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajorassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. They are covered by thesame Limited Warranty entitlements as newparts.

! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-ces, as well as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installed inthe following areas of your vehicle:RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audio sys-tems in these areas. Do not carry out repairsor welding. You could impair the operatingefficiency of the restraint systems.Have aftermarket accessories installed at aqualified specialist workshop.

You could jeopardize the operating safety ofyour vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels aswell as accessories relevant to safety whichhave not been approved byMercedes-Benz. Thiscould lead to malfunctions in safety-relevant

24 Genuine Mercedes-Benz partsIntroductio

n

systems, e.g. the brake system. Use only genu-ine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of equal qual-ity. Only use tires, wheels and accessories thathave been specifically approved for your vehi-cle.Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject tostrict quality control. Every part has been spe-cifically developed, manufactured or selectedfor and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles.Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz partsshould be used.More than 300,000 different genuineMercedes-Benz parts are available forMercedes-Benz models.All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintaina supply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts fornecessary service and repair work. In addition,strategically located parts delivery centers pro-vide quick and reliable parts service.Always specify the vehicle identification number(VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benzparts (Y page 282).

Operator's Manual

Vehicle equipmenti ThisOperator'sManual describes allmodelsand all standard and optional equipment ofyour vehicle available at the time of this Oper-ator's Manual going to print. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Bear in mind thatyour vehicle may not feature all functionsdescribed here. This also applies to safety-relevant systems and functions. The equip-ment in your vehiclemay therefore differ fromthat shown in the descriptions and illustra-tions.

The original purchase agreement lists all sys-tems installed in your vehicle.Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The Operator's Manual and Maintenance Book-let are important documents and should be keptin the vehicle.

Service and vehicle operation

WarrantyThe Limited Warranty for your vehicle applies inaccordance with the warranty terms and condi-tions in the Service and Warranty Informationbooklet.Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willreplace and repair all factory-installed parts inaccordance with the following warranty termsand conditions:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyREmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Islandand Vermont Emission Control System War-rantyRState warranty enforcement laws (lemonlaws)

Replacement parts and accessories are coveredby the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessorieswarranties. These are available at any author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Should you lose your Service and WarrantyInformation booklet, have an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center arrange for a replace-ment. The new Service and Warranty Infor-mation booklet will be posted to you.

Information for customers in Califor-niaUnder California law you may be entitled to areplacement of your vehicle or a refund of thepurchase price or lease price, if after a reason-able number of repair attempts Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC and/or its authorized repair or servicefacilities fail to fix one or more substantialdefects or malfunctions in the vehicle that arecovered by its express warranty.During the period of 18 months from originaldelivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of18,000 miles (approximately 29,000 km) on theodometer of the vehicle, whichever occurs first,a reasonable number of repair attempts is pre-sumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or moreof the following occurs:(1) the same substantial defect or malfunction

results in a condition that is likely to cause

Service and vehicle operation 25

Introductio

n

Z

death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle isdriven, that defect or malfunction has beensubject to repair two ormore times, and youhave directly notified Mercedes-Benz USA,LLC in writing of the need for its repair.

(2) the same substantial defect or malfunctionof a less serious nature than category (1)has been subject to repair four or moretimes and you have directly notifiedMercedes-Benz in writing of the need for itsrepair.

(3) the vehicle is out of service by reason ofrepair of the same or different substantialdefects or malfunctions for a cumulativetotal of more than 30 calendar days.

Please send your written notice to:Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCCustomer Assistance CenterOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350

MaintenanceUSA only:Always have the Service and Warranty Bookletwith you when you bring the vehicle to anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The serviceadvisor will record every service for you in theService and Warranty Booklet.Canada only:Have every service in a qualified specialist work-shop confirmed in the service report.

Breakdown assistanceThe Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Pro-gram offers technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadside Assis-tance Hotline are answered by our agents 24hours a day, 365 days a year.1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)(USA)1-800-387-0100 (Canada)For additional information, refer to theMercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Programbrochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assistance"section in the Service and Warranty Booklet(Canada). You will find both in the vehicle docu-ment wallet.

Change of address or change of own-ershipIn the event of a change of address, please sendus the "Notification of Address Change" in theService and Warranty Booklet or simply call theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center(USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service Center (Canada) at1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in contact-ing you in a timelymanner should the need arise.If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all liter-ature in the vehicle so that it is available to thenext owner.If you have purchased a used car, please send usthe "Notification of Used Car Purchase" in theService and Warranty Booklet or simply call theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center(USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

Vehicle operation outside the USAand CanadaWhen you are abroad with your vehicle, observethe following points:RService facilities or replacement parts maynot be readily available.RLead-free fuel for vehicles with a catalyticconverter may not be available. Leaded fuelcan cause damage to the catalytic converter.RThe fuel may have a considerably loweroctane number. Unsuitable fuel can causeengine damage.

Some Mercedes-Benz models are available fordelivery in Europe through our European Deliv-ery Program. For details, consult an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or write to one of thefollowing addresses.In the USAMercedes-Benz USA, LLCEuropean Delivery DepartmentOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.European Delivery Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

26 Service and vehicle operationIntroductio

n

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairscarried out, this can result in malfunctions orsystem failures. There is a risk of an accident.Always have the prescribed service/mainte-nance work as well as any required repairscarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system. There is a riskof fire.When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb, a speed bump or a pothole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the underbody orparts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, the under-body, chassis parts, wheels or tires could bedamaged without the damage being visible.Components damaged in this way can unex-pectedly fail or, in the case of an accident, nolonger withstand the loads they are designedto.If the underbody paneling is damaged, com-bustible materials such as leaves, grass ortwigs can gather between the underbody andthe underbody paneling. If these materialscome in contact with hot parts of the exhaustsystem, they can catch fire.In such situations, have the vehicle checkedand repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. If on continuing your jour-ney you notice that driving safety is impaired,pull over and stop the vehicle immediately,paying attention to road and traffic condi-tions. In such cases, consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio wavesUSA: "The wireless devices of this vehicle com-ply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation issubject to the following two conditions: 1) Thesedevices may not cause harmful interference,and 2) These devices must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference that maycause undesired operation. Changes or modifi-cations not expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exemptRSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) These devices maynot cause interference, and (2) These devicesmust accept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired operation ofthe device."

Operating safety 27

Introductio

n

Z

Diagnostics connectionThe diagnostics connection is only intended forthe connection of diagnostic equipment at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you connect equipment to a diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of vehicle systems. As a result, theoperating safety of the vehicle could be affec-ted. There is a risk of an accident.Only connect equipment to a diagnostics con-nection in the vehicle, which is approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and equipmenton the diagnostics connection is used, thestarter battery may discharge.

Connecting equipment to the diagnostics con-nection can lead to emissions monitoring infor-mation being reset, for example. This may leadto the vehicle failing tomeet the requirements ofthe next emissions test during the main inspec-tion.

Qualified specialist workshopAn authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a quali-fied specialist workshop. It has the necessaryspecialist knowledge, tools and qualifications tocorrectly carry out the work required on yourvehicle. This is especially the case for work rel-evant to safety.

Always have the following work carried out at anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center:Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifica-tionsRwork on electronic components

Correct useIf you remove any warning stickers, you or oth-ers could fail to recognize certain dangers.Leave warning stickers in position.Observe the following information when drivingyour vehicle:Rthe safety notes in this manualRthe vehicle technical dataRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotorvehicles

Problems with your vehicleIf you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believe mayaffect its safe operation, we urge you to contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immedi-ately to have the problem diagnosed and recti-fied. If the problem is not resolved to your sat-isfaction, please discuss the problem again withthe authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or, if nec-essary, contact us at one of the followingaddresses.In the USACustomer Assistance CenterMercedes-Benz USA, LLCOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaCustomer Relations DepartmentMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defectsUSA only:

28 Operating safetyIntroductio

n

The following text is published as required ofmanufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Fed-eral Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the"National Traffic andMotor Vehicle Safety Act of1966".If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could cause injuryor death, you should immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles, it may ordera recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or Mercedes-BenzUSA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington,DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety at:http://www.safercar.gov

Limited Warranty! Observe the notes in this Operator'sManualregarding the correct operation of your vehi-cle and possible damage to the vehicle. Dam-age to the vehicle which is caused by violationof these notes is not covered by theMercedes-Benz implied warranty or the newor used-vehicle warranty.

QR code for rescue card

The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flapand on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In theevent of an accident, rescue services can usethe QR code to quickly find the appropriate res-cue card for your vehicle. The current rescuecard contains the most important informationabout your vehicle in a compact form, e.g. therouting of the electric cables.You can find more information underwww.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code.

Data stored in the vehicle

Information from electronic controlunitsThere are electronic control units installed inyour vehicle. Some of these are necessary foryour vehicle to operate safely, while some offersupport during driving (driver assistance sys-tems). In addition, your vehicle offers comfortand entertainment functions that are also madepossible by electronic control units.Electronic control units contain data storagesystems that can temporarily or permanentlysave technical information concerning the vehi-cle's condition, component stress and mainte-nance requirements as well as technical eventsand malfunctions.This information generally documents the con-dition of a component, amodule, a systemor thesurroundings, for example:Roperating states of system components (e.g.fill levels, battery status, tire pressure)Rstatus messages concerning the vehicle or itsindividual components (e.g. wheel rpm/speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration, indi-cation of whether seat belts are fastened)Rmalfunctions and defects in important systemcomponents (e.g. lights, brakes)Rinformation about events leading to vehicledamageRsystem responses in special driving situations(e.g. air bag deployment, intervention of sta-bility control systems)Rambient conditions (e.g. temperature, rainsensor)

In addition to performing the actual control unitfunction, these data are used by manufacturersto detect and rectify malfunctions and to opti-mize vehicle functions. Most of these data arevolatile and processed only in the vehicle itself.Only a small part of the data is stored in event ormalfunction memories.When you use services, the technical data fromthe vehicle can be read out by service networkemployees or third parties. Services can includerepair services, maintenance processes, war-ranty cases and quality assurance measures.The data is read out via the legally prescribeddiagnostics connection in the vehicle. The rele-vant offices in the service network or third par-ties collect, process and use the data. Thesedata document the vehicle's technical states,

Data stored in the vehicle 29

Introductio

n

Z

are used to help in finding malfunctions andimproving quality and are sent to the manufac-turer where necessary. In addition, the manu-facturer is subject to product liability. The man-ufacturer needs technical data from vehicles forthis purpose.Malfunction memories in the vehicle can bereset by a service center during repair or servicework.You can incorporate data into the vehicle's com-fort and infotainment functions yourself as partof the selected equipment.These include, for example:Rmultimedia data such as music, films or pho-tos for playback in an integrated multimediasystemRaddress book data for use in conjunction withan integrated hands-free system or an inte-grated navigation systemRnavigation destinations that have beenenteredRdata about using Internet servicesThese data can be saved locally in the vehicle orare located on a device that you have connectedto the vehicle. If this data is saved in the vehicle,you can delete it at any time. These data are sentto third parties only at your request, particularlywhen you use online services in accordancewiththe settings that you have selected.You can save and change comfort settings/customizations in the vehicle at any time.Depending on the piece of equipment in ques-tion, these can include, for example:Rseat and steering wheel position settingsRsuspension and climate control settingsRcustom settings such as interior lightingIf your vehicle is equipped appropriately, youcan connect your smartphone or anothermobileend device to the vehicle. You can control this bymeans of the control elements integrated in thevehicle. The smartphone's picture and soundcan be output via the multimedia system. Spe-cific items of information are also sent to yoursmartphone.Depending on the type of integration, this caninclude:Rgeneral vehicle informationRposition dataThis allows the use of selected smartphoneApps, such as navigation or music player Apps.There is no additional interaction between the

smartphone and the vehicle, particularly activeaccess to vehicle data. The type of additionaldata processing is determined by the provider ofthe App being used. Whether you can configuresettings for it and, if so, which ones, depends onthe App and your smartphone's operating sys-tem.

Service provider

Wireless network connectionIf your vehicle has a wireless network connec-tion, data can be exchanged between your vehi-cle and other systems. The wireless networkconnection is enabled by either an in-vehicletransmitter and receiver or your ownmobile enddevice (e.g. smartphone). Online functions canbe used via this wireless network connection.These include online services and applications/Apps provided by the manufacturer or otherproviders.

Services provided by the manufacturerIn the case of the manufacturer's online serv-ices, the manufacturer describes the functionsin a suitable place and the associated informa-tion subject to data protection legislation. Per-sonal data can be used in order to provide onlineservices. Data are exchanged via a secure con-nection (e.g. using the IT system specially pro-vided for this purpose by the manufacturer).Collecting, processing and using personal databeyond the provision of services is permittedonly on the basis of a statutory permit or decla-ration of consent.You can usually activate anddeactivate the serv-ices and functions (some of which are subject tocharge). In many cases, this also applies to thevehicle's entire data connection. However, thisdoes not apply in particular to legally prescribedfunctions and services such as the "eCall" emer-gency call system.

Services from third partiesIf it is possible to use online services from otherproviders, these services are the responsibilityof the provider in question and subject to thatprovider's data protection conditions and termsof use. The manufacturer has no influence overthe content exchanged here.

30 Data stored in the vehicleIntroductio

n

For this reason, please ask the service providerfor information about the type, extent and pur-pose of the collection and use of personal datawhen services are provided by third parties.

COMAND/mbraceIf the vehicle is equipped with COMAND ormbrace, additional data about the vehicle'soperation, the use of the vehicle in certain sit-uations, and the location of the vehicle may becompiled through COMAND or the mbrace sys-tem.For additional information please refer to theCOMAND User Manual or the Digital Operator'sManual and/or the mbrace Terms and Condi-tions.

Event data recordersThis vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). This vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bag deploy-ment or hitting a road obstacle, data that willassist in understanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:RHow various systems in your vehicle wereoperatingRWhether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastenedRHow far (if at all) the driver was depressing theaccelerator and/or brake pedal andRHow fast the vehicle was travelingThese data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recor-ded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data are recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crashlocation) are recorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement could combine theEDR data with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash investi-gation.

Access to the vehicle and/or the EDR is neededto read data that is recorded by an EDR, andspecial equipment is required. In addition to thevehicle manufacturer, other parties that havethe special equipment, such as law enforce-ment, can read the information by accessing thevehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat-ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, acci-dent claims and vehicle safety. Since the CrashData Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extractdata from the EDR is commercially available,Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expresslydisclaims any and all liability arising from theextraction of this information by unauthorizedMercedes-Benz personnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or, ifthe vehicle is leased, without the consent of thelessee. Exceptions to this representationinclude responses to subpoenas by law enforce-ment; by federal, state or local government; inconnectionwith or arising out of litigation involv-ing MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates; or,as required by law.Warning: The EDR is a component of theRestraint SystemModule. Tamperingwith, alter-ing, modifying or removing the EDR componentmay result in a malfunction of the Restraint Sys-tem Module and other systems.State laws or regulations regarding EDRs thatconflict with federal regulation are pre-empted.Thismeans that in the event of such conflict, thefederal regulation governs. As of February 2013,13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.

Mercedes me website

General information

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attention

Mercedes me website 31

Introductio

n

Z

to traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

Mercedes me connect services may be limitedto certain countries and certain devices.Daimler AG can restrict or discontinue the ser-vice.The remote online services of Mercedes meconnect:Rare not intended for use in the vehicle. Theseservices must not be used while the vehicle isin motion.Rmay contain data which is out of date or inva-lid. The displays in the vehicle apply at alltimes.

The remote online services and selected basicservices can be used via the website https://www.mercedes.me or via the web applicationfor your smartphone. They can be called upusing many Internet-enabled end devices.Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whencalling up the website via the multimedia sys-tem. Do not use the website while the vehicle isin motion.

Notes on data protection

G WARNINGThe use of remote control functions can leadto security risks.Remote control functions include, for exam-ple:RLocking/unlocking the vehicleRActivating auxiliary heatingA security risk could occur, for example bythe activation of the auxiliary heating at anunsuitable location for the vehicle.

An unauthorized person with knowledge ofyour access data could take control of vehiclebehavior and/or individual vehicle functions.Take great care to protect your access datafrom unauthorized access.Change your access data immediately if yoususpect unauthorized access has taken placeor that your access data has been compro-

mised. In addition, consult an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center immediately.

Any person who has access to your access datacan use the Mercedes me connect services.

Change of vehicleIf you sell your vehicle, you are obliged to deletethe vehicle from your personal area on theMercedes me website.If you have bought a used vehicle, it is possiblethat the previous owner still has access to theMercedes me connect services. Daimler AG orMercedes me connect are not automaticallyinformed about the change of owner.For as long as the previous owner has a con-nection with the vehicle, they can use all of theMercedes me connect services.For example:Rlocating the vehicleRremotely operated vehicle functionse.g. locking and unlocking the vehicle

Active vehicle location is shown in the multime-dia system display.If in doubt, deactivate the function:Ron the Mercedes me connect website byswitching off the function in the settings.Rvia the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center. Youcan call up the Mercedes-Benz CustomerCenter by pressing the ï button in theoverhead control unit. Have access for theprevious owner deactivated.

Information on copyright

Free and open-source softwareInformation on license for free and open-sourcesoftware used in your vehicle can be found onthe data carrier in your vehicle document walletand, including updates, on the following web-site:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

32 Information on copyrightIntroductio

n

Cockpit

Function Page

: Combination switch 92

; Steering wheel paddle shift-ers 116

= Instrument cluster 34

? Overhead control panel 37

A Climate control systems 99

B Horn

C Adjusts the steering wheelelectrically 85

Function Page

D Cruise control lever 129

E Unlocks the tailgate 74

F Electric parking brake 124

G Diagnostics connection 28

H Opens the hood 232

I Rear fog lamp 92

J Light switch 91

Cockpit 33

Ataglance

Instrument cluster

Function Page

: SpeedometerSpeedometer segments 154Warning and indicator lamps:h Tire pressure monitor 202å ESP® OFF 196÷ ESP® 196· Distance warning 201Ð Power steering 2036 Restraint system 40ü Seat belts 193K High-beam headlamps 92L Low-beam headlamps 92T Parking lamps 92N This indicator lamp hasno functionR Rear fog lamp 92

; #! Turn signals 92

= Multifunction display 156

? Tachometer 154

Function PageWarning and indicator lamps:! Electric parking brake(yellow) 198! ABS 196; Check Engine 199Electric parking brake (red) 198F USA only! Canada onlyBrakes (red) 195$ USA onlyJ Canada onlyM SPORT handling mode 198

A Coolant temperature gauge 154Warning and indicator lamps:? Coolant 199

B Fuel level indicatorWarning and indicator lamps:8 Reserve fuel level withfuel filler flap location indica-tor (right) 199

i Information on the display of the outsidetemperature in the multifunction display canbe found under "Outside temperature dis-play" (Y page 154).

Adjusting the instrument cluster lightingusing the on-board computer (Y page 164).

34 Instrument clusterAt

aglance

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Multifunction display 156

; Multimedia system display

= ~ Rejects or ends a call6Makes or accepts a callFurther telephone functions 161WX Adjusts volume8 Muteó Switches on the VoiceControl System

Function Page

? ò Opens the menu list9: Selects a menua Confirms the selection% BackOperating the on-board com-puter 155ñ Switches off the VoiceControl System

i In vehicles with multimedia systemCOMAND you can find further information:Ron the multimedia system in the DigitalOperator's ManualRon the Voice Control System in the sepa-rate operating instructions

Multifunction steering wheel 35

Ataglance

Center console

Function Page

: Stowage compartment 21412 V socket 218Cigarette lighter 218Ashtray 217

; Ü Switches the multime-dia system on/off (see theDigital Owner's Manual)

= p M button (activates man-ual mode) 116

? è ECO start/stop func-tion 109

A Adjusts the exhaust flap ofthe AMG sports exhaust sys-tem 109

B Ignition lock (in the stowagecompartment) 106

C Stowage compartment 214

D AMGE-SELECT selector lever 112

Function Page

E à Adjusts AMG RIDECONTROL sports suspension 142

F jPark positionwith parkinglock 112

G å Activates/deactivatesESP® 61M Activates/deactivatesSPORT handling mode 61

H Touchpad; see Digital Opera-tor's Manual

I Start/Stop button 105

J Multimedia system control-ler; see Digital Operator'sManual

K Selects the drive program(DYNAMIC SELECT control-ler) 111

36 Center consoleAt

aglance

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: c Seat heating 83

; s Seat ventilation 83

= Extends/retracts rearspoiler 226

? £ Hazard warning lamps 93

A c Parking AssistPARKTRONIC 142

B PASSENGER AIRBAG indica-tor lamps 40ATA indicator lamp 63

C |Switches the automaticinterior lighting controlon/off 95

D p Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off 94

Function Page

E ï Info call button(mbrace system) 221

F Rear-view mirror 88

G Transmitter buttons for thegarage door opener 229

H G SOS button(mbrace system) 220

I F Breakdown assistancecall button (mbrace system) 221

J p Switches the left-handreading lamp on/off 94

K c Switches the interiorlighting on/off 94

L u Switches the luggagecompartment lighting on/off 95

Overhead control panel 37

Ataglance

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 71

; &% Locks/unlocksthe vehicle 71

= Z Selects the left exteriormirror 86

? ª Folds the exterior mir-rors in/out electrically 87

Function Page

A \ Selects the right exte-rior mirror 86

B 7 Adjusts the exteriormirrors 87

C W Opens/closes the sidewindows 76

38 Door control panelAt

aglance

Panic alarm

X To activate: press the! button: for atleast one second.A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed.

X To deactivate: press the! button:again.

orX Press the Start/Stop button.The SmartKey must be in the vehicle.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

Occupant safety

Introduction to the restraint systemThe restraint system can reduce the risk of vehi-cle occupants coming into contact with parts ofthe vehicle's interior in the event of an accident.The restraint system can also reduce the forcestowhich vehicle occupants are subjected duringan accident.The restraint system comprises:RSeat belt systemRAir bagsThe components of the restraint system work inconjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times, allvehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 42)Rhave the seat adjusted properly(Y page 80)Depending on the vehicle's equipment, thehead restraints must also be adjusted prop-erly.

As the driver, you also have to make sure thatthe steering wheel is adjusted correctly.Observe the information relating to the correctdriver's seat position (Y page 80).You also have to make sure that an air bag caninflate properly if deployed (Y page 44).An air bag supplements a correctly worn seatbelt. As an additional safety device, the air bagincreases the level of protection for vehicleoccupants in the event of an accident. For exam-ple, if, in the event of an accident, the protectionoffered by the seat belt is sufficient, the air bagsare not deployed.When an accident occurs, onlythe air bags that increase protection in that par-ticular accident situation are deployed. How-ever, seat belts and air bags generally do notprotect against objects penetrating the vehiclefrom the outside.Information on restraint system operation canbe found under "Triggering of the EmergencyTensioning Devices and air bags" (Y page 51).See "Children in the vehicle" for information onchildren traveling with you in the vehicle as wellas on child restraint systems (Y page 54).


G WARNINGModifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function andmay fail in anaccident or trigger unexpectedly, for example.This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Never modify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the electroniccomponents or their software.

If it is necessary to modify components of therestraint system to accommodate a person withdisabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for details. USA only: for furtherinformation contact our Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES(1‑800‑367‑6372).Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only usedriving aids which have been approved specifi-cally for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.

Occupant safety 39

Safety

Z

Restraint system warning lampThe functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched on and atregular intervals while the engine is running.Therefore, malfunctions can be detected ingood time.The 6 restraint system warning lamp on theinstrument cluster lights up when the ignition isswitched on. It goes out no later than a few sec-onds after the vehicle is started. The compo-nents of the restraint system are in operationalreadiness.Amalfunction has occurred if the 6 restraintsystem warning lamp:Rdoes not light up after the ignition is switchedonRdoes not go out after a few seconds with theengine runningRlights up again while the engine is running

G WARNINGIf the restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally or may not deploy asintended during an accident. This can affectfor example the Emergency TensioningDevice or the air bag. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.Have the restraint system checked andrepaired in a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp

PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp: andPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp; arepart of the Occupant Classification System(OCS).

The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-onds, subsequently both indicator lamps areoff (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): thefront-passenger front air bag is able to deployin the event of an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated. It willthen not be deployed in the event of an acci-dent.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.Depending on the person in the front-passengerseat, the front-passenger front air bag musteither be deactivated or enabled; see the fol-lowing points. You must make sure of this bothbefore and during a journey.RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air bag isenabled or deactivated depends on the instal-led child restraint system, and the age andsize of the child. Therefore, be sure to observethe notes on the "Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS)" (Y page 46) and on "Chil-dren in the vehicle" (Y page 54). There youwill also find instructions on rearward andforward-facing child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat.RAll other persons: depending on the classi-fication of the person in the front-passengerseat, the front-passenger front air bag is ena-bled or deactivated (Y page 46). Be sure toobserve the notes on "Seatbelts“ (Y page 40) and "Air bags"(Y page 44). There you can also find infor-mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts

IntroductionSeat belts are the most effective means ofrestricting the movement of vehicle occupantsin the event of an accident or the vehicle rollingover. This reduces the risk of vehicle occupantscoming into contact with parts of the vehicleinterior or being ejected from the vehicle. Fur-thermore, the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle

40 Occupant safetySafety

occupant in the best position in relation to theair bag.The seat belt system comprises:RSeat beltsREmergency Tensioning Devices and seat beltforce limiters

If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply by theseat belt guide, the inertia reel locks. The beltstrap cannot be extracted any further.The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens theseat belt in an accident, pulling the belt closeagainst the body. However it does not pull thevehicle occupant back in the direction of thebackrest.The Emergency Tensioning Device does not cor-rect an incorrect seat position or the routing ofan incorrectly fastened seat belt.When triggered, a seat belt force limiter helps toreduce the force exerted by the seat belt on thevehicle occupant.The seat belt force limiters are synchronizedwith the front air bags which absorb part of thedeceleration force. This can reduce the forceexerted on the vehicle occupants during an acci-dent.

! If the front-passenger seat is not occupied,do not engage the seat belt tongue in thebuckle on the front-passenger seat. Other-wise, in the event of an accident the Emer-gency Tensioning Device and the side impactair bag, in addition to other systems, may betriggered and have to be replaced.

Important safety notesThe use of seat belts and child restraint systemsis required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesEvenwhere this is not required by law, all vehicleoccupants should correctly fasten their seatbelts before starting the journey.

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannotperform its intended protective function. Anincorrectly fastened seat belt can also causeinjuries, for example, in the event of an acci-

dent or when braking or changing directionabruptly. This poses an increased risk of injuryor even fatal injury.Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sit-ting properly.

The components of the restraint system work inconjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times, allvehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 42)Rhave the seat adjusted properly(Y page 80)Depending on the vehicle's equipment, thehead restraints must also be adjusted prop-erly.

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

G WARNINGPersons less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall cannotwear the seat belt correctly without an addi-tional and suitable restraint system. If theseat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot per-form its intended protective function. Anincorrectly fastened seat belt can also causeinjuries, for example, in the event of an acci-dent or when braking or changing directionabruptly. This poses an increased risk of injuryor even fatal injury.For this reason, always secure persons under5 ft (1.50m) tall in suitable additional restraintsystems.

Occupant safety 41

Safety

Z

If a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehi-cle. The child restraint systemmust be appro-priate to the age, weight and size of the child.Ralways observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 54) in addition to the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation and oper-ating instructionsRalways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant classification system(OCS)" (Y page 46)

G WARNINGThe seat belts may not perform their intendedprotective function if:Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleached or dyedRthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirtyRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodi-fied.

Seat belts may be damaged in an accident,although the damage may not be visible, e.g.due to splinters of glass.Modified or damagedseat belts may tear or fail, e.g. in an accident.Modified Emergency Tensioning Devicescould accidentally trigger or fail to deploywhen necessary. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.Never modify the seat belts, Emergency Ten-sioning Devices, belt anchorages and inertiareels. Make sure that the seat belts areundamaged, not worn out and clean. Follow-ing an accident, have the seat belts checkedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Only use seat belts that have been approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.AMG Performance seat: this seat is designedfor the standard three-point seat belt. If youinstall anothermulti-point seat belt, e.g. sport orracing seat belts, the restraint system cannotprovide the best level of protection.

G WARNINGIf you feed seat belts through the opening inthe seat backrest, the seat backrest may bedamaged or may even break in the event of anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Only use the standard three-point seat belt.Never modify the seat belt system.

Proper use of the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 41).All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seatbelt correctly before beginning the journey. Alsomake sure that all vehicle occupants are alwayswearing the seat belt correctly while the vehicleis in motion.When fastening the seat belt, always make surethat:Rthe seat belt buckle tongue is inserted onlyinto the belt buckle belonging to that seatRthe seat belt is pulled tight across your bodyAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Rthe seat belt is not twistedOnly then can the forces which occur be dis-tributed over the area of the belt.Rthe shoulder section of the belt is routedacross the center of your shoulderThe shoulder section of the seat belt shouldnot touch your neck or be routed under yourarm or behind your back.Rthe lap belt is taut and passes across your lapas low down as possibleThe lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and not across your abdomen.This applies particularly to pregnant women.If necessary, push the lap belt down to yourhip joint and pull it tight using the shouldersection of the belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp, poin-ted or fragile objectsIf you have such items located on or in yourclothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses, storethese in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat beltInfants and children must never travel sittingon the lap of a vehicle occupant. In the event


of an accident, they could be crushedbetween the vehicle occupant and seat belt.Robjects are never secured with a seat belt ifthe seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupantsAlso ensure that there are never objectsbetween a person and the seat, e.g. cushions.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observe the"Loading guidelines" for securing objects, lug-gage or loads (Y page 213).

Fastening seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 41) and the notes on correct use of seatbelts (Y page 42).

Basic illustrationX Adjust the seat (Y page 80).The seat backrest must be in an almostupright position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly out of seat beltguide= and engage belt tongue; into beltbuckle:.The seat belt on the driver’s seat and thefront-passenger seat may be tightened auto-matically, see "Belt adjustment"(Y page 43).

X If necessary, pull up on the shoulder sectionof the seat belt to tighten the belt across yourbody.

In order to attach the child restraint systemsecurely in the vehicle, the seat belt on the front-passenger seat is equipped with a special seat

belt retractor. Further information on the "Spe-cial seat belt retractor" (Y page 55).

Releasing seat belts! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up.Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tongue will betrapped in the door or in the seat mechanism.This could damage the door, the door trimpanel and the seat belt. Damaged seat beltscan no longer fulfill their protective functionand must be replaced. Visit a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Press the release button in the belt buckle,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide the beltback.

Seat belt adjustmentThe belt adjustment is a convenience functionintegrated into PRE-SAFE®. With this function,the driver's and front-passenger seat belts areadjusted to the upper body of the vehicle occu-pant.The seat belt strap will slightly tighten if:Rthe belt tongue is inserted into the buckle andRthe ignition is switched onThe seat belt adjustment will apply a certaintightening force if any slack is detected betweenthe vehicle occupant and the seat belt. Do notgrab hold of the seat belt.You can switch the seat belt adjustment on andoff using the multimedia system. Information onswitching the seat belt adjustment on and offcan be found in the Digital Operating Instruc-tions.

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassengerThe 7 seat belt warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicle occu-pants must wear their seat belts. It may light upcontinuously or flash. In addition, there may bea warning tone.Regardless of whether the driver's seat belt hasalready been fastened, the 7 seat belt warn-ing lamp lights up for six seconds each time theengine is started. If the doors are closed and thedriver's or front-passenger seat belt has notbeen fastened, the 7 seat belt warning lamplights up again after the six seconds. As soon asthe driver's and front-passenger seat belts are

Occupant safety 43

Safety

Z

fastened or a front door is opened again, the7 seat belt warning lamp goes out.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened after theengine is started, an additional warning tone willsound. The warning tone switches off after sixseconds or once the driver's seat belt is fas-tened.If the vehicle's speed exceeds 15 mph(25 km/h) once and the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are not fastened, awarningtone sounds. A warning tone also sounds withincreasing intensity for 60 seconds or until thedriver or front passenger have fastened theirseat belts.If the driver or front passenger unfasten theirseat belts during the journey, the seat belt warn-ing is activated again.

Air bags

IntroductionThe installation point of an air bag can be rec-ognized by the AIRBAG marking.An air bag complements the correctly fastenedseat belt. It is no substitute for the seat belt. Theair bag provides additional protection in appli-cable accident situations.Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. Thedifferent air bag systems function independ-ently from one another (Y page 51).However, no system available today can com-pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injurycaused by an air bag due to the high speed atwhich the air bag must be deployed.


G WARNINGIf you do not sit in the correct seat position,the air bag cannot protect as intended andcould even cause additional injury whendeployed. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

To avoid hazardous situations, always makesure that all of the vehicle's occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant womenRare sitting correctly andmaintain the great-est possible distance to the air bagsRfollow the following instructionsAlways make sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bag and the vehicle's occu-pants.

RAdjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Always make sure that the seatis in an almost upright position. The center ofthe head restraint must support the head atabout eye level.The setting options are different dependingon the seat model.RMove the driver's and front-passenger seatsas far back as possible. The driver's seat posi-tionmust allow the vehicle to be driven safely.ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside.This allows the air bag to be fully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while driv-ing. Do not lean forward or lean against thedoor or side window. Youmay otherwise be inthe deployment area of the air bags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell in frontof the seat. Do not put your feet on the dash-board, for example. Your feet may otherwisebe in the deployment area of the air bag.RFor this reason, always secure persons lessthan 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraint sys-tems. Up to this height, the seat belt cannotbe worn correctly.

If a child is traveling in your vehicle, alsoobserve the following notes:RAlways secure children under twelve years ofage and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitablechild restraint systems.ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatwhen the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is permanently lit, the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated(Y page 40).RAlways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification System(OCS)" (Y page 46) and on "Children in the


vehicle" (Y page 54) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installationand operating instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may preventan air bag from functioning correctly. Beforestarting your journey and to avoid risks resultingfrom the speed of the air bag as it deploys, makesure that:Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an air bagRthere are no objects between the seat, doorand B-pillarRno accessories, such as cup holders, areattached to the vehicle within the deploymentarea of an air bag, e.g. to doors or side win-dowsRno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects are inthe pockets of your clothing. Store suchobjects in a suitable place

G WARNINGIf you modify the air bag cover or affix objectssuch as stickers to it, the air bag can no longerfunction correctly. There is an increased riskof injury.Never modify an air bag cover or affix objectsto it.

G WARNINGSensors to control the air bags are located inthe doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door panel-ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to thefunction of the sensors being impaired. The airbags might therefore not function properlyanymore. Consequently, the air bags cannotprotect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. There is an increased risk ofinjury.Never modify the doors or parts of the doors.Always have work on the doors or door pan-eling carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Front air bags! Do not place heavy objects on the front-passenger seat. This could cause the systemto identify the seat as being occupied. In theevent of an accident, the restraint systems on

the front-passenger side may be triggeredand have to be replaced.

Driver's air bag: deploys in front of the steer-ing wheel. Front-passenger front air bag;deploys in front of and above the glove box.When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-tional head and thorax protection for the occu-pants in the driver's and front-passenger seats.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampinforms you about the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 40).The front-passenger front air bag will onlydeploy if:Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sensorreadings, detects that the front-passengerseat is occupied (Y page 46). ThePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp isnot lit (Y page 47)Rthe restraint system control unit predicts ahigh accident severity

Knee bags

Driver's knee bag: deploys under the steeringcolumn and front-passenger knee bag; underthe glove box. The driver's and front-passengerknee bags are triggered together with the frontair bags.

Occupant safety 45

Safety

Z

The driver's and front-passenger knee bagsoffer additional thigh, knee and lower leg pro-tection.

Side impact air bags

G WARNINGUnsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre-vent deployment of the air bags integratedinto the seats. Consequently, the air bagscannot protect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. In addition, the operation ofthe occupant classification system (OCS)could be adversely affected. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the respective seat byMercedes-Benz.

Side impact air bags: deploy next to the outerbolster of the seat backrest.When deployed, the side impact air bag offersadditional thorax protection. However, it doesnot protect the:RHeadRNeckRArmsIncreased pelvis protection is also offered onvehicles with AMG Performance seat.If the restraint systemcontrol unit detects a sideimpact, the side impact air bag is deployed onthe side on which the impact occurs.The side impact air bag on the front-passengerside deploys under the following conditions:Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe seat belt buckle tongue is engaged in thebelt buckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle,the side impact air bag on the front-passengerside deploys if an appropriate accident situationoccurs. In this case, deployment is independentof whether the front-passenger seat is occupiedor not.

Window curtain air bags

Window curtain air bags: are integrated in theside of the roof frame above the doors.When deployed, the window curtain air bagenhances the level of protection for the head.However, it does not protect the chest or arms.If the restraint systemcontrol unit detects a sideimpact, the window curtain air bag is deployedon the side on which the impact occurs.If the system determines that they can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt, a window curtain air bag may bedeployed in other accident situations(Y page 51).

Occupant Classification System(OCS)

IntroductionThe Occupant Classification System (OCS) cat-egorizes the person in the front-passenger seat.Depending on that result, the front-passengerfront air bag and front-passenger knee bag areeither enabled or deactivated.The system does not deactivate:Rthe side impact air bagRthe window curtain air bagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices


RequirementsTo be classified correctly, the front passengermust sit:Rwith the seat belt fastened correctlyRin an almost upright position with their backagainst the seat backrestRwith their feet resting on the floor, if possibleIf the front passenger does not observe theseconditions, OCS may produce a false classifica-tion, e.g. because the front passenger:Rtransfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that their weight is raisedfrom the seat cushion

If you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observe thecorrect positioning of the child restraint system.Never place objects under or behind the childrestraint system, e.g. a cushion. The entire baseof the child restraint systemmust always rest onthe seat cushion of the front-passenger seat.The backrest of the forward-facing childrestraint system must lie as flat as possibleagainst the backrest of the front-passengerseat.The child restraint system must not touch theroof or be subjected to a load by the headrestraint. Adjust the angle of the seat backrestand the head restraint position accordingly.Only then can OCS be guaranteed to functioncorrectly. Always observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Occupant Classification System opera-tion (OCS)

: PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp; PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

The indicator lamps inform you whether thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivated orenabled.X Press the Start/Stop button once or twice, orturn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock.The system carries out self-diagnostics.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGERAIR BAGON indicator lampsmust light up simul-taneously for approximately six seconds.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-onds, subsequently both indicator lamps areoff (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): thefront-passenger front air bag is able to deployin the event of an accident.RPASSENGER AIR BAGOFF lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated. It willthen not be deployed in the event of an acci-dent.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.If the status of the front-passenger front air bagchangeswhile the vehicle is inmotion, an air bagdisplaymessage appears in the instrument clus-ter (Y page 178). When the front-passengerseat is occupied, always pay attention to thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp. Beaware of the status of the front-passenger frontair bag both before and during the journey.

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air bag isdisabled. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident and cannot perform its intendedprotective function. A person in the front-passenger seat could then, for example, comeinto contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close to thedashboard. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-

Occupant safety 47

Safety

Z

passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible.Rthe person is seated correctly.Make sure, both before and during the jour-ney, that the status of the front-passengerfront air bag is correct.

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is off, the front-passenger front air bagcan deploy in the event of an accident. Thechild could be struck by the air bag. This posesan increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Make sure that the front-passenger front airbag has been deactivated. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.NEVER use a rearward-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an ACTIVE FRONT AIR-BAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURYto the child can occur.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampstays off, do not install a rearward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat.You can find more information on OCS under"Problemswith theOccupant Classification Sys-tem" (Y page 50).

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand you position the front-passenger seat tooclose to the dashboard, in the event of anaccident, the child could:Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte-rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is lit, for exampleRbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off

This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Move the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible. Always make sure that the shoulderbelt strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt guide to the shoulder belt guide on thechild restraint system. The shoulder belt strapmust be routed forwards and downwardsfrom the vehicle belt guide. Always observethe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

If OCS determines that:RThe front-passenger seat is unoccupied, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamplights up after the system self-test andremains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated.RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by achild of up to twelvemonths old, in a standardchild restraint system, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after thesystem self-test and remains lit. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated.But even in the case of a twelve-month-oldchild, in a standard child restraint system, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp cango out after the system self-test. This indi-cates that the front-passenger front air bag isactivated. The result of the classification isdependent on, among other factors, the childrestraint systemand the child's stature.Makesure that the conditions for a correct classi-fication are met. If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp remains off, do not installa child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by aperson of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager orsmall adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp lights up and remains lit afterthe system self-test depending on the resultof the classification or, alternatively, goes out.- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is off, move the front-passenger seatas far back as possible.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, a person of smaller statureshould not use the front-passenger seat.

RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person of adult stature, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampgoes out after the system self-test. This indi-


cates that the front-passenger front air bag isactivated.

If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sure toobserve the notes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 54).When the Occupant Classification System(OCS) is malfunctioning, the red 6 restraintsystem warning lamp on the instrument clusterand the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp light up simultaneously. The front-passenger front air bag is deactivated in thiscase and does not deploy during an accident.Have the Occupant Classification System (OCS)checked and repaired immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose.If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover or theseat cushion are damaged, have the necessaryrepair work carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor this purpose.For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use seat accessories thathave been approved by Mercedes-Benz.If the driver's air bag deploys, this does notmean that the front-passenger front air bag willalso deploy. The Occupant Classification Sys-tem (OCS) categorizes the occupant on thefront-passenger seat. Depending on that result,the front-passenger front air bag is either ena-bled or deactivated.

System self-test

G DANGERIf both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps donot light up during the system self-test, thesystem is malfunctioning. The front-passenger front air bag might be triggeredunintentionally or might not be triggered at allin the event of an accident with high deceler-ation. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.In this case the front-passenger seat may notbe used. Do not install a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu-pant Classification System (OCS) checked

and repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test, thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willnot be deployed in the event of an accident. Inthis case, the front-passenger front air bagcannot perform its intended protective func-tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the front-passenger seat.That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, especiallyif the person is sitting too close to the dash-board. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbeltRthe front-passenger seat has been movedas far back as possible

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, the front-passenger seat may not be used. Do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi-cation System (OCS) checked and repairedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

G WARNINGObjects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect OCS oper-ation. This could result in the front-passengerair bag not functioning as intended during anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. The

Occupant safety 49

Safety

Z

entire base of the child restraint system mustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the forward-facing child restraint system must, as far aspossible, be resting on the backrest of thefront-passenger seat. Always comply with thechild restraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

After the system self-test, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp displays the status of the front-passenger

front air bag (Y page 47). If the front-passengerfront air bag is enabled, the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON indicator lamp lights up for 60 secondsand then goes out.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp isoff, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp shows the status of the front-passengerfront air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.For more information about the OCS, see "Prob-lems with the Occupant Classification System"(Y page 50).

Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 49).


Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamplights up and remains lit,even though the front-passenger seat is occu-pied by an adult or a per-son of a stature corre-sponding to that of anadult.

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat is incor-rect.X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the personon the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 47).

X If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicator lamp remains lit, the front-passenger seat may not be used.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lampdoes not light up and/ordoes not stay on.The front-passenger seatis:RunoccupiedRoccupied by theweight of a child up totwelve months old in achild restraint system

OCS is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the childseat.

X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests onthe seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of theforward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possibleagainst the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If necessary,adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.

X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that the seatbelt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passengerseat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt and the childrestraint system being pulled too tightly.

X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the childrestraint system. If necessary, adjust the head restraint accord-ingly.

X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto theseat.

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and/orthe PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do not installa child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Deployment of Emergency TensioningDevices and air bags


G WARNINGThe air bag parts are hot after an air bag hasbeen deployed. There is a risk of injury.Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNINGA deployed air bag no longer offers any pro-tection and cannot provide the intended pro-tection in an accident. There is an increasedrisk of injury.Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special-ist workshop in order to have a deployed airbag replaced.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have thevehicle transported to a qualified specialistworkshop after an accident. Observe the noteson towing the vehicle away (Y page 254).

Occupant safety 51

Safety

Z

For your own safety and that of your frontpassenger, it is important that you havedeployed air bags replaced and faulty air bagsrepaired. This will help to make sure the air bagscontinue to perform their protective function forthe vehicle occupants in the event of a crash.

G WARNINGEmergency Tensioning Devices that havedeployed pyrotechnically are no longer opera-tional and are unable to perform their inten-ded protective function. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Have pyrotechnically triggered EmergencyTensioning Devices replaced immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

An electric motor is used by PRE-SAFE® to trig-ger the tightening of the seat belt in hazardoussituations. This procedure is reversible.If Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggeredor air bags are deployed, you will hear a bang,and some powder may also be released. The6 restraint system warning lamp lights up.Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hear-ing. The powder that is released generally doesnot constitute a health hazard, but it may causeshort-term breathing difficulties in people withasthma or other respiratory problems. Providedit is safe to do so, you should leave the vehicleimmediately or open the window in order to pre-vent breathing difficulties.Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency TensioningDevices (ETDs) contain perchlorate material,which may require special handling and regardfor the environment. National guidelines mustbe observed during disposal. In California, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Method of operationDuring the first stage of a collision, the restraintsystem control unit evaluates important physi-cal data relating to vehicle deceleration or accel-eration, such as:RdurationRdirectionRintensityBased on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit triggers the Emer-

gency Tensioning Devices during a frontal orrear collision.An Emergency Tensioning Device can only betriggered, if:Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system areoperational. You can find further informationunder "Restraint system warning lamp"(Y page 40)Rthe seat belt buckle tongue has engaged inthe belt buckle of the respective seat

If the restraint system control unit detects amore severe accident, further components ofthe restraint system are activated independ-ently of each other in certain frontal collisionsituations:RFront air bags as well as driver's and front-passenger knee bagsRWindow curtain air bag, if the system deter-mines that deployment can offer additionalprotection to that provided by the seat belt

The front-passenger front air bag is activated ordeactivated depending on the person on thefront-passenger seat. The front-passenger frontair bag can only deploy in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off.Observe the information on the PASSENGERAIRBAG indicator lamps (Y page 40).Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags. In thefirst deployment stage, the front air bag is filledwith propellant gas. The front air bag is fullydeployed with the maximum amount of propel-lant gas if a second deployment threshold isreached within a few milliseconds.The activation threshold of the Emergency Ten-sioning Devices and the air bags is determinedby evaluating the rate of vehicle deceleration oracceleration which occurs at various points inthe vehicle. This process is pre-emptive innature. Deployment should take place in goodtime at the start of the collision.The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelerationand the direction of the force are essentiallydetermined by:Rthe distribution of forces during the collisionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of the vehicleRthe characteristics of the object with whichthe vehicle has collided

Factors which can only be seen and measuredafter a collision has occurred do not play a deci-sive role in the deployment of an air bag. Nor do


they provide an indication of air bag deploy-ment.The vehicle can be deformed considerably, with-out an air bag being deployed. This is the case ifonly parts which are relatively easily deformedare affected and the rate of deceleration is nothigh. Conversely, air bagsmay be deployed eventhough the vehicle suffers only minor deforma-tion. This is the case if, for example, very rigidvehicle parts such as longitudinal body mem-bers are hit, and sufficient deceleration occursas a result.If the restraint system control unit detects a sideimpact or if the vehicle rolls over, the applicablecomponents of the restraint system aredeployed independently of each other depend-ing on the apparent type of accident.RSide impact air bag on the side of impact,independently of the Emergency TensioningDevice and the use of the seat belt on thedriver's seatThe side impact air bag on the front-passenger side deploys under the followingconditions:- the OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied or

- the seat belt buckle tongue is engaged inthe belt buckle of the front-passenger seat

RWindow curtain air bag on the side of impact,independently of the use of the seat belt andindependently of whether the front-passenger seat is occupiedREmergency Tensioning Devices, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offer addi-tional protection in this situationRWindow curtain air bags on the driver's andfront-passenger side in certain situationswhen the vehicle rolls over, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by the seatbelt

i Not all air bags are deployed in an accident.The different air bag systems work independ-ently of each other.How the air bag system works is determinedby the severity of the accident detected,especially the vehicle deceleration or accel-eration and the apparent type of accident:RFrontal collisionRSide impactRRollover

PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection system)

IntroductionIn certain hazardous situations, PRE-SAFE®takes pre-emptivemeasures to protect the vehi-cle occupants.

Important safety notes! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell or behind the seats. There is a dangerthat the seats and/or objects could be dam-aged when PRE-SAFE® is activated.

Despite your vehicle being equipped with thePRE-SAFE® system, the possibility of personalinjuries occurring as a result of an accident can-not be eliminated. Always adapt your drivingstyle to suit the prevailing road and weatherconditions and maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front. Drive carefully.

FunctionPRE-SAFE® intervenes:Rin emergency braking situations, e.g. whenBAS is activatedRin critical driving situations, e.g. when physi-cal limits are exceeded and the vehicle under-steers or oversteers severelyRon vehicles with Distance Pilot DISTRONIC:when active, Brake Assist intervenes power-fully

PRE-SAFE® takes the following measuresdepending on the hazardous situation detected:Rthe front seat belts are pre-tensioned.Rif the vehicle skids, the side windows areclosed.Rvehicles with the memory function for thefront-passenger seat: the front-passengerseat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable posi-tion.

If the hazardous situation passes without result-ing in an accident, PRE-SAFE® slackens the beltpre-tensioning. All settings made by PRE-SAFE®can then be reversed.

Occupant safety 53

Safety

Z

If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced:X Move the seat backrest or seat back slightlywhen the vehicle is stationary.The seat belt pre-tensioning is reduced andthe locking mechanism is released.

The seat-belt adjustment is an integral part ofthe PRE-SAFE® convenience function. Informa-tion about the convenience function can befound under "Belt adjustment" (Y page 43).

Automatic measures after an acci-dentImmediately after an accident, the followingmeasures are implemented, depending on thetype and severity of the impact:Rthe hazard warning lamps are switched onRthe emergency lighting is activatedRthe vehicle doors are unlockedRthe front side windows are loweredRvehicles with a memory function: the electri-cally adjustable steering wheel is raised whenthe driver's door is openedRthe engine is switched off and the fuel supplyis switched offRvehicles with mbrace: automatic emergencycall

Children in the vehicle

Important safety notesIf a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.The child restraint system must be appropri-ate to the age, weight and size of the childRbe sure to observe the instructions and safetynotes in this section in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installationinstructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant classification system(OCS)" (Y page 46)

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion, for example by:Rreleasing the parking brakeRshifting the transmission to the neutralpositionRstarting the engineIn addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat orcold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing thechild in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sittingproperly. Particular attention must be paid tochildren.Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 41) and the notes on correct use of seatbelts (Y page 42).A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over40 lbs (18 kg) until they reach a height where a

54 Children in the vehicleSafety

three-point seat belt can be properly fastenedwithout a booster seat.

Special seatbelt retractor

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is released while driving, thechild restraint system will no longer besecured properly. The special seat belt retrac-tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in aportion of the seat belt. The seat belt cannotbe immediately refastened. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions. Reactivatethe special seat belt retractor and secure thechild restraint system properly.

The seat belt on the front-passenger's side isequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retractorensures that the seat belt cannot slacken oncethe child seat is secured.Installing a child restraint system:X Make sure you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly out of the seat beltguide.

X Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle.Activating the special seat belt retractor:X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertiareel retract it again.While the seat belt is retracting, you shouldhear a ratcheting sound. The special seat beltretractor is enabled.

X Push the child restraint system down so thatthe seat belt is tight and does not loosen.

Removing the child restraint system and deac-tivating the special seat belt retractor:X Make sure you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Press the release button of the seat beltbuckle and route the seat belt tongue towardsthe seat belt guide.The special seat belt retractor is deactivated.

Child restraint systemThe use of seat belts and child restraint systemsis required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provinces

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly on a suitable seat, it cannot protect asintended. The child cannot then be restrainedin the event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Make sure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions and the notes on use. Please ensure,that the base of the child restraint system isalways resting completely on the seat cush-ion. Never place objects, e.g. cushions, underor behind the child restraint system. Only usechild restraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking or asudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about, strik-ing vehicle occupants. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.Always install child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instructions.

You will find further information on stowingobjects, luggage or loads under "Loading guide-lines" (Y page 213).

G WARNINGChild restraint systems or their securing sys-tems which have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident can no longer protect

Children in the vehicle 55

Safety

Z

as intended. The child cannot then berestrained in the event of an accident, heavybraking or sudden changes of direction. Thereis an increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.Replace child restraint systems which havebeen damaged or subjected to a load in anaccident as soon as possible. Have the secur-ing systems on the child restraint systemchecked at a qualified specialist workshop,before you install a child restraint systemagain.

The securing systemof child restraint systems isthe seat belt system.If you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observe theinstructions and safety notes on the "OccupantClassification System (OCS)" (Y page 46). Thereyouwill also find information on deactivating thefront-passenger front air bag.All child restraint systems must meet the fol-lowing standards:RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint system cor-responds to the standards can be found on aninstruction label on the child restraint system.This confirmation can also be found in the instal-lation instructions that are included with thechild restraint system.Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte-rior and on the child restraint system.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notesIf you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always observe theinstructions and safety notes on the "OccupantClassification System (OCS)" (Y page 46).

You can thus avoid the risks that could arise asa result of:Ran incorrectly categorized person in the front-passenger seatRthe unintentional deactivation of the front-passenger front air bagRthe unsuitable positioning of the childrestraint system, e.g. too close to the dash-board

Rearward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install a rearward-facing child restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always make sure that thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivated.Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is permanently lit (Y page 40) is the front-passenger front air bag deactivated.Always observe the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation and operating instruc-tions.

Forward-facing child restraint systemIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat,always move the front-passenger seat as farback as possible. The entire base of the childrestraint system must always rest on the seatcushion of the front-passenger seat. The back-rest of the child restraint system must lie as flatas possible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. The child restraint systemmustnot touch the roof or be subjected to a load bythe head restraint. Adjust the angle of the seatbackrest and the head restraint position accord-ingly. Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the front-passenger seat belt guide to the shoulder beltguide on the child restraint system. The shoul-der belt strap must be routed forward and downfrom the front-passenger seat belt guide.Always observe the child restraint system man-ufacturer's installation and operating instruc-tions.

56 Children in the vehicleSafety

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you leave animals unattended or unsecuredin the vehicle, they could press buttons orswitches, for example.As a result, they could:Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for exampleRactivate or deactivate systems, therebyendangering other road users

Unsecured animals could also be flung aroundthe vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-den steering or braking, thereby injuring vehi-cle occupants. There is a risk of an accidentand injury.Never leave animals unattended in the vehi-cle. Always secure animals properly duringthe journey, e.g. use a suitable animal trans-port box.

Driving safety systems

Overview of driving safety systemsIn this section, you will find information aboutthe following driving safety systems:RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 57)RBAS (Brake Assist System) (Y page 58)RActive Brake Assist (Y page 58)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)(Y page 61)REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)(Y page 63)RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 63)

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style or if you areinattentive, the driving safety systems can nei-ther reduce the risk of an accident nor overridethe laws of physics. Driving safety systems aremerely aids designed to assist driving. You areresponsible for maintaining the distance to thevehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in

good time, and for staying in lane. Always adaptyour driving style to suit the prevailing road andweather conditions andmaintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front. Drive carefully.The driving safety systems described only workas effectively as possible when there is ade-quate contact between the tires and the roadsurface. Please pay special attention to thenotes on tires, recommended minimum tiretread depths, etc. (Y page 258).In wintry driving conditions, always use wintertires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snow chains.Only in this way will the driving safety systemsdescribed in this section work as effectively aspossible.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General informationABS regulates brake pressure in such a way thatthe wheels do not lock when you brake. Thisallows you to continue steering the vehiclewhenbraking.The ! ABS warning lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the ignition is switchedon. It goes out when the engine is running.ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph(8 km/h), regardless of road-surface conditions.ABS works on slippery surfaces, even when youonly brake gently.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 57).

G WARNINGIf ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and braking charac-teristics may be severely impaired. Addition-ally, further driving safety systems are deac-tivated. There is an increased danger of skid-ding and accidents.Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will alsobecome inoperative. Observe the informationon the ABS warning lamp (Y page 196) and dis-

Driving safety systems 57

Safety

Z

play messages which may be shown in theinstrument cluster (Y page 170).

BrakesX If ABS intervenes: continue to depress thebrake pedal vigorously until the braking sit-uation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel apulsing in the brake pedal.The pulsating brake pedal can be an indicationof hazardous road conditions, and functions as areminder to take extra care while driving.

BAS (Brake Assist System)

General informationBAS operates in emergency braking situations.If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BASautomatically boosts the braking force, thusshortening the stopping distance.


G WARNINGIf BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distancein an emergency braking situation isincreased. There is a risk of an accident.In an emergency braking situation, depressthe brake pedal with full force. ABS preventsthe wheels from locking.

BrakingX Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed untilthe emergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once yourelease the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

Active Brake Assist

General informationi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 57).

Active Brake Assist consists of a distance warn-ing function with an autonomous braking func-tion and situation-dependent braking assis-tance.Active Brake Assist can help you tominimize therisk of a collision with the vehicle traveling infront or reduce the effects of such a collision.If Active Brake Assist detects that there is a riskof collision, you will be warned visually andacoustically. If you do not react to the visual andaudible collision warning, autonomous brakingcan be initiated in critical situations. If you applythe brake yourself in a critical situation, ActiveBrake Assist supports you with situation-dependent braking assistance.

Important safety notesIn particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-ple in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle is traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle is traveling in front on a different lineRyou are driving a new vehicle or servicing onthe Active Brake Assist system has just beencarried outObserve the important safety notes in the"Breaking-in notes" section (Y page 104).

Following damage to the front end of the vehicle,have the configuration and operation of theradar sensor checked at a qualified specialistworkshop. This also applies to collisions at slowspeeds where there is no visible damage to thefront of the vehicle.

Activating/deactivatingActive Brake Assist is automatically active afterswitching on the ignition.

58 Driving safety systemsSafety

You can activate or deactivate Active BrakeAssist (Y page 163) in the on-board computer.When deactivated, the distance warning func-tion and the autonomous braking function arealso deactivated.If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæsymbol appears in the assistance graphic dis-play.

Distance warning function

General informationThe distance warning function can help you tominimize the risk of a front-end collision with avehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such acollision. If the distance warning functiondetects that there is a risk of a collision, you willbe warned visually and acoustically.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 57).

G WARNINGThe distance warning function does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringThe distance warning function may not givewarnings in all critical situations. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.Always adapt your speed to suit the prevailingroad and traffic conditions.

G WARNINGThe distance warning function cannot alwaysclearly identify objects and complex trafficsituations.In such cases, the distance warning functionmay:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and do not rely solely on the distancewarning function.

FunctionStarting at a speed of approximately 4 mph(7 km/h), the distance warning function warnsyou if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front. Anintermittent warning tone will then sound, andthe· distance warning lamp will light up inthe instrument cluster.X Brake immediately in order to increase thedistance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action provided it is safe to doso.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving conditionsmay also cause the system to display a warning.With the help of the radar sensor system, thedistance warning function can detect obstaclesthat are in the path of your vehicle for an exten-ded period of time.Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), the distance warning function canalso react to stationary obstacles, such as stop-ped or parked vehicles.

Autonomous braking functionIf the driver does not react to the distance warn-ing signal in a critical situation, Active BrakeAssist can assist the driver with the autonomousbraking function.The autonomous braking function:Rgives the driver more time to react to criticaldriving situationsRcan help the driver to avoid an accident orRreduces the effects of an accidentVehicles without Distance Pilot DISTRONIC:the autonomous braking function is available inthe following speed ranges:R4 - 65 mph (7 - 105 km/h) for moving objectsR4 - 31 mph (7 - 50 km/h) for stationaryobjects


Safety

Z

Vehicles with Distance Pilot DISTRONIC: theautonomous braking function is available in thefollowing speed ranges:R4 - 124 mph (7 - 200 km/h) for movingobjectsR4 - 31 mph (7 - 50 km/h) for stationaryobjects

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving conditionsmay also cause the Autonomous Braking Func-tion to intervene.If the autonomous braking function requires aparticularly high braking force, preventativepassenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®)are activated simultaneously (Y page 53).

Situation-dependent braking assis-tance

General informationi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 57).

With the help of the radar sensor system, ActiveBrake Assist can detect obstacles that are in thepath of your vehicle for an extended period oftime.If Active Brake Assist detects a risk of collisionwith the vehicle in front, it calculates the brakepressure necessary to avoid a collision. If youapply the brakes forcefully, situation-dependentbraking assistance adapts to the situation andautomatically increases the brake pressure to adegree appropriate to the traffic situation.Situation-dependent braking assistance pro-vides braking assistance in hazardous situationsat speeds above 4 mph (7 km/h). It uses radarsensor technology to assess the traffic situa-tion.Situation-dependent braking assistance is capa-ble of reacting to moving objects that havealready been detected as such at least onceover the period of observation, up to vehiclespeeds of around 155 mph (250 km/h).Situation-dependent braking assistance reactsto stationary obstacles up to a speed of approx-imately 44 mph (70 km/h).If situation-dependent braking assistancedemands particularly high brake pressure, pre-ventative passenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®) are triggered simultaneously(Y page 53).

X Keep the brake pedal depressed until theemergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will work normally again if:Ryou release the brake pedalRthere is no longer any danger of a collisionRno obstacle is detected in front of your vehicleSituation-dependent braking assistance is thendeactivated.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 57).

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringAs a result, Adaptive Brake Assist may notintervene in all critical conditions. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic situa-tions.In such cases, Adaptive Brake Assist might:Rintervene unnecessarilyRnot interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

Due to the nature of the system, complex butnon-critical driving conditions may also causeActive Brake Assist to intervene.Even if Active Brake Assist is not available due toa malfunction in the radar sensor system, thebrake system is still available with full brakeboosting effect and BAS.


ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 57).

ESP® monitors driving stability and traction, i.e.power transmission between the tires and theroad surface.If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviating fromthe direction desired by the driver, one or morewheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle. Theengine output is also modified to keep the vehi-cle on the desired course within physical limits.ESP® assists the driver when pulling away onwet or slippery roads. ESP® can also stabilizethe vehicle during braking.

ETS (Electronic Traction System)i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 57).

ETS traction control is part of ESP®.Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi-vidually if they spin. This enables you to pullaway and accelerate on slippery surfaces, forexample if the road surface is slippery on oneside. In addition, more drive torque is transfer-red to the wheel or wheels with traction.Traction control remains active, even if youdeactivate ESP®.


G WARNINGIf ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle. Additionally, further driv-ing safety systems are deactivated. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an accident.Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

ESP® is only deactivated if the å warninglamp is lit continuously.When SPORT handling mode is activated, theM warning lamp lights up in the instrumentpanel.

When theå andhwarning lamps light upcontinuously, ESP® is not available due to amal-function.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 196) and display messages which maybe shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 170).Only use wheels with the recommended tiresizes. Only then will ESP® function properly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General informationIf the ÷ ESP® warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is automaticallyactive.If ESP® intervenes, the÷ ESP®warning lampflashes in the instrument cluster.If ESP® intervenes:X Do not deactivate ESP® under any circum-stances.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailingroad and weather conditions.

ECO start/stop functionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically when the vehicle stopsmoving. The engine starts automatically whenthe driver wants to pull away again. ESP®remains in its previously selected status. Exam-ple: if ESP® was deactivated before the enginewas switched off, ESP® remains deactivatedwhen the engine is switched on again.

Deactivating/activating ESP®


You can select between the following states ofESP®:RESP® is activatedRSPORT handling mode is activatedRESP® is deactivated


Safety

Z

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

G WARNINGWhen SPORT handling mode is activated,there is a greater risk of skidding and acci-dents.Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit-uations described in the following.

In the following situations, it may be better toactivate SPORT handling mode or deactivateESP®:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravelRon specially designated roads when the vehi-cle's own oversteering and understeeringcharacteristics are desired

Driving in SPORT handling mode or withoutESP® requires an extremely qualified and expe-rienced driver.Activate ESP® as soon as the situations descri-bed above no longer apply. ESP® will otherwisenot be able to stabilize the vehicle if the vehiclestarts to skid or a wheel starts to spin.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated. Youcould otherwise damage the drivetrain.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

X To activate SPORT handling mode: brieflypress button:.TheM handling mode warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up. The SPORT han‐dling mode message appears on the multi-function display.

X To deactivate SPORT handling mode:briefly press button:.TheM handling mode warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out. ESP® is activa-ted

X To deactivate ESP®: press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up. The ÷ OFFmessage appears on the multifunction dis-play.

X To activate ESP®: when SPORT handlingmode is activated or ESP® is deactivated,press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out. The ÷ ONmessage appears on the multifunction dis-play.

Characteristics of activated SPORT han-dling modeIf SPORT handling mode is activated and one ormore wheels start to spin, the ÷ ESP® warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster flashes. ESP®only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree.When SPORT handling mode is activated:RESP® only improves driving stability to a limi-ted degreeRtraction control is still activatedRengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spinThe spinning of the wheels results in a cut forbetter traction on loose surfaces.RESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one or more wheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp in theinstrument cluster flashes. In such situations,ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stabilityRengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spin


The spinning of the wheels results in a cut forbetter traction on loose surfaces.Rtraction control is still activatedRAdaptive Brake Assist is unavailableActive Brake Assist is also not activated if youbrake firmly with assistance from ESP®.RPRE-SAFE® is unavailablePRE-SAFE® is also not activated if you brakefirmly with assistance from ESP®.RESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General informationEBD monitors and controls the brake pressureon the rear wheels to improve driving stabilitywhile braking.


G WARNINGIf EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels canlock, e.g. under full braking. This increases therisk of skidding and an accident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleto the different handling characteristics. Havethe brake system checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicator andwarning lamps (Y page 196) as well as displaymessages (Y page 172).

ADAPTIVE BRAKEADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety andoffers increased braking comfort. In addition tothe braking function, ADAPTIVE BRAKE also fea-tures the hill start assist function (Y page 107).

Protection against theft

ImmobilizerThe immobilizer prevents your vehicle frombeing started without the correct SmartKey.X To activate with KEYLESS-GO start-func-tion or KEYLESS-GO: switch the ignition offand open the driver's door.

X To activate with the SmartKey: remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Anyonecan start the engine if a valid SmartKey has beenleft inside the vehicle.

i The immobilizer is always deactivated whenyou start the engine.In the event that the engine cannot be started(yet the vehicle's battery is charged), the sys-tem is not operational. Contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or call1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

ATA (anti-theft alarm system)

X To arm: lock the vehicle with the SmartKey orKEYLESS-GO.Indicator lamp: flashes. The alarm systemis armed after approximately 15 seconds.

X To disarm: unlock the vehicle with the Smart-Key or KEYLESS-GO.

orX With KEYLESS-GO start function or vehi-cles with KEYLESS-GO: press the Start/Stop button.The SmartKey must be in the vehicle.

Protection against theft 63

Safety

Z

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed and you open:Ra doorRthe vehicle with the mechanical keyRthe tailgateRthe hoodX To turn the alarm off with the SmartKey:press the% or& button on the Smart-Key.The alarm is stopped.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.The alarm is stopped.

X To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO:grasp the outside door handle. The SmartKeymust be outside the vehicle.The alarm is stopped.

orX Press the Start/Stop button. The SmartKeymust be inside the vehicle.The alarm is stopped.

The alarm is not switched off, even if you closethe open door that triggered it, for example.

i If the alarm continues for more than30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call sys-tem automatically notifies the CustomerAssistance Center. This is done either by textmessage or data connection.The emergency call system sends a messageor establishes a data connection providedthat:Ryou have subscribed to thembrace service.Rthe mbrace service has been activatedproperly.Rthe necessary mobile phone network isavailable.

64 Protection against theftSafety

SmartKey


G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position PRStart the engine.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

G WARNINGIf you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. There is arisk of an accident.Do not attach any heavy or large objects to theSmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings beforeinserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

! Keep the SmartKey away from strong mag-netic fields. Otherwise, the remote controlfunction could be affected.Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicin-ity of powerful electrical installations.

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phoneor another SmartKeyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foilRinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal caseThis can affect the functionality of the Smart-Key.

VehicleswithKEYLESS-GO start function: donot keep the SmartKey on the cargo compart-ment cover or in the cargo compartment. Oth-erwise, the SmartKey may not be detected, e.g.when starting the engine using the Start/Stopbutton.A brief radio connection between the vehicleand the SmartKey determines whether a validSmartKey is in, or in the direct vicinity of, thevehicle. This occurs, for example:Rwhen starting the engineRwhile drivingRwhen using the tailgate unlocking sensorRwhen the external door handles are touchedRduring convenience closing

SmartKey functions

: & Locks the vehicle; F Opens the tailgate= % Unlocks the vehicleX To unlock centrally: press the% button.If you do not open the vehicle within approx-imately 40 seconds of unlocking:Rthe vehicle is locked againRthe anti-theft alarm system is armed again.

X To lock centrally: press the& button.The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks thedoors and the fuel filler flap.The turn signals flash once when unlocking andthree times when locking.You can also set an audible signal to confirmthat the vehicle has been locked. The audiblesignal can be activated and deactivated via themultimedia system; see the Digital Operator'sManual.

SmartKey 65

Openingandclosing

Z

When the locator lighting is activated via themultimedia system, it lights up when it is darkafter the vehicle is unlocked with the SmartKey.Information on activating and deactivating thelocator lighting can be found in the Digital Oper-ator's Manual.X To open the tailgate: press and hold theF button until the tailgate opens.

KEYLESS-GO

General notesBear in mind that the engine can be started byany of the vehicle occupants if there is a Smart-Key in the vehicle (Y page 107).

Locking/unlocking centrallyYou can start, lock or unlock the vehicle usingKEYLESS-GO. To do this, you only need carry theSmartKey with you. You can combine the func-tions of KEYLESS-GO with those of a conven-tional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle by usingKEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock it using the& button on the SmartKey.The driver's door and the door at which the han-dle is used, must both be closed. The SmartKeymust be outside the vehicle. When locking orunlocking with KEYLESS-GO, the distancebetween the SmartKey and the correspondingdoor handle must not be greater than 3 ft (1 m).A check which periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and the Smart-Key determines whether a valid SmartKey is inthe vehicle. This occurs, for example:Rwhen starting the engineRwhile drivingRwhen using the tailgate unlocking sensorRwhen the external door handles are touchedRduring convenience closing

X To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner sur-face of the door handle.

X To lock the vehicle: touch sensor surface:or;.Make sure that you do not touch the innersurface of the door handle.

X Convenience closing feature: touchrecessed sensor surface; for an extendedperiod.Further information on the convenience clos-ing feature (Y page 77).

Deactivating and activatingIf you do not intend to use the vehicle for a lon-ger period of time, you can deactivate KEYLESS-GO. The SmartKeywill then use very little power,thereby conserving battery power. For the pur-poses of activation/deactivation, the vehiclemust not be nearby.X To deactivate: press the& button on theSmartKey twice in rapid succession.The indicator light on the SmartKey flashestwice briefly then one long flash, then KEY-LESS-GO is deactivated (Y page 68).

X To activate: press any button on the Smart-Key.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.KEYLESS-GO and all of its associated featuresare available again.

KEYLESS-GO start functionBear in mind that the engine can be started byany of the vehicle occupants if there is a Smart-Key in the vehicle (Y page 107).

66 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Changing the settings of the lockingsystemYou can change the settings of the locking sys-tem. This means that only the driver's door andthe fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicleis unlocked. This is useful if you frequently travelon your own.X To change the setting: press and hold downthe% and& buttons simultaneouslyfor about six seconds until the battery indica-tor lamp flashes twice (Y page 68).

If the setting of the locking system is changedwithin the signal range of the vehicle, pressingthe& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicleThe SmartKey now functions as follows:X To unlock: press the% button once.X To unlock centrally: press the% buttontwice.

X To lock: press the& button.

The KEYLESS-GO functions can be changed asfollows:X To unlock the driver's door: touch the innersurface of the door handle on the driver'sdoor.

X To unlock centrally: touch the inner surfaceof the front-passenger door handle.

X To lock centrally: touch the outer sensorsurface on one of the door handles.

Restoring factory settings:X Press the% and& buttons simultane-ously for approximately six seconds until thebattery check lamp flashes twice(Y page 68).

Mechanical key

General notesIf the vehicle can no longer be locked orunlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO,use the mechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm sys-tem will be triggered. Switch off the alarm(Y page 63).

If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanicalkey, the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked auto-matically.X To unlock the fuel filler flap: insert theSmartKey into the ignition lock.

Removing the mechanical key

X Push release catch: in the direction of thearrow and at the same time remove mechan-ical key; from the SmartKey.

For further information about:Runlocking the driver's door (Y page 72)Rlocking the vehicle (Y page 72)

Inserting the mechanical keyX Push mechanical key; completely into theSmartKey until it engages and releasecatch: is back in its basic position.

SmartKey battery


G WARNINGBatteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-ces. If batteries are swallowed, it can result insevere health problems. There is a risk of fatalinjury.Keep batteries out of the reach of children. Ifa battery is swallowed, seekmedical attentionimmediately.

SmartKey 67

Openingandclosing

Z

H Environmental noteBatteries contain dangeroussubstances. It is against thelaw to dispose of them withthe household rubbish. Theymust be collected separatelyand recycled to protect theenvironment.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally friendlymanner. Take dischargedbatteries to a qualified spe-cialist workshop or a specialcollection point for used bat-teries.

The SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special handlingand regard for the environment. National guide-lines must be observed during disposal. In Cal-ifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have thebatteries replaced at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Checking the battery

X Press the& or% button.The battery is working properly if batterycheck lamp: lights up briefly.The battery is discharged if battery checklamp: does not light up briefly.

X Change the battery (Y page 68).

If the SmartKey battery is checked within thesignal reception range of the vehicle, pressingthe& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicle

i You can get a battery at any qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Replacing the batteryYou require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Press mechanical key; into the SmartKeyopening in the direction of the arrow until bat-tery compartment cover: opens. Do nothold battery compartment cover: closedwhile doing so.

X Remove battery compartment cover:.

X Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against yourpalm until battery= falls out.

X Insert the new battery with the positive ter-minal facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth todo so.

X Make sure that the surface of the battery isfree of lint, grease and other contaminants.

68 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

X Insert the front tabs of battery compartmentcover: into the housing first and then pressto close it.

X Insert mechanical key; into the SmartKey(Y page 67).

X Check the function of all SmartKey buttons onthe vehicle.

Problems with the SmartKey


You can no longer lock orunlock the vehicle usingthe SmartKey.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 68) and replace it if necessary(Y page 68).

If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

The SmartKey is faulty.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You can no longer lock orunlock the vehicle usingKEYLESS-GO.

KEYLESS-GO was deactivated.X Reactivate KEYLESS-GO (Y page 66).


If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

SmartKey 69

Openingandclosing

Z


KEYLESS-GO is malfunctioning.X Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of theSmartKey.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remote con-trol function:X Unlock (Y page 72) or lock (Y page 72) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The engine cannot bestarted using the Smart-Key.

the on-board voltage is too low.X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interiorlighting, and try to start the engine again.

If this does not work:X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (Y page 251).orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 251).orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine cannot bestarted using the Start/Stop button. The Smart-Key is in the vehicle.

The vehicle is locked.X Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again.


If this does not work:X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

You have lost a Smart-Key.

X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop.X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

You have lost themechanical key.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

70 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Doors



When a door is opened, the side window on thatside opens slightly. When the door is closed, theside window closes again.

! The side windows will not open/close if thebattery is discharged or if the side windowshave iced up. It will then not be possible toclose the door. Do not attempt to force thedoor closed. You could otherwise damage thedoor or the side window.

Unlocking and opening doors fromthe insideYou can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked. If the vehicle has beenlocked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO,opening a door from the inside will trigger theanti-theft alarm system. Switch off the alarm(Y page 63).

X Pull door handle;.If the door is locked, locking knob: pops up.The door is unlocked and opens.

Centrally locking and unlocking thevehicle from the insideYou can centrally lock and unlock the vehiclefrom the inside. The buttons are on the driver’sdoor.

X To unlock: press button:.X To lock: press button;.If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehi-cle locks.

Meanwhile, the fuel filler flap will not be lockedor unlocked.You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from theinside if the vehicle has been locked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO.The doors can be opened from the inside.If the vehicle has been lockedwith the SmartKeyor with KEYLESS-GO, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarm system.Switch off the alarm (Y page 63).

Doors 71

Openingandclosing

Z

If a locked door is opened from the inside, theprevious unlock status of the vehicle will betaken into consideration if:Rthe vehicle was locked using the locking but-ton for the central locking, orRlocked automaticallyThe vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previ-ously been fully unlocked. If only the driver'sdoor had been previously unlocked, only thedoor which has been opened from the inside isunlocked.

Automatic locking feature

X To deactivate: press and hold button: forapproximately five seconds until a tonesounds.

X To activate: press and hold button; forapproximately five seconds until a tonesounds.

If you press one of the two buttons and do nothear a tone, the relevant setting has alreadybeen selected.The vehicle is locked automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels are turn-ing.You could therefore be locked out if:Rthe vehicle is being pushedRthe vehicle is being towedRthe vehicle is on a roller dynamometer

i You can activate and deactivate the auto-matic locking mechanism via the multimediasystem (see the Digital Operator's Manual).

Unlocking/locking the driver's doorusing the mechanical keyTo completely lock the vehicle using themechanical key:Rbegin by pressing the button for locking thevehicle from the inside while the driver's dooris openRthen, proceed to lock the driver's door usingthe mechanical key

X Insert the mechanical key as far as it will gointo opening: in the protective cap.

X Pull and hold the door handle.X Pull the protective cap on the mechanical keyas straight as possible away from the vehicleuntil it releases.

X Release the door handle.

X To unlock: turn the mechanical key counter-clockwise as far as it will go to key position1.

X To lock: turn themechanical key clockwise asfar as it will go to key position1.

X Carefully press the protective cap onto thelock cylinder until it engages and is seatedfirmly.

If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm sys-

72 DoorsOp

eningandclosing

tem will be triggered. Switch off the alarm(Y page 63).

Cargo compartment


G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbonmonoxide. If the tailgateis open when the engine is running, particu-larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumescould enter the passenger compartment.There is a risk of poisoning.Turn off the engine before opening the tail-gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.

G WARNINGIf objects, luggage or loads are not secured ornot secured sufficiently, they could slip, tipover or be flung around and thereby hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping before thejourney.

! The tailgate swings upwards and out whenopening. Therefore, make sure that there issufficient space above the tailgate.

The opening dimensions of the tailgate can befound in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 288).If the rear spoiler has been extended manuallythe height when opened is higher by thisamount. If in doubt, retract the rear spoiler againmanually before opening the tailgate(Y page 226).You can switch the cargo compartment lamp onand off manually on the overhead control panel(Y page 94).Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com-partment. You could otherwise lock yourselfout.You should preferably place luggage or loads inthe cargo compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 213).

Opening/closing from outside

Opening

X Press theF button on the SmartKey.The tailgate opens slightly.

X Lift the tailgate.

Closing

X Pull the tailgate down using recess: and letit drop into the lock.

X Lock the vehicle if necessary with the&button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO(Y page 66).

Unlocking with KEYLESS-GO


G WARNINGThe vehicle exhaust system can become veryhot. If you unlock the luggage compartmentwith KEYLESS-GO, you could burn yourself ifyou touch the exhaust system. There is a riskof injury. Always ensure that you make the

Cargo compartment 73

Openingandclosing

Z

kicking movement only within the detectionrange of the sensors.

! If the SmartKey is within the rear detectionrange of KEYLESS-GO, the following situa-tions, for example, could lead to the uninten-tional opening of the tailgate:Rwhen using an automatic car washRwhen using a power washerMake sure that the SmartKey is at least 10 ft(3 m) away from the vehicle.

General notesVehicles with KEYLESS-GO without carbonpackage: you can unlock the tailgate withoutusing your hands. This is useful if you have yourhands full. To do this, make a kicking movementunder the rear bumper with your foot.Observe the following points:RCarry your KEYLESS-GO key about your per-son. The SmartKey must be at the rear of thevehicle in the detection range of KEYLESS-GO.RWhen making the kicking movement, makesure that you are standing firmly on theground and that there is sufficient clearanceto the rear of the vehicle. You could otherwiselose your balance, for example on ice.

RAlways ensure that you only make the kickingmovement within the detection range of sen-sors:.RStand at least 12 in (30 cm) away from therear area while doing so.RDo not come into contact with the bumperwhile making the kicking movement. Other-wise, the sensors may not function correctly.RUnlocking the tailgate via the sensor does notfunction while the engine is being started.

RDirt caused by road salt or snow around sen-sors: may restrict functionality.Using the tailgate unlocking function via thesensor with a prosthetic legmay restrict func-tionality.RIf a KEYLESS-GO SmartKey is within the reardetection range of KEYLESS-GO, the sensorscould be triggered. As a result, the tailgatecould be opened unintentionally under thefollowing conditions:- if you set something down or lift somethingbehind the vehicle

- if you polish the rear of the vehicleDo not carry the KEYLESS-GO key about yourperson in these situations or in situations sim-ilar to these. This prevents the tailgate frombeing unlocked unintentionally.

Operation

X To unlock: kick into sensor detectionrange: below the bumper with your foot.The tailgate opens slightly.

X To open: lift the tailgate.X If the tailgate does not unlock after sev-eral attempts:wait at least ten seconds andthen kick under the bumper once again.

If you hold your foot under the bumper for toolong, the tailgate does not unlock. Repeat theleg movement more quickly if this occurs.

Unlocking from inside the vehicle

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbonmonoxide. If the tailgateis open when the engine is running, particu-larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumes

74 Cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

could enter the passenger compartment.There is a risk of poisoning.Turn off the engine before opening the tail-gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.

You can open the tailgate from the driver's seatwhen the vehicle is stationary and unlocked.X Press remote operating switch: for the tail-gate until the tailgate is unlocked.The tailgate opens slightly.

Tailgate emergency releaseUse the emergency release if the tailgate can nolonger be unlocked:Rusing the SmartKeyRwith the tailgate unlocking sensorRusing the remote operating switch on theinstrument panel

X Climb into the cargo compartment via thevehicle interior.Unhook the cargo compartment cover, if nec-essary (Y page 215).

X Push carpet: down.X Pull the cable behind carpet: until the tail-gate unlocks.The tailgate opens slightly.

X Lift the tailgate.When you close the tailgate, it is also locked atthe same time.

Side windows


G WARNINGWhile opening the side windows, body partscould become trapped between the side win-dow and the door frame as the side windowmoves. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody touches the side win-dow during the opening procedure. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switch orpull the switch to close the sidewindow again.

G WARNINGWhile closing the side windows, body parts inthe closing area could become trapped. Thereis a risk of injury.When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch or pressthe switch to open the side window again.

G WARNINGIf children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if they areleft unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

Side window reversing featureThe side windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid object blocksor restricts a side window from travelingupwards during the automatic closing process,the sidewindowopens again automatically. Dur-ing themanual closing process, the side window

Side windows 75

Openingandclosing

Z

only opens again automatically after the corre-sponding switch is released. The automaticreversing feature is only an aid and does notrelieve you of the responsibility of paying atten-tion when closing a side window.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRwhile resettingThis means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the switchto open the side window again.

Opening and closing the side win-dowsThe switches for all side windows are located onthe driver's door. There is also a switch on thefront-passenger door for the corresponding sidewindow.The switch on the driver's door has priority.

: Left; RightX Switch on the power supply or switch on theignition with the Start/Stop button.

X To open manually: press and hold the cor-responding switch.

X To open fully: press the switch beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic operation is started.

X To close manually: pull the correspondingswitch and hold it.

X To close fully: pull the switch beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic operation is started.

X To interrupt automatic operation: press/pull the corresponding switch again.

If you press the switch beyond the point ofresistance and release, automatic operation isstarted in the corresponding direction. You canstop automatic operation by pressing/pullingthe switch again.You can still operate the side windowswhen youswitch off the power supply or the ignition. Thisfunction remains active for five minutes or untilyou open a door.

Convenience opening

General notesYou can ventilate the vehicle before you startdriving.If the SmartKey is in close proximity to the vehi-cle, the convenience opening function is availa-ble.To do so, open the side windows using theSmartKey.The "convenience opening" feature is also avail-able when the vehicle is unlocked.

Convenience openingX After unlocking the vehicle, press and holdthe% button on the SmartKey until theside windows begin to open.

orX When the vehicle is unlocked, press and holdthe% button until the side windows havereached the desired position.

X To interrupt convenience opening: releasethe% button.

76 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Convenience closing feature


G WARNINGWhen using the convenience closing feature,parts of the body could be trapped in the clos-ing area when a side window is being closed.There is a risk of injury.Observe the complete closing procedurewhen the convenience closing feature is oper-ating. Make sure that no body parts are inclose proximity during the closing procedure.

When you lock the vehicle, you can close thewindows at the same time.

Using the SmartKeyX Press and hold the& button until the sidewindows are fully closed.

X Make sure that all the side windows areclosed.

X To interrupt convenience closing: releasethe& button.

Using KEYLESS-GOThe driver's door and the door at which the han-dle is used, must both be closed. The SmartKeymust be outside the vehicle. The gap betweenthe SmartKey and the corresponding door han-dle should not be greater than 3 ft (1 m).

X Touch recessed sensor surface: on thedoor handle until the side windows are fullyclosed.Make sure you only touch recessed sensorsurface:.

X Make sure that all the side windows areclosed.

X To interrupt convenience closing: releaserecessed sensor surface: on the door han-dle.

Resetting the side windowsIf a side window can no longer be closed fully,you must reset it.X Close all the doors.X Switch on the power supply or switch on theignition with the Start/Stop button.

X Pull the corresponding switch on the doorcontrol panel until the side window is com-pletely closed (Y page 76).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.If the side window opens again slightly:X Immediately pull the corresponding switch onthe door control panel until the side window iscompletely closed (Y page 76).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.X If the respective side window remains closedafter the button is released, then it has beenset correctly. If this is not the case, repeat thesteps above.

Side windows 77

Openingandclosing

Z

Problems with the side windows

G WARNINGIf you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side windowcloses with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts of thebody could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, releasethe switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.


A side window cannot beclosed because it isblocked by objects, e.g.leaves in the windowguide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannot beclosed and you cannotsee the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switchagain until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switchagain until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the automatic reversing feature.

The sidewindows cannotbe opened or closedwithconvenience opening.


If a side window will still not open or close due to a malfunction, consult a qualified specialistworkshop.

78 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Panorama roof

Operating the roller sunblind for thepanorama roof

The roller sunblind shields the vehicle interiorfrom sunlight.X To close: pull the roller sunblind in the direc-tion of the arrow using handle:.

X To open: slide the roller sunblind in the oppo-site direction to the arrow using handle:.

Panorama roof 79

Openingandclosing

Z

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

Observe the following when adjusting steeringwheel:, seat belt; and driver's seat=:Ryou are as far away from the driver's air bag aspossibleRyou are sitting in a normal upright positionRyour thighs are slightly supported by the seatcushionRyour legs are not entirely stretched and youcan depress the pedals properlyRthe back of your head is supported at eye levelby the center of the head restraintRyou can hold the steering wheel with yourarms slightly bentRyou can move your legs freely

Ryou can see all the displays in the instrumentcluster clearlyRyou should have a good overview of trafficconditionsRthe seat belt is pulled snugly against the bodyand is routed across the center of your shoul-der and across your hips in the pelvic area

Further related subjects:RManual seat adjustment (Y page 81)RElectrical seat adjustment (Y page 82)RFastening the seat belt correctly (Y page 43).RAdjusting the rear-view mirror and exteriormirrors (Y page 87).RStoring seat settings, steering wheel andexterior mirrors with the memory function(Y page 89).

Seats


G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they adjustthe seats, particularly when unattended.There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The seats can still be adjusted when there is noSmartKey in the ignition lock.

G WARNINGWhen you adjust a seat, you or other vehicleoccupants could become trapped, e.g. on theseat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.Make sure when adjusting a seat that no onehas any body parts in the sweep of the seat.

Observe the safety notes on "Air bags"(Y page 44) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 54).

80 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

For safety reasons, seat fore-and-aft adjustmenton electrically adjustable seats is only possiblefor a maximum of two seconds when the vehicleis in motion. The seat fore-and-aft adjustmentcan then no longer be set.

G WARNINGIf you adjust the seat height carelessly, you orother vehicle occupants could be trapped andthereby injured. Children in particular couldaccidentally press the electrical seat adjust-ment buttons and become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While moving the seats, make sure that yourhands or other body parts do not get under thelever assembly of the seat adjustment sys-tem.

G WARNINGIf head restraints are not adjusted correctly,they cannot provide protection as intended.There is an increased risk of injury in the headand neck area, e.g. in the event of an accidentor when braking.Before driving off, make sure for every vehicleoccupant that the center of the head restraintsupports the back of the head at about eyelevel.

Using the fore-and-aft adjustment, adjust thehead restraint so that it is as close as possible toyour head.

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-

ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

! To prevent damage to the seats and the seatheating, observe the following notes:RDo not spill liquids onto the seats. Dry theseats as soon as possible if liquid does getspilled on the seats.RIf the seat covers are damp or wet, do notswitch on the seat heating. Also, do not usethe seat heating to dry the seats.RClean the seat covers as recommended;see keyword "Care".RDo not transport heavy loads on the seats.Do not place pointed objects on the seatcushions such as knives, nails or tools.Where possible, use the seats only for car-rying passengers.RWhen operating the seat heating, do notcover the seats with insulating materials,e.g. blankets, coats, bags, protective cov-ers, child seats or booster seats.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmov-ing the seats back. There is a risk that theseats and/or the objects could be damaged.

Adjusting the seats manually

General notesThe manually adjustable seat is only available inCanada.

Seats 81

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Adjusting the seat fore-and-aft position

X Lift handle: and slide the seat forwards orbackwards.

X Release lever: again.Make sure that you hear the seat engage inposition.

Backrest angleX Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Pull lever= up and adjust the backrest to thedesired angle.

X Release lever= again.The seat backrest must audibly engage.

Seat heightX Pull up or push down lever; repeatedly untilthe seat has reached the desired height.

Adjusting the seats electrically

: Seat cushion angle; Seat height= Backrest angle? Seat fore-and-aft adjustment

For safety reasons, seat fore-and-aft adjustmenton electrically adjustable seats is only possiblefor a maximum of two seconds when the vehicleis in motion. The seat fore-and-aft adjustmentcan then no longer be set.

i If after starting the journey no correct seatfore-and-aft adjustment has been made,there is a risk of accident and injury. Pull overand stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-ble and readjust the seat position.

i Further related subjects:RYou can store the seat settings using thememory function (Y page 89).RIf PRE-SAFE® is triggered, the front-passenger seat will be moved to a betterposition if it was previously in an unfavora-ble position (Y page 53).

Adjusting the head restraints

X To raise: pull the head restraint up to thedesired position.

X To lower: push the head restraint down to thedesired position.i The head restraint can only be adjusted onmanually and electrically adjustable seats,but not with AMG Performance Seats.

Adjusting the lumbar supportYou can adjust the contour of the seat backrestsindividually to provide optimum support for yourback.


gwheelandmirrors

: To raise the backrest contour; To soften the backrest contour= To lower the backrest contour? To harden the backrest contour

Adjusting the AMG Performance Seat

General notesTo adjust the contour of the seat and forimproved lateral support, you can individuallyadjust the front seats.The AMG Performance seat is designed for thestandard three-point seat belt. If you installanothermulti-point seat belt, e.g. sport or racingseat belts, the restraint system cannot providethe best level of protection.For further information about the seat belt(Y page 42)

Adjusting the side bolsters of the seatcushion and the seat backrest

Driver's seat

Side bolsters of the seat cushionX To narrow: press button:.X To broaden: press button;.Side bolsters of the seat backrestX To narrow: press button=.X To broaden: press button?.

Front-passenger seat

Side bolsters of the seat backrestX To narrow: press button:.X To broaden: press button;.i The side bolsters of the front-passengerseat cushion cannot be adjusted.

Seat heating and seat ventilation

Switching the seat heating on/off

G WARNINGRepeatedly switching on the seat heating cancause the seat cushion and backrest pads tobecome very hot. The health of persons withlimited temperature sensitivity or a limitedability to react to high temperatures may beaffected or they may even suffer burn-likeinjuries. There is a risk of injury.Therefore, do not switch the seat heating onrepeatedly.

! Heat accumulation can occur if the seatheating is switched on and there are objectsor underlays placed on the seats, e.g. seatcushions or child seats.This can lead to damage to the seat surface.

Seats 83

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Make sure that no objects or underlays areplaced on the seats when the seat heating isswitched on.

The three red indicator lamps in buttons:indicate the heating level you have selected.The system automatically switches down fromlevel 3 to level 2 after approximately eightminutes.The system automatically switches down fromlevel 2 to level 1 after approximately tenminutes.The system automatically switches off approx-imately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1.X Select key position1 or2 with the Start/Stop button.

X To switch on: press button: repeatedlyuntil the desired heating level is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.i If the battery voltage is too low, the seatheating may switch off.

Activating/deactivating seat ventila-tion

The three blue indicator lamps in buttons:indicate the blower setting you have selected.X Turn the SmartKey to position1 or2 in theignition lock (Y page 106).

X To switch on: press button: repeatedlyuntil the desired blower setting is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.

i Seat ventilation is only available for AMGPerformance seats.

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seatventilation may switch off.

i You can open the side windows using the"Convenience opening" feature (Y page 76).The seat ventilation of the driver's seat auto-matically switches to the highest level.

Problems with the seat heating or seat ventilation


The seat heating or seatventilation has switchedoff prematurely or can-not be switched on.

The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical consum-ers are switched on.X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as therear window defroster or interior lighting.Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heating or seatventilation will switch back on automatically.


gwheelandmirrors

Steering wheel



G WARNINGIf the steering wheel is unlocked while thevehicle is in motion, it could change positionunexpectedly. This could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Before starting off, make sure the steeringwheel is locked. Never unlock the steeringwheel while the vehicle is in motion.

G WARNINGChildren could injure themselves if theyadjust the steering wheel. There is a risk ofinjury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The electrically adjustable steering wheel canstill be adjusted when there is no SmartKey inthe ignition lock.

Adjusting the steering wheel

: Adjusts the steering wheel height; Adjusts the steering wheel position (fore-

and-aft adjustment)

i Further related subjects:REASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature (Y page 85)RStoring settings (Y page 89)

EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature


G WARNINGWhen the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjuststhe steering wheel, you and other vehicleoccupants – particularly children – couldbecome trapped. There is a risk of injury.While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak-ing adjustments, make sure that no one hasany body parts in the sweep of the steeringwheel.Move the steering wheel adjustment lever ifthere is a risk of entrapment by the steeringwheel. The adjustment process is stopped.

Press one of the memory function position but-tons. The adjustment process is stopped. Thisfunction is only available on vehicles with mem-ory function.

G WARNINGIf children activate the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT fea-ture, they can become trapped, particularlywhen unattended. There is a risk of injury.

Steering wheel 85

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf you drive off while the EASY-ENTRY/EXITfeature is making adjustments, you could losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Always wait until the adjustment process iscomplete before driving off.

The EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature makes getting inand out of your vehicle easier.You can activate and deactivate the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature using the multimedia sys-tem (see the Digital Operator's Manual)

Position of the steering wheel when theEASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is activeThe steering wheel swings up when you:Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockRopen the driver's door with the Start/Stopbutton in position1

i The steering wheel only moves up if it hasnot already reached the upper stop.

Position of the steering wheel for driv-ingThe steering wheel is moved to the previouslyset position if you:Rclose the driver's door andRpress the Start/Stop button onceWhen you close the driver's door with the igni-tion switched on, the steering wheel is alsoautomatically moved to the previously set posi-tion.The last position of the steering wheel column isstored after each manual setting or when youstore the setting with the memory function(Y page 89).

Crash-responsive EASY-EXIT featureIf the crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is trig-gered in an accident, the steering column willmove upwards in the following situations:Rwhen you open the driver's doorRwhen you remove the keyThis makes it easier to exit the vehicle and res-cue the occupants.

Mirrors

Rear-view mirror

X Anti-glaremode: flick anti-glare lever: for-wards or back.

Exterior mirrors



G WARNINGThe exterior mirror on the front-passengerside reduces the size of the image. Visibleobjects are actually closer than they appear.

86 MirrorsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

This means that you could misjudge the dis-tance from road users traveling behind, e.g.when changing lane. There is a risk of an acci-dent.For this reason, always make sure of theactual distance from the road users travelingbehind by glancing over your shoulder.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors

X Select key position1 or2 with the Start/Stop button.

X Exterior mirror on the front-passenger side:press button;.Exterior mirror on the front-passenger side:press button:.The indicator lamp lights up in the button thathas been pressed.The indicator lamp goes out again after sometime. You can adjust the selectedmirror usingbutton= as long as the indicator lamp is lit.

X Press button= up, down, or to the left orright until you have adjusted the exterior mir-ror to the correct position. You should have agood overview of traffic conditions.

The convex exteriormirrors provide a larger fieldof vision.After the engine has been started, the exteriormirrors are automatically heated if the rear win-dow heating is switched on and the outside tem-perature is low.

Folding the exterior mirrors in or outelectrically

X Select key position1 or2 with the Start/Stop button.

X Briefly press button?.Both exterior mirrors fold in or out.i Make sure that the exterior mirrors arealways folded out fully while driving. Theycould otherwise vibrate.

i If you are driving faster than 30 mph(48 km/h), you can no longer fold in the exte-rior mirrors.

Resetting the exterior mirrorsIf the battery has been disconnected or com-pletely discharged, the exterior mirrors must bereset. The exterior mirrors will otherwise notfold in when you select the Automatic MirrorFolding function in the multimedia system.X Select key position1 with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Briefly press button?.

Folding the exterior mirrors in or outautomaticallyWhen the Automatic Mirror Folding func-tion is activated in the multimedia system:Rthe exterior mirrors fold in automatically assoon as you lock the vehicle from the outsideRthe exterior mirrors fold out automaticallyagain as soon as you unlock the vehicle

i If the exterior mirrors have been folded inmanually, they do not fold out.

Mirrors 87

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Exterior mirror pushed out of positionIf an exterior mirror has been pushed out ofposition, proceed as follows:X Press and hold button? until you hear a clickand the mirror engages audibly into position(Y page 87).The mirror housing is engaged again and youcan adjust the exterior mirrors as usual(Y page 87).

Automatic anti-glare mirrors

G WARNINGElectrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-matic anti-glaremirror breaks. The electrolyteis harmful and causes irritation. It must notcome into contact with your skin, eyes, res-piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed.There is a risk of injury.If you come into contact with the electrolyte,observe the following:RRinse off the electrolyte from your skinimmediately with water.RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out ofyour eyes thoroughly with clean water.RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly. Do notinduce vomiting.RIf electrolyte comes into contact with yourskin or hair or is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with electrolyte.RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medicalattention immediately.

The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror onthe driver's side automatically go into anti-glaremode if the following conditions are met simul-taneously:Rthe ignition is switched onRincident light from headlamps strikes the sen-sor in the rear-view mirror

The mirrors do not go into anti-glare mode ifreverse gear is engaged or if the interior lightingis switched on.

Parking position for the exterior mir-ror on the front-passenger side

Storing the parking positionYou can position the front-passenger side exte-rior mirror in such a way that you can see therear wheel on that side as soon as you engagereverse gear. You can store this position.

Using reverse gear

: Memory button M; Button for the driver's side exterior mirror= Button for the front-passenger side exterior

mirror? SwitchX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Press button=.X Start the engine.X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengersidemoves to the default setting parking posi-tion.

X Use button? to adjust the exterior mirror toa position that allows you to see the rearwheel and the curb.The parking position is stored.i If you shift the transmission to another posi-tion, the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side returns to the driving positionafter approximately ten seconds.

Using the memory buttonYou can store the parking position of the exte-rior mirror on the front-passenger side usingmemory buttonM:. The reverse gearmust notbe engaged.

88 MirrorsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Press button=.X Use button? to adjust the exterior mirror toa position that allows you to see the rearwheel and the curb.

X Press memory button M: and one of thearrows on button? within three seconds.The parking position is stored if the exteriormirror does not move.

X If the mirror moves out of position, repeat thesteps.

Calling up a stored parking position set-tingX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Adjust the exterior mirror on the front-passenger side using button=.

X Start the engine.X Engage reverse gear.The exterior mirror on the front-passengerside moves to the stored parking position.

The exterior mirror on the front-passenger sidemoves back to its original position:Ras soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph(15 km/h)Rabout ten seconds after you have disengagedreverse gearRif you press button; for the exterior mirroron the driver's side

Memory function


G WARNINGIf you use thememory function on the driver'sside while driving, you could lose control ofthe vehicle as a result of the adjustmentsbeing made. There is a risk of an accident.Only use the memory function on the driver'sside when the vehicle is stationary.

G WARNINGWhen thememory function adjusts the seat orsteering wheel, you and other vehicle occu-

pants – particularly children – could becometrapped. There is a risk of injury.While the memory function is making adjust-ments, make sure that no one has any bodyparts in the sweep of the seat or steeringwheel. If somebody becomes trapped, imme-diately release the memory function positionbutton. The adjustment process is stopped.

G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they acti-vate the memory function, particularly whenunattended. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The memory function can be used at any time,even if the ignition is switched off.

Storing settingsWith the memory function, you can store up tothree different settings, e.g. for three differentpeople.The following settings are stored as a singlememory preset:Rseat and backrest positionRdriver's side: position of the exterior mirrorson the driver's and front-passenger sides


X Adjust the seat accordingly (Y page 82).

Memory function 89

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

X On the driver's side, adjust the steering wheel(Y page 85) and the exterior mirrors(Y page 87).

X Press memory button M and one of the stor-age position buttons 1, 2 or 3 within threeseconds.The settings are stored in the selected presetposition. A tone sounds when the settingshave been completed.

Calling up a stored settingX Press and hold the corresponding storageposition button 1, 2 or 3 until:RSeatRSteering wheelRExterior mirrorsare in the stored position.i The steering wheel and seat adjustmentprocedure is interrupted as soon as yourelease the storage position button. Exteriormirror adjustment continues.

90 Memory functionSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Exterior lighting

General notesFor reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you drive with the lights switched oneven during the daytime. In some countries,operation of the headlamps varies due to legalrequirements and self-imposed obligations.

Setting the exterior lighting

Setting optionsExterior lighting can be set using the:Rlight switchRcombination switch (Y page 92)

Light switch

Operation

1 W Left-hand standing lamps2 X Right-hand standing lamps3 T Parking lamps, license plate and

instrument cluster lighting4Ã Automatic headlampmode, controlled

by the light sensor5 L Low-beam/high-beam headlampsB R Rear fog lampIf you hear a warning tone when you leave thevehicle, the lights may still be switched on.X Turn the light switch to theÃ position.The exterior lighting, except the side/parkinglamps, switches off automatically in the follow-ing situations:Rthe engine is switched off with the Start/StopbuttonRthe driver's door is opened

Automatic headlamp modeG WARNINGWhen the light switch is set toÃ, the low-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk of anaccident.In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

The automatic headlamp mode is only an aid.The driver is responsible for the vehicle's light-ing at all times.Ã is the preferred light switch position.The light setting is automatically selectedaccording to the brightness of the ambient light,but not in the event of poor visibility due toweather conditions such as fog, snow or spray.RIf the Start/Stop button is pressed once:depending on the brightness of the ambientlight, the parking lamps will switch on or offautomatically.RIf you have switched on the Daytime Run‐ning Lights function via the on-board com-puter, the daytime running lamps or the park-ing lamps and low-beam headlamps willswitch on or off automatically while theengine is running.

X To switch on automatic headlamp mode:turn the light switch to theÃ position.

Canada only:The daytime running lamps improve the visibilityof your vehicle during the day. The daytime run-ning lamps function is required by law in Can-ada. It cannot therefore be deactivated.When the engine is running and the vehicle isstationary: if you move the selector lever from adriving position to positionj, the daytime run-ning lamps and low-beam headlamps go outafter three minutes.When the engine is running, the vehicle is sta-tionary and in bright ambient light: if you turn thelight switch to the T position, the daytimerunning lamps and parking lamps switch on.If the engine is running and you turn the lightswitch to theL position, themanual settingstake precedence over the daytime runninglamps.USA only:

Exterior lighting 91

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

The daytime running lamps improve the visibilityof your vehicle during the day. Here, the Day‐time Running Lights function must beswitched on via the on-board computer(Y page 164).If the engine is running and you turn the lightswitch to the T or L position, the manualsettings take precedence over the daytime run-ning lamps.

Low-beam headlampsG WARNINGWhen the light switch is set toÃ, the low-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk of anaccident.In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

When the ignition is switched on and the lightswitch is in theL position, the parking lampsand low-beam headlamps are switched on evenif the light sensor does not sense dark condi-tions. This is a particularly useful function in theevent of rain and fog.X To switch on the low-beam headlamps:select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton or start the engine.

X Turn the light switch to the L position.The green L indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Rear fog lampThe rear fog lamp improves visibility of yourvehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thickfog. You must observe the legal requirementsfor the country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating the rear fog lamp.X To switch on the rear fog lamp: select keyposition2 with the Start/Stop button orstart the engine.

X Turn the light switch to the L orÃposition.

X Press the R button.The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

X To switch off the rear fog lamp: press theR button.The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster goes out.

Parking lamps! If the battery charge is very low, the parkinglamps or standing lamps are automaticallyswitched off to enable the next engine start.Always park your vehicle safely and in awell litarea, in accordance with the relevant legalstipulations. Avoid using the T parkinglamps over a period of several hours. If pos-sible, switch on the right-hand X or left-hand W standing lamps.

X To switch on the parking lamps: turn thelight switch to the T position.The green T indicator lamp in the instru-ment cluster lights up.

Standing lampsSwitching on the standing lamps ensures thecorresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated.X To switch on the standing lamps: switch offthe engine with the Start/Stop button.

X Turn the light switch to theW position (left-hand side of the vehicle) or X position(right-hand side of the vehicle).

Combination switch

: High-beam headlamps; Turn signal, right= High-beam flasher? Turn signal, left

92 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

X To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the pressure point in thedirection of arrow; or?.The corresponding turn signal flashes threetimes.

X To indicate: press the combination switchbeyond the pressure point in the direction ofarrow; or?.

X To switch on the high-beam headlamps:select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton or start the engine.

X Turn the light switch to the L orÃposition.

X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.In theÃ position, the high-beam head-lamps are only switched onwhen it is dark andthe engine is running.The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up when the high-beam head-lamps are switched on.

X To switch off the high-beam headlamps:move the combination switch back to its nor-mal position.The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.

Vehicles with Adaptive Highbeam Assist: whenAdaptive Highbeam Assist is active, it controlsswitching on/off of the high-beam headlamps(Y page 93).X To switch on the high-beam flasher: pullthe combination switch in the direction ofarrow=.

Hazard warning lamps

X To switch on the hazard warning lamps:press button:.All turn signals flash. If you now switch on aturn signal using the combination switch, onlythe turn signal lamp on the correspondingside of the vehicle will flash.

X To switch off the hazard warning lamps:press button:.

The hazard warning lamps automatically switchon if:Ran air bag is deployed orRthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speedof above 45 mph (70 km/h) and comes to astandstill

The hazard warning lamps switch off automati-cally if the vehicle reaches a speed of above6 mph (10 km/h) again after a full brake appli-cation.

i The hazard warning lamps still operate if theignition is switched off.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

General notesYou can use this function to set the headlampsto change between low beam and high beamautomatically. The system recognizes vehicleswith their lights on, either approaching from theopposite direction or traveling in front of yourvehicle, and consequently switches the head-lamps from high beam to low beam.The system automatically adapts the low-beamheadlamp range depending on the distance tothe other vehicle. Once the system no longerdetects any other vehicles, it reactivates thehigh-beam headlamps.The system's optical sensor is located behindthe windshield near the overhead control panel.


G WARNINGAdaptive HighbeamAssist does not recognizeroad users:Rwho have no lights, e.g. pedestriansRwho have poor lighting, e.g. cyclistsRwhose lighting is blocked, e.g. by a barrier

Exterior lighting 93


Z

On very rare occasions, Adaptive HighbeamAssist may fail to recognize other road usersthat have lights, or may recognize them toolate. In this, or in similar situations, the auto-matic high-beam headlamps will not be deac-tivated orwill be activated regardless. There isa risk of an accident.Always carefully observe the traffic conditionsand switch off the high-beam headlamps ingood time.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic conditions.Adaptive HighbeamAssist is only an aid. You areresponsible for adjusting the vehicle's lightingto the prevailing light, visibility and traffic con-ditions.In particular, the detection of obstacles can berestricted if there is:Rpoor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain orsnowRdirt on the sensors or the sensors areobscured

Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assiston/offX To switch on: turn the light switch to theÃ position.

X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.The _ indicator lamp in the multifunctiondisplay lights up when it is dark and the lightsensor activates the low-beam headlamps.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 16 mph (25 km/h):The headlamp range is set automaticallydepending on the distance between the vehi-cle and other road users.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 19 mph (30 km/h) and no other roadusers have been detected:The high-beam headlamps are switched onautomatically. The K indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster also lights up.If you are driving at speeds below approx-imately 16mph (25 km/h) or other road usershave been detected or the roads are ade-quately lit:The high-beam headlamps are switched offautomatically. The K indicator lamp in the

instrument cluster goes out. The _ indi-cator lamp in the multifunction displayremains lit.

X To switch off: move the combination switchback to its normal position or move the lightswitch to another position.The _ indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.

Headlamps fogged up on the insideCertain climatic and physical conditions maycause moisture to form in the headlamp. Thismoisture does not affect the functionality of theheadlamp.

Interior lighting

Overview

: u Activates/deactivates the cargo com-partment lamp

; | Switches the automatic interior light-ing control on or off

= p Switches the right-hand reading lampon/off

? c Activates/deactivates interior lightingA p Switches the left-hand reading lamp

on/off

Interior lighting control

General notesIn order to avoid the vehicle battery discharging,the interior light functions are deactivated aftersome time, except for when the Start/Stop but-ton is in key position2.

94 Interior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

Automatic interior lighting controlX To switch on or off: press the | button.When the automatic interior lighting control isactivated, the button is flush with the over-head control panel.

The interior lighting automatically switches on ifyou:Runlock the vehicleRopen a doorRswitch off the engine with the Start/Stop but-ton

The interior lighting is activated for a short timewhen the engine is switched off with the Start/Stop button. This delayed switch-off can beadjusted via the multimedia system (see DigitalOperator's Manual).

Replacing bulbs

The front and rear light clusters of your vehicleare equipped with LED light bulbs. Do notreplace the bulbs yourself. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the necessaryspecialist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required.Lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety.You must therefore make sure that these func-tion correctly at all times. Have the headlampsetting checked regularly.

Windshield wipers

Switching the windshield wiperson/off! Do not operate the windshield wipers whenthe windshield is dry, as this could damagethe wiper blades. Moreover, dust that has col-lected on thewindshield can scratch the glassif wiping takes place when the windshield isdry.If it is necessary to switch on the windshieldwipers in dry weather conditions, always usewasher fluid when operating the windshieldwipers.

! If the windshield wipers leave smears on thewindshield after the vehicle has been washedin an automatic car wash, wax or other resi-dues may be the reason for this. Clean the

windshield using washer fluid after washingthe vehicle in an automatic car wash.

! Intermittent wiping with rain sensor: due tooptical influences and the windshield becom-ing dirty in dry weather conditions, the wind-shield wipers may be activated inadvertently.This could then damage the windshield wiperblades or scratch the windshield.For this reason, you should always switch offthe windshield wipers in dry weather.

1 $ Windshield wiper off2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor set

to low sensitivity)3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor

set to high sensitivity)4 ° Continuous wipe, slow5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fastB í Single wipe

î Wipes with washer fluidX Switch on the ignition.X Turn the combination switch to the corre-sponding position.

In the Ä or Å position, the appropriatewiping frequency is set automatically accordingto the intensity of the rain. In the Å position,the rain sensor is more sensitive than inthe Ä position, causing the windshield wiperto wipe more frequently.The rain sensor is only an aid. The driver isresponsible for ensuring unimpaired vision. Turnthe switch to a suitable position, depending onthe intensity of the precipitation, to ensure thata good view of the traffic conditions is main-tained.If the wiper blades are worn, the windshield willno longer be wiped properly. This could preventyou from observing the traffic conditions.Worn or damaged wiper blades cause smearing.This can cause the rain sensor to malfunction

Windshield wipers 95


Z

Replacing the wiper blades


G WARNINGIf the windshield wipers begin to move whileyou are changing the wiper blades, you couldbe trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andignition before changing the wiper blades.

! Never open the hood if a windshield wiperarm has been folded away from the wind-shield.Never fold a windshield wiper arm without awiper blade back onto the windshield.Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly whenyou change the wiper blade. If you release thewindshield wiper arm without a wiper bladeand it falls onto thewindshield, thewindshieldmay be damaged by the force of the impact.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe wiper blades changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, makesure that you touch only the wiper arm of thewiper.

Replacing the wiper blades

Adjusting the wiper blades so that theyare verticalX Switch off the engine.X Remove your foot from the brake pedal.

X Set thewindshield wiper to the° position.X Press the Start/Stop button repeatedly untilthe windshield wiper starts.

X When the wiper arms are in a vertical positionto the hood, press the Start/Stop button.

X Fold the wiper arm away from the windshield.

Removing the wiper blades

X Set the wiper blade at right angles to thewiper arm.

X Remove the wiper blade from the retainer onthe wiper arm in the direction of the arrow.

Installing the wiper bladesX Slide the new wiper blade into the retainer onthe wiper arm in the opposite direction to thearrow.

X Turn the wiper blade parallel to the wiper arm.X Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

96 Windshield wipersLightsandwindshieldwipers

Problems with the windshield wipers


The windshield wipersare jammed.

Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield wipermovement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.X Switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open thedriver's door.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windshield wipers back on.

The windshield wipersfail completely.

The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

The windshield washerfluid from the spray noz-zles no longer hits thecenter of the windshield.

The spray nozzles are misaligned.X Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist workshop.

The wiper arms are onthe windshield.

The wiper arms have been moved by an external force.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stop button.The wiper arms move back down automatically.

Windshield wipers 97


Z

Overview of climate control systems

General notesObserve the settings recommended on the fol-lowing pages. The windows could otherwise fogup.To prevent the windows from fogging up:Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode only brieflyRswitch on the cooling with air dehumidifica-tion functionRactivate the "Windshield defrosting" functionbriefly, if required

Climate control regulates the temperature andair humidity in the vehicle interior. The interiorfilter cleans the air, thus improving the interiorclimate.The cooling with air dehumidification function isonly available when the engine is running. Opti-mum climate control is only achieved with theside windows closed.

i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period duringwarm weather, e.g. using the convenienceopening feature (Y page 76). This will speedup the cooling process and the desired inte-rior temperature will be reached morequickly.

i The integrated filter filters out most parti-cles of dust and soot and completely filtersout pollen. It also reduces gaseous pollutantsand odors. A clogged filter reduces theamount of air supplied to the vehicle interior.Depending on the operating conditions andenvironmental influences, the interval forreplacing the filter may be shorter than speci-fied.

i It is possible that the blower may be activa-ted automatically 60minutes after the enginehas been switched off depending on variousfactors, e.g. the outside temperature. Thevehicle is then ventilated for 30minutes to drythe climate control system.

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control

: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 100); Sets the air distribution (Y page 100)= Sets the airflow (Y page 101)

Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 99)? Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 100)A Defrosts the windshield (Y page 101)B Calls up the climate control menu of the multimedia system (Y page 208)C Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 102)

98 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

D Activates/deactivates synchronization (Y page 101)E Activates/deactivates air-recirculation mode manually (Y page 102)F Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 99)G Sets the temperature, right (Y page 100)

Optimum use of 3-zone automatic cli-mate control

Dual-zone automatic climate controlThe following contains instructions and recom-mendations to enable you to get the most out ofyour dual-zone automatic climate control:RActivate climate control using theÃrocker switch. The indicator lamp above theÃ rocker switch lights up. The "Coolingwith air dehumidification" function is not acti-vated automatically in automatic mode. Ifnecessary, activate this function(Y page 99).RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22 †).ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" functionbriefly until the windshield is clear again.ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g. ifthere are unpleasant outside odors or when ina tunnel. Thewindows could otherwise fog up,since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle inair-recirculation mode.

ECO start/stop functionDuring automatic engine switch-off, the climatecontrol system only operates at a reduced capa-city. If you require the full climate control output,you can switch off the ECO start/stop functionby pressing the ECO button (Y page 109).

Operating the climate control sys-tems

Setting climate control

General notesWhen the climate control is switched off, the airsupply and air circulation are also switched off.

The windows could fog up. Therefore, switch offclimate control only brieflySwitch on climate control primarily using theÃ rocker switch (Y page 100).

Activating/deactivatingX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To switch on: set the airflow to level 1 orhigher using theH rocker switch.

X To switch off: set the airflow to level 0 usingtheH rocker switch.

Switching cooling with air dehumidi-fication on/off

General notesIf you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumid-ification" function, the air inside the vehicle willnot be cooled. The air inside the vehicle will alsonot be dehumidified. The windows can fog upmore quickly. Therefore, deactivate the coolingwith air-dehumidification function only briefly.The "Cooling with air dehumidification" functionis only available when the engine is running. Theair inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidifiedaccording to the temperature selected.Condensation may drip from the underside ofthe vehicle when it is in cooling mode. This isnormal and not a sign that there is a malfunc-tion.

Activating/deactivatingX Press the¿ rocker switch up or down.The indicator lamp above the¿ rockerswitch lights up or goes out.

Operating the climate control systems 99

Climatecontrol

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function


The indicator lamp overthe¿ rocker switchflashes three times orremains off. The coolingwith air dehumidificationfunction cannot be acti-vated via the multimediasystem any longer(Y page 208).

Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a mal-function.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Setting climate control to automatic

General notesIn automaticmode, the set temperature ismain-tained automatically at a constant level. Thesystemautomatically regulates the temperatureof the dispensed air, the airflow and the air dis-tribution.During automatic controlling, the "Cooling withair dehumidification" function is activated.

Automatic controlX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To activate: press rocker switchÃ up ordown.The indicator lamp above theÃ rockerswitch lights up.

X Set the desired temperature using thewrocker switch.

X To switch to manual operation: press theH rocker switch up or down.

orX Press the upper or lower section of the_rocker switch.The indicator lamp above theÃ rockerswitch goes out.

In automatic mode, if you adjust the airflow orair distribution manually, the indicator lampabove theÃ rocker switch goes out. Thefunction which has not been changed manually,however, continues to be controlled automati-cally. When the manually set function switchesback to automatic mode, the indicator lampabove theÃ rocker switch lights up again.

Setting the temperatureDifferent temperatures can be set for the driv-er's and front-passenger sides.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To increase or reduce: press thewrocker switch up or down.

Only change the temperature setting in smallincrements. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).

Setting the air distribution

Air distribution settings¯ Directs air through the defroster ventsP Directs air through the center and side air

ventsO Directs air through the footwell air ventsS Directs air through the center, side and

footwell vents_ Directs air through the defroster, center,

side and footwell ventsb Directs air through the defroster, center

and side air ventsa Directs air through the defroster and

footwell vents

SettingX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X Press the_ rocker switch up or down.The various air distribution settings appear inthe multimedia system.

100 Operating the climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Setting the airflowX Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To increase or reduce: press theHrocker switch up or down.

Activating/deactivating synchroniza-tion

General notesClimate control can be set centrally using thesynchronization function. The temperature set-ting is adopted for the front-passenger side.

Activating/deactivatingX Press the0 rocker switch up or down.The indicator lamp above the0 rockerswitch lights up or goes out.

The synchronization function deactivates if thesettings for the front-passenger side arechanged.

Defrosting the windshield

General notesYou can use this function to defrost the wind-shield or to clear a fogged up windshield andside windows.Switch off the "Windshield defrosting" functionas soon as the windshield is clear again.


X To switch on: press the¬ rocker switchup or down.The indicator lamp above the¬ rockerswitch lights up. The current climate controlsettings are deactivated.The climate control system switches to thefollowing functions:Rhigh airflowRhigh temperature

Rair distribution to the windshield and frontside windowsRair-recirculation mode offi If necessary, the "Cooling with air dehumid-ification" function is activated. In this case,the indicator lamp above the¿ rockerswitch remains switched off.

X To switch off: press the¬ rocker switchup or down.The indicator lamp above the¬ rockerswitch goes out. The previously selected set-tings are restored. Air-recirculation moderemains deactivated.

Defrosting the windows

Windows fogged up on the insideX Activate the "Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion" function with the¿ rocker switch.

X Switch on automatic mode using theÃrocker switch.

X If thewindows continue to fog up, activate the"Windshield defrosting" function using the¬ rocker switch.i You should only select this setting until thewindshield is clear again.

Windows fogged up on the outsideX Activate the windshield wipers.X Switch on automatic mode using theÃrocker switch.i If you clean the windows regularly, they donot fog up so quickly.

Rear window defroster

General notesThe rear window defroster has a high currentdraw. You should therefore switch it off as soonas the rear window is clear. Otherwise, the rearwindow defroster switches off automaticallyafter several minutes.If the battery voltage is too low, the rear windowdefroster may switch off.

Operating the climate control systems 101

Climatecontrol


X Press the¤ rocker switch up or down.The indicator lamp above the¤ rockerswitch lights up or goes out.

Problems with the rear window defroster


The rear windowdefroster has deactiva-ted prematurely or can-not be activated.

The battery has not been sufficiently charged.X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading lamps,interior lighting or the seat heating.When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear window defrostercan be activated again.

Switching air-recirculation modeon/off

General notesYou can also temporarily deactivate the flow offresh air manually if unpleasant odors are enter-ing the vehicle from outside. The air alreadyinside the vehicle will then be recirculated.If you switch on air-recirculation mode, the win-dows can fog up more quickly, in particular atlow temperatures. Only use air-recirculationmode briefly to prevent the windows from fog-ging up.


X To activate: press theg rocker switch upor down.The indicator lamp above theg rockerswitch lights up.

Air-recirculation mode switches on automati-cally:Rat high outside temperaturesRin a tunnel (vehicles with a navigation systemonly)

The indicator lamp above theg rockerswitch is not lit when automatic air-recirculationmode is activated. Outside air is added afterabout 30 minutes.

X To deactivate: press theg rocker switchup or down.The indicator lamp above theg rockerswitch goes out.

Air-recirculation mode deactivates automati-cally:Rafter approximately five minutes at outsidetemperatures below approximately 41 ‡(5 †)Rafter approximately five minutes if coolingwith air dehumidification is deactivatedRafter approximately 30 minutes at outsidetemperatures above approximately 41 ‡(5 †) if the "Cooling with dehumidification"function is activated

Air vents


G WARNINGVery hot or very cold air can flow from the airvents. This could result in burns or frostbite inthe immediate vicinity of the air vents. Thereis a risk of injury.Make sure that all vehicle occupants alwaysmaintain a sufficient distance to the air out-lets. If necessary, redirect the airflow toanother area of the vehicle interior.

102 Air ventsClimatecontrol

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh airthrough the air vents into the vehicle interior,please observe the following notes:Rkeep the air inlet between the windshield andthe hood free of blockages, such as ice, snowor leaves.Rnever cover the air vents or air intake grilles inthe vehicle interior.

Setting the air vents

Side air vent (example): Side window defroster vent; Side air vent, left= Control for left side air ventX To open or close: turn thumbwheel= to theleft or right as far as it will go.

X To adjust the air direction: hold side airvent; in the center and move it up or downor to the left or right.

Air vents 103

Climatecontrol

Z

Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle

Important safety notesThe sensor system of some driving and drivingsafety systems adjusts automatically while acertain distance is being driven after the vehiclehas been delivered or after repairs. Full systemeffectiveness is not reached until the end of thisteach-in procedure.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometers of driving. Compensate forthis by applying greater force to the brake pedal.

The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km)The more you look after the engine when it isnew, the more satisfied you will be with its per-formance in the future.RYou should therefore drive at varying vehicleand engine speeds for the first 1,000 miles(1,500 km).RIdeally, for the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km),drive in program C.RDo not drive faster than 85 mph (140 km/h)for the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km).ROnly briefly allow the engine to reach a max-imum engine speed of 4,500 rpm briefly.RAvoid heavy loads, e.g. driving at full throttle,during this period.RDo not exceedÔ of the maximum permittedengine speed for each gear.RShift up into manual mode M and temporarymanual drive program in good time.RDo not carry out a RACE START.RDo not manually shift to a lower gear to brakethe vehicle.RTry to avoid depressing the accelerator pedalbeyond the pressure point (kickdown).

After 1,000 miles (1,500 km), you can increasethe engine speed gradually and accelerate thevehicle to full speed.You should also observe these notes on break-ing in if the engine or parts of the drive train onyour vehicle have been replaced.Always observe the respective maximum per-missible speed.

Driving



G WARNINGUnsuitable footwear can hinder correct usageof the pedals, e.g.:Rshoes with thick solesRshoes with high heelsRslippersThere is a risk of an accident.Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brake can:Roverheat and cause a fireRlose its hold function.There is a risk of fire and an accident. Releasethe parking brake fully before driving off.

104 DrivingDrivingandparking

! Do not warm up the engine while stationary.Pull away immediately. Avoid high enginespeeds and full throttle until the engine hasreached its operating temperature.In vehicles with automatic transmission,engage positions P and R only when the vehi-cle is stationary.Where possible, avoid spinning the drivewheels when pulling away on slippery roads.You could otherwise damage the drive train.

! During a cold start with low engine oil tem-peratures (below 32 ‡) (0 †), the maximumengine speed is restricted in order to protectthe engine. To protect the engine and main-tain smooth engine operation, avoid driving atfull throttle when the engine is cold.

Key positions

Start/Stop button

General notesAll vehicles are equipped with a Start/Stop but-ton.The Start/Stop button is located in the centerconsole and is illuminated when the vehicle isunlocked.The SmartKey must be in the vehicle.Pressing the Start/Stop button several times insuccession corresponds to the different Smart-Key positions in the ignition lock. This is only thecase if you are not depressing the brake pedal.If you depress the brake pedal and press theStart/Stop button, the engine starts immedi-ately.A check which periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and the Smart-Key determines whether a valid SmartKey is inthe vehicle. This occurs, for example, whenstarting the engine.If there is a SmartKey in the ignition lock, thistakes precedence over the KEYLESS-GO startfunction.To start the vehicle without actively using theSmartKey:Rthe SmartKey must be in the vehicleRthe vehicle must not be locked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO (Y page 66)

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phoneor another SmartKeyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foilRinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal caseThis can affect the functionality of the Smart-Key.If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey remotecontrol or with KEYLESS-GO, after a short time:Ryou will not be able to switch on the ignitionwith the Start/Stop buttonRyou will no longer be able to start the enginewith the Start/Stop button until the vehicle isunlocked again

If you lock the vehicle centrally using the buttonon the driver's door (Y page 71), you can con-tinue to start the engine with the Start/Stopbutton.The engine can be switched off while the vehicleis in motion by pressing and holding the Start/Stop button for three seconds. This functionoperates independently of the ECO start/stopautomatic engine switch-off function.

Key positions with the Start/Stop button

As soon as the ignition is switched on, all theindicator lamps in the instrument cluster lightup. Further information on situations where anindicator lamp either fails to go out after startingthe engine or lights up while driving(Y page 195).If Start/Stop button: has not yet beenpressed, this corresponds to the SmartKeybeing removed from the ignition.X To switch on the power supply: pressStart/Stop button: once.The power supply is switched on. You can nowactivate the windshield wipers, for example. Ifyou press Start/Stop button: twice in this

Driving 105

Drivingandparking

Z

key position, the power supply is switched offagain.

X To switch on the ignition: press Start/Stopbutton: twice.The ignition is switched on.If you press Start/Stop button: once whenin this position, the ignition is deactivatedagain.

: Start/Stop button USA; Start/Stop button Canada

SmartKeyYou can also start the vehicle with the SmartKeyin the ignition lock.The ignition lock is located in the rear stowagespace of the center console.

g To remove the SmartKey1 Power supply for some consumers, such as

the windshield wipers2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)

and drive position3 To start the engine

i The SmartKey can be turned in the ignitionlock even if it is not the correct SmartKey forthe vehicle. The ignition is not switched on.The engine cannot be started.

Starting the engine



G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

G WARNINGFlammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust system orparts of the engine that heat up. There is a riskof fire.Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materials inthe engine compartment or in the exhaustsystem.


General notesThe catalytic converter is preheated for up to30 seconds after a cold start. The sound of theengine may change during this time.

AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speed sporttransmissionX Shift the transmission to positionj(Y page 112).The transmission position indicator on themultifunction display showsj(Y page 114).

You can start the engine in transmission posi-tionj andi.

Starting procedure with the Start/StopbuttonThe Start/Stop button can be used to start thevehiclemanually without inserting the SmartKeyinto the ignition lock. You merely need to carrythe SmartKey on your person. This mode forstarting the engine operates independently ofthe ECO start/stop automatic engine start func-tion.You can start the engine if a valid SmartKey is inthe vehicle. Switch off the engine and alwaystake the SmartKey with you when leaving thevehicle, even if you only leave it for a short time.Pay attention to the important safety notes.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press the Start/Stop button once(Y page 105).The engine starts.

Starting procedure with the SmartKeyX Turn the SmartKey to position3 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 106) and release it as soonas the engine is running.

If the engine will not start:X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Reinsert the SmartKey into the ignition lockafter a short waiting period.

X Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 106).The indicator lamps in the instrument clusterlight up (Y page 193).

X Turn the SmartKey to position3 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 106) and release it as soonas the engine is running.

Pulling away

General notes

G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

Depress the accelerator carefully when pullingaway.The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulledaway. The locking knobs in the doors drop down.You can open the doors from the inside at anytime.You can also deactivate the automatic lockingfeature (Y page 72).It is only possible to shift the transmission frompositionj to the desired position if:Rthe engine is running andRyou depress the brake pedalIf you do not depress the brake pedal, the E-SELECT lever can still be moved but the parkinglock remains engaged.Information on the automatic release of theelectric parking brake (Y page 125).

Hill start assistHill start assist helps you when pulling awayforward or in reverse on an uphill gradient. Itholds the vehicle for a short time after you haveremoved your foot from the brake pedal. Thisgives you enough time to move your foot fromthe brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and todepress it before the vehicle begins to roll.

Driving 107

Drivingandparking

Z

G WARNINGAfter a short time, hill start assist will no lon-ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hill startassist.

Hill start assist is not active if:Ryou are pulling away on a level road or on adownhill gradientRthe transmission is in positioniRthe electric parking brake is appliedRESP® is malfunctioning

Rear axle steering

General notesDepending on the speed, rear axle steeringadapts the track of the rear axle to the positionof the front wheels. Together with the steeringangle of the front wheels, this results in greatermobility and stability than on vehicles withoutrear axle steering.Rear axle steering has the following character-istics:Rreduced steering effort and turning circle,resulting in reduced parking effort.Rimproved driving stability, e.g. on curves.Rthe vehicle has more direct steering. Controlof the vehicle is thereby increased.

ECO start/stop function

IntroductionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically if the vehicle is stoppedunder certain conditions.The engine starts automatically when the driverwants to pull away again. The ECO start/stopfunction thereby helps you to reduce the fuelconsumption and emissions of your vehicle.


G WARNINGIf the engine is switched off automatically andyou exit the vehicle, the engine is restartedautomatically. The vehicle may begin moving.There is a risk of accident and injury.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe ignition and secure the vehicle againstrolling away.

General notes

: ECO start/stop displayIf the engine has been switched off automati-cally by the ECO start/stop function, theèECO symbol is shown in the multifunction dis-play.The ECO start/stop function is only available indrive program C.The ECO start/stop function is activated when-ever you switch on the engine using the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button. This is the case if:Rthe ignition was switched off for more thanfour hours orRthe ECO start/stop function had been activa-ted before the engine was switched off

Automatic engine switch-offThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically if:Rthe ECO start/stop function is activated(Y page 109) andRyou brake the vehicle to a standstill in trans-mission positionh

The ECO start/stop function is operationalwhen:Rthe indicator lamp in the ECO button is litgreenRthe outside temperature and the atmosphericair pressure is within the range that is suitablefor the system


Rthe engine and the transmission are at a suf-ficient temperature for the ECO start/stopfunctionRthe set temperature for the vehicle interiorhas been reachedRthe battery is sufficiently chargedRthe system detects that the windshield is notfogged upwhen the air-conditioning system isswitched onRthe hood is closedRthe driver's door is closed and the driver'sseat belt is fastened

All of the vehicle's systems remain active whenthe engine is stopped automatically.The HOLD function can also be activated if theengine has been switched off automatically. It isthen not necessary to continue applying thebrakes during the automatic stop phase. Whenyou depress the accelerator pedal, the enginestarts automatically and the braking effect ofthe HOLD function is deactivated.

Automatic engine startThe engine starts automatically if:Ryou switch off the ECO start/stop function bypressing the ECO buttonRswitch to drive program RACE, S+ or S(Y page 111)Ryou switch to manual mode M (Y page 116)Rin transmission positionh, the brake pedalis released and the HOLD function is notactiveRyou depress the accelerator pedalRyou engage reverse gearkRyou move the transmission out of positionjRyou unfasten your seat belt or open the driv-er's doorRthe vehicle starts to rollRthe brake system requires thisRthe temperature in the vehicle interior devi-ates from the set rangeRthe system detects moisture on the wind-shield when the air-conditioning system isswitched onRthe battery's condition of charge is too lowShifting the transmission to positionj doesnot start the engine.

Deactivating or activating the ECOstart/stop function

X To deactivate: press ECO button:.Indicator lamp; goes out.

X To activate: press ECO button:.Indicator lamp; lights up.

If indicator lamp; is off, the ECO start/stopfunction has been deactivated manually or asthe result of a malfunction. The engine will thennot be switched off automatically when the vehi-cle stops.The ECO start/stop function is deactivated, if:Rswitch to drive program RACE, S+ or S(Y page 111)Ryou switch to manual mode M (Y page 116)

AMG sports exhaust systemYou can choose between different AMG sportsexhaust system volumes using the position ofthe exhaust flap.Each time you start the engine with the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button, the quietest set-ting is activated.

Driving 109

Drivingandparking

Z

Setting the volume:X Press button:.If you select the loudest setting, indicatorlamp; lights up.

You can also adjust the position of the exhaustflap using the:RDYNAMIC SELECT controller (Y page 111)RMultimedia system

Problems with the engine


The engine does notstart.

The HOLD function or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated.X Deactivate the HOLD function (Y page 140) or Distance PilotDISTRONIC (Y page 136).

X Try to start the engine again (Y page 106).

The engine does notstart. The starter motorcan be heard.

RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics.RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply.Before attempting to start the engine again:X Press the Start/Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster go out.

orX Turn the SmartKey back to SmartKey positionu in the ignitionlock.

X Try to start the engine again (Y page 106). Avoid excessively longand frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain thebattery.

If the engine does not start after several attempts:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does notstart. You cannot hearthe starter motor.

The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak ordischarged.X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 251).If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high.X Try to start the engine again (Y page 106).If the engine still does not start:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.



The engine is not runningsmoothly and is misfir-ing.

There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanicalcomponent of the engine management system.X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converterand damage it.

X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

The coolant temperaturedisplay shows a valueabove 248 ‡ (120 †).

The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the engine is nolonger being cooled sufficiently.X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant tocool down.

X Check the coolant level (Y page 236). Observe the warning notesas you do so and add coolant if necessary.

DYNAMIC SELECT controller

General informationSelect the drive program using the DYNAMICSELECT controller.Available drive programs:

C Comfort Comfort-oriented, optimum-economy engine and trans-mission settings

S Sport Sporty engine and transmis-sion settings

S+ Sport Plus Especially sporty engine andtransmission settings

RACE(AMG GT S andAMG GT C)

Maximum sportiness andengine and transmissionsettings suitable for theracetrack

I Individual Individual settings

In urban traffic and stop-start traffic, drive pro-gram C is recommended.Depending on the drive program selected thefollowing vehicle characteristics will change:Rthe drive (engine management)Rthe transmission managementRESP® (Y page 61)Rthe suspension (Y page 142)Rthe position of the exhaust flap(Y page 109)

Rthe availability of the ECO start/stop function(Y page 108)Rthe availability of gliding mode(Y page 115)

Further information for automatic drive programcharacteristics (Y page 117).Additionally, in drive program I you can config-ure the respective vehicle characteristics usingthe multimedia system. You can find informa-tion about this in the Digital Operator's Manual.Each time you start the engine with the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button, drive programC isactivated. Further information about startingthe engine (Y page 106).

Selecting the drive program

X Turn DYNAMIC SELECT controller: until thedesired drive program is selected.The selected drive program appears in themultifunction display. After five seconds the

DYNAMIC SELECT controller 111

Drivingandparking

Z

display goes out and the symbol of the selec-ted drive program appears.The drive program indicator on DYNAMICSELECT controller: lights up in red.In addition, the current drive programsettingsare displayed in the multimedia system dis-play.

Additional settings

: Manual mode (Y page 118); ECO start/stop function (Y page 108)= Position of the exhaust flap (Y page 109)? Suspension (Y page 142)A ESP® (Y page 61)When you press buttons: -A the corre-sponding setting is selected. The DYNAMICSELECT controller setting is overwritten.These settings will be maintained for manualmode and ESP® even if you switch to drive pro-gram RACE (AMG GT S and AMG GT C), S+, S orC using the DYNAMIC SELECT controller.If you switch to drive program I, all stored char-acteristics will be accepted. This is also the caseif you have previously pressed one of buttons:-A. If you then change the drive program usingthe DYNAMIC SELECT controller, the standardsetting for the drive program is selected.

AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speed sportstransmission


G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,

the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

E-SELECT selector lever

General notes! If the engine speed is too high or the vehicleis in motion, do not shift the automatic trans-mission directly fromh tok, fromk tohor directly toj.Do not open the driver's door while the vehi-cle is inmotion. At low speeds in transmissionpositionh ork, otherwise park positionjis engaged automatically.The transmission could be damaged.

! If you want to engage a transmission posi-tion or to exit park positionj, the enginemust be running.

The E-SELECT lever always returns to its originalposition.The current transmission positionj,k,i orh is shown in the transmission position displayin the multifunction display.

112 AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speed sports transmissionDrivingandparking

Overview of transmission positions

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

Engaging park position P

X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press button: on the center console.If you depress the brake pedal and push theE‑SELECT lever forwards or pull it backwards tothe first point of resistance, park positionj isdisengaged. The transmission shifts to neutrali.

Engaging park position P automaticallyPark positionj is engaged automatically in thefollowing circumstances:Rif you switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open the driver's or front-passenger door.Rif you remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.Rif you open the driver's door while traveling atlow speeds in transmission positionh ork.

Under certain conditions, the automatic trans-mission shifts automatically to transmissionpositionj if the HOLD function or DistancePilot DISTRONIC is activated. Observe the infor-mation on the HOLD function (Y page 139) andon Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 135).

Engaging reverse gear RX Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Push the E-SELECT lever forwards past thefirst point of resistance.The transmission positionk is engaged.

If you engage reverse gear, the engine startsautomatically (Y page 109).

Shifting to neutral NX Start the engine (Y page 107).X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Push the E-SELECT lever forwards or pull itback to the first point of resistance, depend-ing on the current transmission position.

If you move the E-SELECT lever toi beforeswitching off the engine, the transmissionremains ini for approximately 30 minutes. Ifyou open the driver's or front-passenger doorduring this period, the transmission automati-cally shifts to park positionj.If you want the automatic transmission toremain in neutrali, e.g. when having the vehi-cle cleaned in an automatic car wash with atowing system:X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.X Switch on the ignition.

AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speed sports transmission 113

Drivingandparking

Z

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift to neutrali.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Switch the ignition off.X Turn the SmartKey to position2 and leave itin the ignition lock.

You can find further information under "Carwash" (Y page 239).

Shifting to transmission position DX Start the engine (Y page 107).X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Push the E-SELECT lever back past the firstpoint of resistance.The automatic transmission shifts toh.

If the vehicle is braked to a standstill with thetransmission in positionh, the ECO start/stopfunction switches off the engine automatically(Y page 108).

Transmission position and drive pro-gram displayThe current transmission position and drive pro-gram appear in the multifunction display.

: Drive program; Transmission positionAdditionally, displays next to the E‑SELECT levershow the current transmission position.The displays light up if you:Rswitch on the power supply with the Start/Stop button (Y page 105) orRinsert the SmartKey into the ignition lock(Y page 106).

The displays go out if you:Rswitch off the power supply with the Start/Stop button (Y page 105) orRremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock(Y page 106).

If the transmission position display in the mul-tifunction display is not working, check on thedisplay next to the E-SELECT lever whether thedesired transmission position is engaged.

Transmission positions

B Park positionThis prevents the vehicle from rollingaway when stopped.Only shift the transmission into posi-tionj (Y page 112) when the vehi-cle is stationary. The parking lockshould not be used as a brake whenparking. Always apply the electronicparking brake in addition to the park-ing lock in order to secure the vehi-cle.The automatic transmission shifts toj automatically if you:Rremove the SmartKeyRswitch off the enginewhen ink orh and open the driver's door orfront-passenger doorRopen the driver's door while trav-eling at low speeds in transmissionpositionh ork

In the event of a malfunction of thevehicle's electronics, the transmis-sion may lock in positionj. Havethe vehicle electronics checkedimmediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

C Reverse gearOnly shift the transmission into posi-tionk when the vehicle is station-ary.


A NeutralDo not shift the transmission toiwhile driving. The automatic trans-mission could otherwise be dam-aged.No power is transmitted from theengine to the drive wheels.Releasing the brakes will allow you tomove the vehicle freely, e.g. to pushit or tow it.If ESP® is deactivated or faulty: shiftthe transmission to positioni if thevehicle is in danger of skidding, e.g.on icy roads.If you switch off the engine using theSmartKey or the Start/Stop button,the automatic transmission shifts toneutrali automatically.

! Coasting in neutrali maycause damage to the drive train.

7 DriveThe automatic transmission changesgear automatically in the automaticdrive programs (Y page 117). Allforward gears are available.

Driving tips

Changing gearThe automatic transmission shifts through theindividual gears automatically when it is in trans-mission positionh. This automatic gear shift-ing behavior is determined by:Rthe selected drive program (Y page 111)Rthe position of the accelerator pedalRthe road speed

Accelerator pedal positionYour style of driving influences how the auto-matic transmission shifts gear:Rlittle throttle: early upshiftsRmore throttle: late upshiftsA dynamic driving style with high longitudinaland lateral acceleration delays the shift pointsto higher engine speeds.

Double-clutch functionWhen shifting down, the double-clutch functionis active regardless of the currently selecteddrive program. The double-clutch functionreduces load change reactions and is conduciveto a sporty driving style. The sound generated bythe double-clutch function depends on the driveprogram selected.

KickdownUse kickdown for maximum acceleration:X In the automatic drive programs, depress theaccelerator pedal beyond the pressure point.Depending on the engine speed and the selec-ted drive program, the automatic transmis-sion shifts to the lowest gear permissible togive optimal acceleration.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts back up.

Kickdown is not available in manual mode M.

Rocking the vehicle freeRocking the vehicle free may help to free thevehicle if it has become stuck in slush or snow.To do so, shift back and forth repeatedlybetween transmission positionsh andk.The vehicle's transmission managementrestricts shifting between transmission posi-tionsh andk to speeds up to a maximum of5 mph (9 km/h).To shift back and forth between transmissionpositionsh andk, move the E-SELECT leverup and down beyond the pressure point.

Gliding mode


Drivingandparking

Z

Gliding mode is characterized by the following:Rthe combustion engine is disconnected fromthe drive train.Rthe engine speed corresponds to the idlingspeed.Rthe C symbol disappears from the multifunc-tion display and symbol: is displayed(Y page 114).

In drive program C, you can deactivate and acti-vate gliding mode using the ECO button(Y page 109).Gliding mode can be activated under the follow-ing conditions:Rthe speed is within a suitable range.Rthe course of the road is suitable, e.g. thereare no steep up or downhill gradients.Ryou are no longer depressing the acceleratorpedal.

Gliding mode is deactivated under the followingconditions:Ryou depress the accelerator pedal.Ryou depress the brake pedal.Ryou switch the transmission position usingthe E‑SELECT lever (Y page 112).Ryou switch to drive program RACE (AMG GT Sand AMG GT C), S+ or S (Y page 111).Ryou switch to manual mode M (Y page 116).Ryou leave the suitable speed range.

i If you have selected the "Comfort" settingfor the drive (engine management) in driveprogram I, you can also activate glidingmode.You can find information about this in the Dig-ital Operator's Manual.

M button

X Press M button:.Indicator lamp; lights up. The letter Mappears in the multifunction display. Manualmode M is activated.

M Manual Permanent manual gear-shifting

Further information on manual mode M(Y page 118).In addition to manual mode M, you can alsoactivate temporary manual drive program(Y page 117).Each time you start the engine using the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button, drive programC isactivated. Further information about startingthe engine (Y page 106).

Steering wheel paddle shifters

Using steering wheel paddle shifters: and;you can:Ractivate the temporary manual drive programand change gear yourself in automatic driveprograms (Y page 117)Rchange gear yourself in manual mode M(Y page 118)Ractivate RACE START (Y page 141)


Automatic drive program

Drive program C (Comfort)Drive program C is characterized by the follow-ing:Rthe vehicle delivers comfortable, economicalhandling characteristics.Rthe vehicle pulls away more gently in forwardand reverse gears, unless the acceleratorpedal is depressed fully.Rthe vehicle has improved driving stability, forexample on slippery road surfaces.Roptimal fuel consumption resulting from theautomatic transmission shifting up sooner.The vehicle is driven in the low engine speedrange and the wheels are less likely to spin.Rgliding mode is available.Rthe ECO start/stop function is available.

Drive program S (Sport)Drive program S is characterized by the follow-ing:Rthe vehicle exhibits sporty driving character-istics.Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later.The fuel consumption possibly being higheras a result of the later automatic transmissionshift points.Rthe suspension exhibits stiff springing anddamping settings.Rgliding mode is not available.Rthe ECO start/stop function is not available.Rif a period of dynamic driving is followed by anextended phase with a constant acceleratorpedal position, the vehicle shifts up to ahigher gear. This optimizes fuel consumption.

Drive program S+ (Sport Plus)Drive program S+ is characterized by the fol-lowing:Rthe vehicle exhibits particularly sporty drivingcharacteristics.Rthe automatic transmission shifts up later.The fuel consumption possibly being higheras a result of the later automatic transmissionshift points.Rthe suspension exhibits particularly hardspringing and damping settings.

Rgliding mode is not available.Rthe ECO start/stop function is not available.Rif a period of dynamic driving is followed by anextended phase with a constant acceleratorpedal position, the vehicle shifts up to ahigher gear. This optimizes fuel consumption.

Drive program I (Individual)In drive program I the following properties of thedrive program can be selected:Rthe drive (engine management)Rthe transmission managementRESP® (Y page 61)Rthe suspension (Y page 142)Rthe position of the exhaust flap(Y page 109)

Information about configuring drive program Iwith the multimedia system can be found in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Temporary manual drive program

General notesIn this drive program, you can briefly changegear yourself by using the steering wheel paddleshifters. The transmission must be in positionh to do this.You can activate the temporary manual driveprogram in the automatic drive program. Theswitching times correspond to the previouslyactive automatic drive program.In addition to temporary manual drive programyou can also activate manual mode M(Y page 118).

Activating

X Shift the transmission to positionh.X Pull the left-hand or right-hand steering wheelpaddle shifter (Y page 116).Temporarymanual drive program is activated.The last active drive program: and selectedgear; appear in the multifunction display.


Drivingandparking

Z

Shifting gearsIf you pull on the left-hand or right-hand steeringwheel paddle shifter, the automatic transmis-sion switches to temporary manual drive pro-gram for a limited amount of time. Depending onwhich steering wheel paddle shifter is pulled,the automatic transmission immediately shiftsinto the next gear down or up, if permitted.X To shift up: pull the right-hand steeringwheelpaddle shifter (Y page 116).The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.If the maximum engine speed in the currentlyengaged gear is reached and you continue toaccelerate, the automatic transmission auto-matically shifts up in order to prevent enginedamage.The automatic transmissionwill not shift up tothe next gear when the engine speed is verylow.

X To shift down: pull on the left-hand steeringwheel paddle shifter (Y page 116).The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.If the engine were to exceed the maximumengine speed when shifting down, the auto-matic transmission protects against enginedamage by not shifting down.Automatic down shifting occurs when coast-ing.When using kickdown, the automatic trans-mission automatically shifts to a lower gear.

DeactivatingIf you have activated temporary manual driveprogram, it will remain active for a certainamount of time. Under certain conditions, theminimum amount of time is extended, e.g. in thecase of lateral acceleration, during overrunmode or when driving on steep terrain.When temporary manual drive program is deac-tivated, the automatic transmission shifts intothe automatic drive program that was last selec-ted.

You can also deactivate temporary manual driveprogram yourself:X Pull on the right-hand steering wheel paddleshifter and hold it in place (Y page 116).

orX Use the DYNAMIC SELECT controller tochange the drive program (Y page 111).Temporary manual drive program is deactiva-ted. The automatic transmission switchesinto the automatic drive program thatwas lastselected.

Manual mode

General notesInmanualmodeM, you can permanently changegear yourself by using the steering wheel paddleshifters. The transmission must be in positionh to do this.The switching times correspond to the previ-ously active automatic drive program.The transmission only shifts down automaticallyat low engine speeds depending on the respec-tive gear.In addition to manual mode M, you can alsoactivate temporary manual drive program(Y page 117).

ActivatingIn manual mode M, you can change gear your-self using the steering wheel paddle shifters ifthe transmission is in positionh. You can seethe currently selected drive program and whichgear is engaged in the multifunction display.X Press the M button (Y page 116).M is shown in the multifunction display andthe indicator lamp on the M button lights up.

Shift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style. The rec-


ommended gear is shown in the multifunctiondisplay.X When the corresponding gearshift recom-mendation: appears in the multifunctiondisplay of the instrument cluster, shift to rec-ommended gear;.

Display for shift override

If the engine speed becomes too high or too lowas a result of shifting gear, you cannot shift gearusing the steering wheel paddle shifters. If youthen pull the left-hand or right-hand steeringwheel paddle shifter, segments: light up redbriefly.

DownshiftingX Pull the left-hand steering wheel paddleshifter (Y page 116).In caseswhere it is permissible, the automatictransmission shifts down to the next gear.

X Maximum acceleration: pull the left-handsteering wheel paddle shifter until the trans-mission selects the optimum gear for the cur-rent speed.

If you slow down or stop without shifting down,the automatic transmission automatically shiftsdown.

DeactivatingX Press the M button (Y page 116).The indicator lamp in the button goes out.

RACE drive program (AMG GT S andAMG GT C)The RACE drive program is designed for maxi-mum performance in terms of shift points and

engine speeds. The engine and transmissionshould be at normal operating temperature forthe RACE drive program (Y page 165). Use theRACE drive program on a closed-off race circuit.The RACE drive program is characterized by thefollowing:Rthe vehicle exhibits driving characteristicssuitable for the racetrack.Rall vehicle systems are set for maximumsportiness.Rfor optimum performance, the transmissionshifts up later and shifts down sooner.Rthe multifunction display shows the manualgearshift program without upshift indicator(Y page 117).Rthe gearshift recommendation gives youinformation for slowly warming up the driveassemblies and for adopting a fuel-efficientdriving style (Y page 118). You can follow thegearshift recommendations at all times andshift gear accordingly using the steeringwheel paddle shifters. On the basis of thegearshift recommendation, using the steeringwheel paddle shifters, you can optimize thedrive train and engine operating mode at anytime.Rif you have selected a gear manually, this willbe maintained until the vehicle speed increa-ses or decreases dramatically.Rif you do not follow the gearshift recommen-dations, the automatic shift points may resultin high fuel consumption.Rthe suspension exhibits particularly hardspringing and damping settings.Rthe transmission shift and response times aresignificantly shorter with more aggressivegear changes. This is particularly the casewhen shifting up. The shift strategy is thusdesigned to interact dynamically with thehigh-revving engine.Rgliding mode is not available.Rthe ECO start/stop function is not available.


Drivingandparking

Z

Problems with the transmission


The transmission hasproblems shifting gear.

There is a malfunction in the transmission.The transmission no longer shifts into the next gear.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

The acceleration abilityis deteriorating.The transmission no lon-ger shifts into all of thegears.

A sub-transmission has failed.The smoothness of the gear change is restricted.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

Refueling


G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

G WARNINGElectrostatic buildup can create sparks andignite fuel vapors. There is a risk of fire andexplosion.Always touch the vehicle body before openingthe fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pumpnozzle. Any existing electrostatic buildup isthereby discharged.

Do not get into the vehicle again during the refu-eling process. Otherwise, electrostatic chargecould build up again.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.Even small amounts of the wrong fuel couldresult in damage to the fuel system and theengine. Notify a qualified specialist workshopand have the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedcompletely.

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage thefuel system.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.

120 RefuelingDrivingandparking

! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuel can.The fuel lines and/or the fuel injection systemcould otherwise be blocked by particles fromthe fuel can.

If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could spray outwhen the fuel pump nozzle is removed.For further information on fuel and fuel quality(Y page 283).

Refueling

General informationPay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 120).If you unlock/lock the vehicle from the outside,the fuel filler flap also unlocks/locks.The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed8 in the instrument cluster. The arrow nextto the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi-cle.

Opening the fuel filler flap

: To open the fuel filler flap; To insert the fuel filler cap

= Tire pressure table? Instruction label for fuel type to be refueledX Switch off the engine.X Open the driver's door.The vehicle electronics are now in key posi-tionu. This is the same as the SmartKeyhaving been removed.

or, if the SmartKey is inserted in the ignitionlock:X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction ofarrow:.The fuel filler flap swings up.

X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise andremove it.

X Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder on theinside of fuel filler flap;.

X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuelpump nozzle into the tank, hook in place andrefuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.

Do not add any more fuel after the pump stopsfilling for the first time. Otherwise, fuel may leakout.

Closing the fuel filler flapX Replace the cap on the filler neck and turnclockwise until it engages audibly.

X Close the fuel filler flap.Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehi-cle.If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open, the8 reserve fuel warning lamp flashes. A mes-sage appears in the multifunction display(Y page 183).

Refueling 121

Drivingandparking

Z

Problems with fuel and the fuel tank


Fuel is leaking from thevehicle.

G WARNINGThe fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.Risk of explosion or fire.X Apply the electric parking brake.X Switch off the engine.X Open the driver's door.The vehicle electronics are now in key positionu. This is the sameas the SmartKey having been removed.

or, if the SmartKey is inserted in the ignition lock:X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The fuel filler flap cannotbe opened.

The fuel filler flap is not unlocked.X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 65).

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key (Y page 67).

The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism is jammed.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking


G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system or exhaustgas flow. There is a risk of fire.Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-rials come into contact with parts of the vehi-cle which are hot. Take particular care not topark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

! If the engine speed is too high or the vehicleis in motion, do not shift the automatic trans-mission directly fromh tok, fromk tohor directly toj.Do not open the driver's door while the vehi-cle is inmotion. At low speeds in transmission

122 ParkingDrivingandparking

positionh ork, otherwise park positionjis engaged automatically.The transmission could be damaged.

! Always secure the vehicle correctly againstrolling away. Otherwise, the vehicle or its driv-etrain could be damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured againstrolling away unintentionally:Rthe electric parking brake must be applied.Rthe transmission must be in positionj.Rthe SmartKey must be removed from the igni-tion lock or the Start/Stop button must bepressed.Rthe front wheels must be turned towards thecurb on steep uphill or downhill gradients.Rthe empty vehicle must be secured at thefront axle with a wheel chock or similar, forexample, on uphill or downhill gradients.Ra laden vehicle must also be secured at therear axle with a wheel chock or similar, forexample, on uphill or downhill gradients.

Switching off the engine


G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

AMG SPEEDSHIFT DCT 7-speed sporttransmission! Do not remove the SmartKey while the vehi-cle is in motion. Otherwise, at low speeds,parking lockj will be activated automati-cally.Do not open the driver's door while the vehi-cle is in motion. At low speeds, transmissionpositionj is engaged automatically.This could cause damage to the transmissionand the parking lock.

X Apply the electric parking brake.X Shift the transmission toj using the buttonon the center console.

Using the Start/Stop buttonX Press the Start/Stop button (Y page 105)The engine stops and all the indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster go out.If the driver's door is closed, this is the sameas key position1. If the driver's door is open,this is the same as key positionu, i.e. theSmartKey having been removed.If you switch the engine off with the trans-mission in positionk orh, the transmis-sion automatically shifts toi.If you move the E-SELECT lever toi beforeswitching off the engine, the transmissionremains ini for 30 minutes.If you open the driver's or front-passengerdoor during this period, the transmissionautomatically shifts toj and the electricparking brake is automatically applied.The engine can be switched off in an emer-gency while the vehicle is in motion by press-ing and holding the Start/Stop button forthree seconds. This function operates inde-pendently of the ECO start/stop automaticengine switch-off function.

Using the SmartKeyX Turn the SmartKey to key positionu in theignition lock and remove it.The immobilizer is activated.If you move the E-SELECT lever toi beforeswitching off the engine, the transmissionremains ini for approximately 30 minutes.If you open the driver's or front-passengerdoor during this time, the transmission shiftsautomatically toj.The transmission remains ini if:Rthe SmartKey is in the ignition lock andRyou use the E‑SELECT lever to shift thetransmission toi before switching theengine off

This still applies if you open the driver's orfront-passenger door.Further information on transmission positioni when operating with a SmartKey is avail-able under "Automatic car wash"(Y page 239).

Parking 123

Drivingandparking

Z

Electric parking brake

General notes

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The function of the electric parking brake isdependent on the on-board voltage. If the on-board voltage is low or there is a malfunction inthe system, it may not be possible to apply thereleased parking brake.X If this is the case, only park the vehicle onlevel ground and secure it to prevent it rollingaway.

X Shift the automatic transmission to positionj.

It may not be possible to release an appliedparking brake if the on-board voltage is low orthere is a malfunction in the system. Contact aqualified specialist workshop.The electric parking brake performs a functiontest at regular intervals while the engine isswitched off. The sounds that can be heardwhilethis is occurring are normal.

Applying or releasing manually

X To apply: push handle:.When the electric parking brake is applied,the redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp lights up in the instru-ment cluster.The electric parking brake can also be appliedwhen the SmartKey is in positionu.

X To release: pull handle:.The redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clustergoes out.

The electric parking brake can only be released:Rif the ignition is switched on using the Start/Stop button orRthe SmartKey is in SmartKey position1 or2 in the ignition lock (Y page 106)

Applying automaticallyThe electric parking brake is automaticallyapplied when the transmission is in positionjand:Rthe engine is switched off orRthe driver is not wearing a seat belt and thedriver's door is opened

To prevent the electric parking brake from beingautomatically applied, pull handle:.The electric parking brake is also applied auto-matically in the following cases if:RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC brings the vehicleto a standstill orRthe HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta-tionary

124 ParkingDrivingandparking

In addition, at least one of the following condi-tions must be fulfilled:Rthere is a system malfunctionRthe power supply is insufficientRthe vehicle is stationary for a lengthy periodThe redF (USA only) or! (Canada only)indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lightsup.The electric parking brake is not automaticallyengaged if the engine is switched off by the ECOstart/stop function.

Releasing automaticallyThe electric parking brake is released when thefollowing conditions are fulfilled:Rthe engine is runningRthe seat belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckleRthe transmission is in positionh ork andyou depress the accelerator pedal or shiftfrom positionj toh orkRif the transmission is in positionk, the tail-gate must be closed

If the seat belt tongue is not engaged in the seatbelt buckle, the following conditions must befulfilled:Rthe driver's door and front-passenger doorare closedRyou move the transmission out of positionjor you have previously driven at a speedabove 2 mph (3 km/h)Rif the transmission is in positionk, the tail-gate must be closed

When the electric parking brake is released, theredF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indi-cator lamp goes out in the instrument cluster.

Emergency brakingThe vehicle can also be braked during an emer-gency by using the electric parking brake.X While driving, push handle: of the electricparking brake (Y page 124).The vehicle is braked as long as you keephandle: of the electric parking brakepressed. The longer electric parking brakehandle: is depressed, the greater the brak-ing force.

During braking:Ra warning tone soundsRthe Please Release Parking Brake mes-sage appearsRthe redF (USA only) or! (Canadaonly) indicator lamp in the instrument clusterflashes

When the vehicle has been braked to a stand-still, the electric parking brake is engaged.

Parking the vehicle for a long period

General notesIf you leave the vehicle parked for longer thanfour weeks, the battery may be damaged byexhaustive discharging.If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than sixweeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as aresult of lack of use.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seekadvice.

Trickle charging the on-board electricalsystem battery

The battery may drain if the vehicle is left sta-tionary for long periods. In this case, Mercedes-Benz recommends attaching the trickle chargerto 12 V socket: in the cargo compartment.i A trickle charger and further informationcan be obtained from a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Switch the ignition off.X Open the tailgate.

Parking 125

Drivingandparking

Z

X Connect the cable provided in the cargo com-partment to the trickle charger.

X Connect the trickle charger to 12V socket:.Consult themanufacturer's operating instruc-tions on how to do so.

The tailgate can be closed, even if a tricklecharger is connected. Make sure that the con-nector for both the connector cables is outsideof the vehicle.The connector can then separate if the vehicle ismoved, even if you forget to disconnect the con-nector cables. This prevents damaging thecables and the trickle charger.A trickle charger connected to 12 V socket:only maintains the current charge level of thevehicle's electrical system battery. If the vehi-cle's electrical system battery is discharged, itneeds to be charged with a battery charger.

Driving tips

General driving tips


G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf you operate mobile communication equip-ment when driving, you may be distractedfrom the traffic situation. You could also losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident.Only operate this equipment when the vehicleis stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the countryin which you are driving. Some jurisdictions pro-hibit the driver from using a mobile phone whiledriving a vehicle.

If you make a call while driving, always usehands-free mode. Only operate the telephonewhen the traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore operating the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle covers adistance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) per sec-ond.

Drive sensibly – save fuelObserve the following tips to save fuel:X The tires should always be inflated to the rec-ommended tire pressure.

X Remove unnecessary loads.X Warm up the engine at low engine speeds.X Avoid frequent acceleration or braking.X Have all service and maintenance work car-ried out at the specified intervals.

Fuel consumption also increaseswhen driving incold weather, in stop-start traffic and in hilly ter-rain.

Drinking and driving

G WARNINGDrinking and driving and/or taking drugs anddriving are very dangerous combinations.Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs canaffect your reflexes, perceptions and judg-ment.The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-dent is greatly increased when you drink ortake drugs and drive.Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allowanyone to drive who has been drinking or tak-ing drugs.

Emission control


126 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Certain engine systems are designed to keepthe level of poisonous components in exhaustfumes within legal limits.These systems only work at peak efficiency ifthey are serviced exactly in accordance with themanufacturer's specifications. Always havework on the engine carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose. In particular, workrelevant to safety or on safety-related systemsmust be carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.The engine settings must not be changed underany circumstances. Furthermore, all specificservice work must be carried out at regularintervals and in accordance with the Mercedes-Benz service requirements.You can obtain current information concerningthe servicing of your vehicle at any time from aqualified specialist workshop. This could be anoverview of the maintenance work or any addi-tional maintenance work, for example.

Brakes


G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

Downhill gradients! On long and steep gradients, you mustreduce the load on the brakes by shifting to alower gear in good time. This allows you totake advantage of the engine's braking effect.This helps you to avoid overheating thebrakes and wearing them out excessively.When you take advantage of engine braking, adrive wheel may not turn for some time, e.g.on a slippery road surface. This could causedamage to the drive train. This type of damageis not covered by the Mercedes-Benz war-ranty.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNINGIf you rest your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving, the braking system can overheat. Thisincreases the stopping distance and can evencause the braking system to fail. There is arisk of an accident.Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Neverdepress the brake pedal and the acceleratorpedal at the same time.

! Depressing the brake pedal constantlyresults in excessive and premature wear tothe brake pads.

If the brakes have been subjected to a heavyload, do not stop the vehicle immediately. Driveon for a short while. This allows the airflow tocool the brakes more quickly.

Wet roadsIf you have driven for a long time in heavy rainwithout braking, there may be a delayed reac-tion from the brakes when braking for the firsttime. This may also occur after the vehicle hasbeen washed or driven through deep water.You have to depress the brake pedal morefirmly. Maintain a greater distance from thevehicle in front.After driving on a wet road or having the vehiclewashed, brake firmly while paying attention tothe traffic conditions. This will warm up thebrake discs, thereby drying them more quicklyand protecting them against corrosion.

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roadsIf you drive on salted roads, a layer of salt resi-due may form on the brake discs and brakepads. This can result in a significantly longerbraking distance.

Driving tips 127

Drivingandparking

Z

Observe the following ruleswhen driving on salt-treated roads:RIn order to prevent any salt build-up, apply thebrakes occasionally while paying attention tothe traffic conditions.RCarefully depress the brake pedal and thebeginning and end of a journey.RMaintain a greater distance to the vehicleahead.

Servicing the brakes! The brake fluid level may be too low, if:Rif the red brake warning lamp lights up inthe instrument cluster andRyou hear a warning tone while the engine isrunning

Observe additional warning messages in themultifunction display.The brake fluid level may be too low due tobrake pad wear or leaking brake lines.Have the brake system checked immediately.Consult a qualified specialist workshop toarrange this.

All checks and maintenance work on the brakesystem must be carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Have brake pads installed and brake fluidreplaced at a qualified specialist workshop.If the brake system has only been subject tomoderate loads, you should test the functional-ity of your brakes at regular intervals.Information on BAS (Brake Assist) (Y page 58).For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends only installing the following brake disksand brake pads/linings:Rbrake disks that have been approved byMercedes-BenzRbrake pads/linings that have been approvedbyMercedes-Benz or that are of an equivalentstandard of quality

Other brake disks or brake pads/linings cancompromise the safety of your vehicle.Always replace all brake disks and brake pads/linings on an axle at the same time. Alwaysinstall new brake pads/linings when replacingbrake disks.The vehicle is equipped with lightweight brakedisks to which the wheel assembly with rim andthreaded connection is matched.

The use of brake disks other than thoseapproved by Mercedes-Benz can change thetrack width and is subject to approval, if appli-cable.Shock-type loads when handling the brakediscs, such as when changing wheels, can leadto a reduction in comfort when driving with light-weight brake discs. Avoid shock-type loads onthe lightweight brake disks, particularly on thebrake plate.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only usebrake fluid that has been specially approved foryour vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which corre-sponds to an equivalent quality standard. Brakefluid which has not been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles or which is not of anequivalent quality could affect your vehicle'soperating safety.

AMG high-performance and ceramicbrakesThe AMG brake systems are designed for heavyloads. This may lead to noise when braking. Thiswill depend on:RSpeedRBraking forceREnvironmental conditions, such as tempera-ture and humidity

The wear of individual components of the brakesystem, such as the brake pads/linings or brakediscs, depends on the individual driving styleand operating conditions.For this reason, it is impossible to state a mile-age thatwill be valid under all circumstances. Anaggressive driving style will lead to high wear.You can obtain more information on this from aqualified specialist workshop.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after severalhundred kilometers of driving. Compensate forthis by applying greater force to the brake pedal.Keep this in mind, and adapt your driving andbraking accordingly during this break-in period.Excessive heavy braking results in correspond-ingly high brake wear. Observe the brake wearwarning lamp in the instrument cluster and noteany brake status messages in the multifunctiondisplay. Especially for high performance driving,it is important to maintain and have the brakesystem checked regularly.

128 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Driving on wet roads

HydroplaningIf water has accumulated to a certain depth onthe road surface, there is a danger of hydro-planing occurring, even if:Ryou drive at low speedsRthe tires have adequate tread depthFor this reason, in the event of heavy rain or inconditions in which hydroplaning may occur,you must drive in the following manner:Rlower your speedRavoid rutsRavoid sudden steering movementsRbrake carefully

Driving on flooded roads! Do not drive through flooded areas. Checkthe depth of any water before driving throughit. Drive slowly through standing water. Oth-erwise, watermay enter the vehicle interior orthe engine compartment. This can damagethe electronic components in the engine orthe automatic transmission. Water can alsobe drawn in by the engine's air suction nozzlesand this can cause engine damage.

Winter driving

G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

G DANGERIf the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequateventilation is not possible, poisonous gasessuch as carbon monoxide (CO) may enter thevehicle. This is the case, e.g. if the vehiclebecomes trapped in snow. There is a risk offatal injury.

If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heatingrunning, make sure the exhaust pipe and areaaround the vehicle are clear of snow. Toensure an adequate supply of fresh air, open awindow on the side of the vehicle that is notfacing into the wind.

Have your vehicle winter-proofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.Drive particularly carefully on slippery road sur-faces. Avoid sudden acceleration, steering andbraking maneuvers. Do not use cruise control.If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot bestopped when moving at low speed:X Shift the transmission to positioni.The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning device andis therefore unsuitable for that purpose.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.Indicated temperatures just above the freezingpoint do not guarantee that the road surface isfree of ice. The roadmay still be icy, especially inwooded areas or on bridges. The vehicle couldskid if you fail to adapt your driving style. Alwaysadapt your driving style and drive at a speed tosuit the prevailing weather conditions.You should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.Further information on driving with snow chains(Y page 260).Further information on driving with summertires (Y page 260).Observe the notes in the "Winter operation" sec-tion (Y page 260).

Driving systems

Cruise control

General notesCruise control maintains a constant road speedfor you. It brakes automatically in order to avoidexceeding the set speed. Change into a lowergear in good time on long and steep downhillgradients. This is especially important if thevehicle is laden. By doing so, you will make useof the braking effect of the engine. This relievesthe load on the brake system and prevents the

Driving systems 129

Drivingandparking

Z

brakes from overheating and wearing tooquickly.Use cruise control only if road and traffic con-ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steadyspeed for a prolonged period. You can store anyroad speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

Cruise control lever

: Activates or increases speed; Activates at the current speed or last stored

speed= Activates or reduces speed? Deactivates cruise controlWhen you activate cruise control, the storedspeed is shown in the multifunction display forfive seconds. In addition, theé symbolappears in the multifunction display.Speedometer with segments: when cruisecontrol is activated, the segments from thestored speed to the end of the scale light up.

Storing and maintaining the currentspeed

You can store the current speed if you are driv-ing faster than 20 mph (30 km/h).

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.X Briefly press the cruise control lever up: ordown;.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.Cruise control is activated. The vehicle auto-matically maintains the stored speed.

i Cruise control may be unable to maintainthe stored speed on uphill gradients. Thestored speed is resumed when the gradientevens out. Cruise control maintains thestored speed on downhill gradients by auto-matically applying the brakes.

Storing, maintaining and calling up aspeed

G WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it is lowerthan the current speed, the vehicle deceler-ates. If you do not know the stored speed, thevehicle could decelerate unexpectedly. Thereis a risk of an accident.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou:.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.The first time cruise control is activated, itstores the current speed or regulates thespeed of the vehicle to the previously storedspeed.

130 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Setting a speed

Keep in mind that it may take a brief momentuntil the vehicle has accelerated or braked tothe speed set.X Press the cruise control lever up: for ahigher speed or down; for a lower speed.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: or down; tothe pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup: or down; the last speed stored isincreased or reduced.

X To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: or down;beyond the pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup: or down; the last speed stored isincreased or reduced.i Cruise control is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal. If you acceler-ate to overtake, cruise control adjusts thevehicle's speed to the last speed stored afteryou have finished overtaking.

Deactivating cruise control

There are several ways to deactivate cruise con-trol:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards:.

orX Brake.Cruise control is automatically deactivatedunder the following conditions:Rthe electric parking brake is applied.Ryou are driving slower than 20 mph(30 km/h).Rif ESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®.Ryou shift the transmission to positioniwhile driving.

If cruise control is deactivated, a warning tonesounds. You will see the Cruise Control Offmessage in themultifunction display for approx-imately five seconds.

i When you switch off the engine, the lastspeed stored is cleared.

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

General notesDistance Pilot DISTRONIC regulates the speedand automatically helps you maintain the dis-tance to the vehicle detected in front. Vehiclesare detected with the aid of the radar sensorsystem. Distance Pilot DISTRONIC brakes auto-matically so that the set speed is not exceeded.Change into a lower gear in good time on longand steep downhill gradients. This is especiallyimportant if the vehicle is laden. By doing so, youwill make use of the braking effect of the engine.This relieves the load on the brake system andprevents the brakes from overheating and wear-ing too quickly.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects that there isa risk of a collision, you will be warned visuallyand acoustically. Without your intervention, Dis-tance Pilot DISTRONIC cannot prevent a colli-sion. An intermittent warning tone will thensound and the distance warning lamp will lightup in the instrument cluster. Brake immediatelyin order to increase the distance to the vehicle infront or take evasive action provided it is safe todo so.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC operates in the rangebetween 0 mph (0 km/h) and 120 mph(200 km/h).

Driving systems 131

Drivingandparking

Z

Do not use Distance Pilot DISTRONIC while driv-ing on roads with steep gradients.As Distance Pilot DISTRONIC transmits radarwaves, it can resemble the radar detectors ofthe responsible authorities. You can refer to therelevant chapter in the Operator's Manual ifquestions are asked about this.

i USA only: This device has been approved bythe FCC as a "Vehicular Radar System". Theradar sensor is intended for use in an auto-motive radar system only. Removal, tamper-ing, or altering of the device will void any war-ranties, and is not permitted by the FCC. Donot tamper with, alter, or use in any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user's authority to operate theequipment.

i Canada only: This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,and2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.Removal, tampering, or altering of the devicewill void any warranties, and is not permitted.Do not tamper with, alter, or use in any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user's authority to operate theequipment.


G WARNINGDistance Pilot DISTRONIC does not react to:Rpeople or animalsRstationary objects on the road, e.g. stoppedor parked vehiclesRoncoming vehicles and crossing trafficAs a result, Distance Pilot DISTRONIC mayneither give warnings nor intervene in suchsituations. There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGDistance Pilot DISTRONIC cannot alwaysclearly identify other road users and complextraffic situations.In such cases, Distance Pilot DISTRONICmay:Rgive an unnecessary warning and thenbrake the vehicleRneither give a warning nor interveneRaccelerate or brake unexpectedlyThere is a risk of an accident.Continue to drive carefully and be ready tobrake, especially if Distance Pilot DISTRONICwarns you.

G WARNINGDISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with upto 50% of themaximumpossible deceleration.If this braking force is insufficient, DISTRONICPLUS warns you visually and audibly. There isa risk of an accident.In such cases, apply the brakes yourself andtry to take evasive action.

! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated, the vehiclebrakes automatically in certain situations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLDfunction in the following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

If you fail to adapt your driving style, DistancePilot DISTRONIC can neither reduce the risk ofan accident nor override the laws of physics.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic conditions. Dis-tance Pilot DISTRONIC is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in good timeand for staying in your lane.


Do not use Distance Pilot DISTRONIC:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you to maintain a constant speed, forexample in heavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drive wheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may not detect nar-row vehicles driving in front, e.g.motorcycles, orvehicles driving on a different line.In particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-ple, in parking garages

If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC no longer detects avehicle in front, it may unexpectedly accelerateto the speed stored.This speed may:Rbe too high if you are driving in a turning laneor an exit laneRbe so high in the right lane that you pass vehi-cles driving on the left (in countries wherethey drive on the right)Rbe so high in the left lane that you pass vehi-cles driving on the right (right-hand drivecountries)

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control lever

: Activates or increases speed; Activates or reduces speed

= Deactivates Distance Pilot DISTRONIC? Activates at the current speed/last stored

speedA Sets a specified minimum distance

Activating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

Activation conditionsTo activate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC, the fol-lowing conditions must be fulfilled:Rthe engine must be started. It may take up totwo minutes of driving before Distance PilotDISTRONIC is ready for use.Rthe electric parking brake must be released.RESP® must be active, but not intervening.Rthe transmission must be in positionh.Rthe driver's door must be closed when youshift fromj toh or your seat belt must befastened.Rthe front-passenger door and rear doorsmustbe closed.

Activating

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou;, up: or down= .Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: to the pressurepoint for a higher speed, or down= for alower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

orX To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: beyond the

Driving systems 133

Drivingandparking

Z

pressure point for a higher speed, or down=for a lower speed.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup or down, the last speed stored is increasedor reduced.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle in front, but only up to the desiredstored speed.

i If you do not fully release the acceleratorpedal, theDistance Pilot Suspendedmes-sage appears in themultifunction display. Theset distance to a slower-moving vehicle infront will then not be maintained. You will bedriving at the speed you determine by theposition of the accelerator pedal.

You can also activate Distance Pilot DISTRONICwhen stationary. The lowest speed that can beset is 20 mph (30 km/h).X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou; or press it up: or down=.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated.

Activating at the current speed/laststored speedG WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou:.

X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.The first time Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated, it stores the current speed or reg-ulates the speed of the vehicle to the previ-ously stored speed.

Driving with Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

Pulling away and drivingX If you want to pull away with DistancePilot DISTRONIC: remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

X Briefly pull cruise control? lever towardsyou.

orX Accelerate briefly.Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speedto that of the vehicle in front. If no vehicle isdetected in front, your vehicle accelerates tothe set speed.

i The vehicle can also pull away when it isfacing an unidentified obstacle or is driving ona different line from another vehicle. The vehi-cle then brakes automatically. There is a riskof an accident. Be ready to brake at all times.

If there is no vehicle in front, Distance PilotDISTRONIC operates in the same way as cruisecontrol.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a slower-moving vehicle in front, it brakes your vehicle. Inthis way, the distance you have selected ismain-tained.If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a faster-moving vehicle in front, it increases the drivingspeed. However, the vehicle is only acceleratedup to the speed you have stored.

Selecting the drive programDistance Pilot DISTRONIC supports a sportydriving style when you have selected the S or S+drive program. Acceleration behind the vehiclein front or to the set speed is then noticeablymore dynamic. When you select the C drive pro-gram, the vehicle accelerates more gently. Thissetting is recommended in stop-and-start traf-fic.Additional information on selecting the driveprogram (Y page 111).


Changing lanesIf you change to the overtaking lane, DistancePilot DISTRONIC supports you if:Ryou are driving at a speed greater than45 mph (70 km/h)Ryou switch on the appropriate turn signalRDistance Pilot DISTRONIC does not currentlydetect a danger of collision

If these conditions are fulfilled, your vehicle isaccelerated. Acceleration will be interrupted ifchanging lanes takes too long or if the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle in frontbecomes too small.

i When you change lanes, Distance PilotDISTRONIC monitors the left lane.

StoppingG WARNINGIf you leave the vehicle when it is only beingbraked by Distance Pilot DISTRONIC, it couldroll away if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is switched offusing the cruise control lever, e.g. by a vehi-cle occupant or from outside the vehicleRthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses are tam-pered with.Rthe battery is disconnectedRthe vehicle is accelerated, e.g. by a vehicleoccupant.

There is a risk of an accident.Before leaving the vehicle, always deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and secure thevehicle against rolling away.

Further information on deactivating DistancePilot DISTRONIC (Y page 136).If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects that thevehicle in front is stopping, it brakes your vehicleto a stop.Once your vehicle is stationary, it remains sta-tionary and you do not need to depress thebrake.

i After a time, the electric parking brakesecures the vehicle and relieves the servicebrake.

i Depending on the specified minimum dis-tance, your vehicle will come to a standstill ata sufficient distance behind the vehicle infront. The specified minimum distance is setusing the control on the cruise control lever.

The electric parking brake secures the vehicleautomatically if Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated when the vehicle is stationary and:Rthe driver's seat belt is not fastened and thedriver's door is openRthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunctionRa system malfunction occursRthe power supply is insufficientIf a malfunction occurs, the transmission mayalso shift to positionj automatically.

Setting a speed

X Press the cruise control lever up: for ahigher speed or down; for a lower speed.

X To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre-ments (1 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: or down; tothe pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup: or down; the last speed stored isincreased or reduced.

X To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre-ments (10 km/h increments): briefly pressthe cruise control lever up: or down;beyond the pressure point.Every time the cruise control lever is pressedup: or down;, the last speed stored isincreased or reduced.

Driving systems 135

Drivingandparking

Z

i If you accelerate to overtake, Distance PilotDISTRONIC adjusts the vehicle's speed to thelast speed stored after you have finished over-taking.

Setting a specified minimum distanceYou can set the specified minimum distance forDistance Pilot DISTRONIC by varying the timespan between one and two seconds. With thisfunction you can set the minimum distance thatDistance Pilot DISTRONICmaintains to the vehi-cle in front, dependent on vehicle speed. Youcan see this distance in the multifunction dis-play (Y page 137).

i Make sure that you maintain the minimumdistance to the vehicle in front as required bylaw. Adjust the distance to the vehicle in frontif necessary.

X To increase: turn control; in direction=.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC then maintains agreater distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle in front.

X To decrease: turn control; in direction:.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC then maintains ashorter distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle in front.

Deactivating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC

There are several ways to deactivate DistancePilot DISTRONIC:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards:.

orX Brake, unless the vehicle is stationaryWhen you deactivate Distance Pilot DISTRONIC,the Distance Pilot Off message appears inthe multifunction display for approximately fiveseconds.

i The last speed stored remains stored untilyou switch off the engine.

i Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is not deactivatedif you depress the accelerator pedal.

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is automatically deac-tivated if:Ryou engage the electric parking brake or if thevehicle is automatically securedwith the elec-tric parking brakeRESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®Rthe transmission is in positionj,k oriRyou pull the cruise control lever towards youin order to pull away and the front-passengerdoor or one of the rear doors is openRthe vehicle has skiddedIf Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated, youwill hear a warning tone. You will see the Dis‐tance Pilot Off message on the multifunc-tion display for approximately five seconds.


Displays in the instrument cluster

Displays in the speedometer

If Distance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a vehicle infront, segments between speed of the vehicle infront: and stored speed; light up.

i For design reasons, the speed displayed inthe speedometer may differ slightly from thespeed set for Distance Pilot DISTRONIC.

Display when Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isdeactivatedOn the on-board computer, you can select theassistance graphics display.

: Vehicle in front, if detected; Distance indicator, current distance to the

vehicle in front= Specified minimum distance to the vehicle

in front; adjustable? Your vehicleX Select the Assistance Graphic functionusing the on-board computer (Y page 162).

Display when Distance Pilot DISTRONIC isactivated

: Distance Pilot DISTRONIC active (text onlyappears when the cruise control lever isactuated)

; Vehicle in front, if detected= Specified minimum distance to the vehicle

in front; adjustable? Your vehicleX Select the Assistance Graphic functionusing the on-board computer (Y page 162).

You will see the stored speed for approximatelyfive seconds when you activate Distance PilotDISTRONIC.

Tips for driving with Distance PilotDISTRONIC

General notesPay particular attention in the following trafficsituations:RCornering, going into and coming out of abendRVehicles traveling on a different lineROther vehicles changing lanesRNarrow vehiclesRObstructions and stationary vehiclesRCrossing vehiclesIn such situations, brake if necessary. DistancePilot DISTRONIC will then be deactivated.

Driving systems 137

Drivingandparking

Z

Cornering, going into and coming out of abend

The ability of Distance Pilot DISTRONIC todetect vehicles when cornering is limited. Yourvehicle may brake unexpectedly or late.

Vehicles traveling on a different line

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may not detect vehi-cles which are not driving in the middle of theirlane. The distance to the vehicle in front will betoo short.

Other vehicles changing lanes

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not detected thevehicle cutting in yet. The distance to this vehi-cle will be too short.

Narrow vehicles

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not yet detectedthe vehicle in front on the edge of the roadbecause of its narrow width. The distance to thevehicle in front will be too short.

Obstructions and stationary vehicles

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC does not brake forobstacles or stationary vehicles. If, for example,the detected vehicle turns a corner and anobstacle or stationary vehicle is then revealed,Distance Pilot DISTRONIC will not brake forthem.

Crossing vehicles


Distance Pilot DISTRONIC may mistakenlydetect vehicles that are crossing your lane. Acti-vating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC at, for exam-ple, a traffic light with crossing traffic, couldcause your vehicle to pull away at the wrongtime.

HOLD

General notesThe HOLD function can assist the driver in thefollowing situations:Rwhen pulling away, especially on steep slopesRwhen maneuvering on steep slopesRwhen waiting in trafficThe vehicle is kept stationary without the driverhaving to depress the brake pedal.The braking effect is canceled and the HOLDfunction deactivated when you depress theaccelerator pedal to pull away.


G WARNINGIf the vehicle is only braked using the HOLDfunction, the vehicle may roll away in the fol-lowing situations when you leave the vehicle:Rif there is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supplyRif the HOLD function is deactivated bydepressing the accelerator pedal or brakepedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupantRif the electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses are tam-pered with or the battery is disconnected

There is a risk of an accident.Always deactivate the HOLD function andsecure the vehicle against rolling away beforeyou leave it.

! When Distance Pilot DISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated, the vehiclebrakes automatically in certain situations.

To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivateDistance Pilot DISTRONIC and the HOLDfunction in the following or similar situations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

Deactivate the HOLD function (Y page 140).

Activation conditionsYou can activate the HOLD function if all of thefollowing conditions are fulfilled:Rthe vehicle is stationary.Rthe engine is running or if it has been auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunction.Rthe driver's door is closed or your seat belt isfastened.Rthe electric parking brake is released.Rthe transmission is in positionh,k ori.

Activating the HOLD function

X Make sure that the activation conditions aremet.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Quickly depress the brake pedal further untilHOLD: appears in the multifunction display.The HOLD function is activated. You canrelease the brake pedal.

i If depressing the brake pedal the first timedoes not activate the HOLD function, waitbriefly and then try again.

Driving systems 139

Drivingandparking

Z

Deactivating the HOLD functionThe HOLD function is deactivated if:Ryou depress the accelerator and the trans-mission is in positionh orkRyou shift the transmission to positionjRyou apply the brakes again with a certainamount of pressure until the HOLD display dis-appears from the multifunction displayRyou secure the vehicle using the electric park-ing brake

i After a time, the electric parking brakesecures the vehicle and relieves the servicebrake.

The electric parking brake secures the vehicleautomatically if the HOLD function is activatedwhen the vehicle is stationary and:Rthe driver's seat belt is not fastened and thedriver's door is openRthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stopfunctionRa system malfunction occursRthe power supply is not sufficientIf the electric parking brake is not operational, ahorn will sound at regular intervals. The HOLDfunction must then be deactivated.If a malfunction occurs, the transmission mayalso be shifted to positionj automatically.The Brake Immediately message may alsoappear in the multifunction display.X Immediately depress the brake firmly until thewarning message in the multifunction displaygoes out.

The HOLD function is deactivated. If you turn offthe engine, take off your seat belt or open thedriver's door when the HOLD function is activa-ted, a horn will sound at regular intervals. Thesounding of the horn alerts you to the fact thatthe HOLD function is still activated. If youattempt to lock the vehicle, the tone becomeslouder. The vehicle cannot be locked until youhave deactivated the HOLD function.

i After switching off the engine, it can only bestarted again once you have deactivated theHOLD function.

RACE START

Important safety notesi RACE START must not be used on normalroads. RACE START must only be activatedand used on dedicated road circuits, outsideof public road use.

RACE START enables optimal acceleration froma standing start. For this, a suitably high-griproad surface is required and the vehicle and tiresmust be in good working order.

G WARNINGIf you use RACE START, individual tires maystart to spin and the vehicle could skid.Depending on the selected ESP® mode, thereis an increased risk of skidding and having anaccident. Make sure that no persons, animalsor obstacles are within range of the vehicle.

i Observe the safety notes on driving safetysystems (Y page 57).Be sure to read the safety notes and informa-tion on ESP® (Y page 61).

i Observe the specific service requirementsfor racetrack mode operation (Y page 238).

Activation conditionsYou can activate RACE START under the follow-ing conditions:Rthe doors are closedRthe engine is running and the engine andtransmission are at operating temperature.This is the case when the oil temperature dis-play in the multifunction display is shown inwhite (Y page 165).RESP® is functioning correctly (Y page 61)Rthe steering wheel is in the straight-aheadpositionRthe vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal isdepressed sufficiently (left foot)Rthe transmission is in positionhRdrive program S, S+ or RACE is selected(Y page 111).


Activating RACE START (AMG GT S)i When manual mode (Y page 118) is active,the transmission automatically shifts up inthe RACE START drive program. This functionsupports maximum acceleration with RACESTART. After going through an acceleratingprocess once from a stationary position, thisfunction is automatically deactivated.

X Depress the brake pedal with your left footand keep it depressed.

X Pull and hold both steeringwheel paddle shift-ers.The RACE START Confirm: Paddle UPCancel: Paddle DOWN message appears inthe multifunction display.

X Release both steering wheel paddle shifters.i If the activation conditions are no longer ful-filled, RACE START is canceled. The RACESTART Not Possible See Operator'sManual message appears on the multifunc-tion display.

X To cancel: pull the left-hand steering wheelpaddle shifter (Y page 116).

orX To confirm: pull the right-hand steeringwheel paddle shifter (Y page 116).The RACE START Available Depress gaspedal. message appears on the multifunc-tion display.i If you do not depress the accelerator pedalwithin a few seconds, RACE START is can-celed. The RACE START Canceled messageappears on the multifunction display.

X Fully depress the accelerator pedal.The engine speed is increased.The RACE START Release brake to startmessage appears in themultifunction display.i If you do not release the brake pedal withina short time, RACE START will be canceled.The RACE START Canceled messageappears on the multifunction display.

X Take your foot off the brake, but keep theaccelerator pedal depressed.The vehicle pulls away at maximum acceler-ation.The RACE START Activemessage appears inthe multifunction display.

RACE START is deactivated when the vehiclereaches a speed of approximately 30 mph (Can-ada: 50 km/h).

RACE START is deactivated immediately if yourelease the accelerator pedal during RACESTART or if any of the activation conditions areno longer fulfilled. The RACE START Not Pos‐sible See Operator's Manual or RACESTART Canceled message appears in the mul-tifunction display.

i If RACE START is used repeatedly within ashort period of time, it is only available againafter the vehicle has been driven a certaindistance.

Activating RACE START (AMG GT C)i When manual mode (Y page 118) is active,the transmission automatically shifts up inthe RACE START drive program. This functionsupports maximum acceleration with RACESTART. After going through an acceleratingprocess once from a stationary position, thisfunction is automatically deactivated.

X Depress the brake pedal with your left footand keep it depressed.

X Fully depress the accelerator pedal.The engine speed is increased.The RACE START Release brake to startmessage appears in themultifunction display.

X To adjust RACE START: pull the left-hand orright-hand steering wheel paddle shifter.Rleft-hand paddle shifter: to reduce enginespeedRright-hand paddle shifter: to increaseengine speed

The engine speed is adjusted.The segments in the multifunction displayflicker rapidly.i If you do not release the brake pedal withina short time, RACE START will be canceled.The RACE START Canceled messageappears on the multifunction display.

X Take your foot off the brake, but keep theaccelerator pedal depressed.The vehicle pulls away at maximum acceler-ation.The RACE START Activemessage appears inthe multifunction display.

RACE START is deactivated when the vehiclereaches a speed of approximately 30 mph (Can-ada: 50 km/h).RACE START is deactivated immediately if yourelease the accelerator pedal during RACE

Driving systems 141

Drivingandparking

Z

START or if any of the activation conditions areno longer fulfilled. The RACE START Not Pos‐sible See Operator's Manual or RACESTART Canceled message appears in the mul-tifunction display.

i If RACE START is used repeatedly within ashort period of time, it is only available againafter the vehicle has been driven a certaindistance.

AMG adaptive sport suspension sys-tem

General notesThe electronically controlled damping systemworks continuously. This improves drivingsafety and ride comfort.The damping is tuned individually to each wheeland depends on:Ryour driving style, e.g. sportyRthe road surface condition, e.g. bumpsRyour individual selection of Sport, Sport+ orComfort

Each time you start the engine with the Smart-Key or the Start/Stop button, Comfort mode isactivated. Further information about startingthe engine (Y page 106).

Adjusting the suspension settings

: Adjusts AMGadaptive sport suspension sys-tem

; Right indicator lamp= Left indicator lampThe suspension setting is adjusted using but-ton: on the center console.

i The suspension setting can also be adjustedusing the DYNAMIC SELECT controller(Y page 111).

Setting "Sport" modeX Press button: repeatedly until left indicatorlamp= lights up.You have selected Sport mode.The AMG Suspension System SPORT mes-sage appears on the multifunction display.

The firmer setting of the suspension tuning inSport mode ensures even better contact withthe road. Select this mode when employing asporty driving style, e.g. on winding countryroads.Setting "Sport +" modeX Press button: repeatedly until indicatorlamps; and= light up.You have selected Sport + mode.The AMG Suspension System SPORT +mes-sage appears on the multifunction display.

The very firm setting of the suspension setting inSport + mode ensures the best possible contactwith the road. Select this mode only when driv-ing on race circuits.Setting "Comfort" modeX Press button: repeatedly until indicatorlamps; and= go out.You have selected Comfort mode.The AMG Suspension System COMFORTmes-sage appears on the multifunction display.

In Comfort mode, the driving characteristics ofyour vehicle are more comfortable. Select thismode if you prefer a more comfortable drivingstyle, but also when driving at speed on straightroads, e. g. highways.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

Important safety notesParking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronicparking aid with ultrasound. It monitors the areaaround your vehicle using six sensors in thefront bumper and four sensors in the rearbumper. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC shows youthe distance between your vehicle and a detec-ted obstacle visually and audibly.Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It isnot a replacement for your attention to yourimmediate surroundings. You are always


responsible for safe maneuvering, parking andexiting a parking space. Make sure that thereare no persons, animals or objects etc., in themaneuvering area while maneuvering and park-ing or exiting parking spaces.

! When parking, pay particular attention toobjects above or below the sensors, such asflower pots or trailer drawbars. Parking AssistPARKTRONIC does not detect such objectswhen they are in the immediate vicinity of thevehicle. You could damage the vehicle or theobjects.The sensors may not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic carwash, the compressed-air brakes of a truck ora pneumatic drill could cause Parking AssistPARKTRONIC to malfunction.Parking Assist PARKTRONICmay not functioncorrectly on uneven terrain.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated auto-matically when you:Rswitch on the ignitionRshift the transmission to positionh,k ori

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated atspeeds above approx. 11 mph (18 km/h). It isreactivated at lower speeds.

Range of the sensors

General notesParking Assist PARKTRONIC does not take intoaccount obstacles located:Rbelow the detection range, e.g. people, ani-mals or objects.Rabove the detection range, e.g. overhangingloads, truck overhangs or loading ramps.

: Sensors in the front bumper, left-hand side(example)

The sensors must be free from dirt, ice or slush.They can otherwise not function correctly. Cleanthe sensors regularly, taking care not to scratchor damage them (Y page 242).

Range

: Approx. 24 in (approx. 60 cm) (corners); Approx. 32 in (approx. 80 cm) (corners)= Approx. 48 in (approx. 120 cm) (center)? Approx. 40 in (approx. 100 cm) (center)Minimum distance

Center Approx. 8 in (approx. 20 cm)

Corners Approx. 6 in (approx. 15 cm)

Driving systems 143

Drivingandparking

Z

If there is an obstacle within this range, the rel-evant warning displays light up and a warningtone sounds. If the distance falls below the min-imum, the distance may no longer be shown.

Warning displays

: Segments on the left-hand side of the vehi-cle

; Segments on the right-hand side of the vehi-cle

= Segments showing operational readinessThe warning displays show the distancebetween the sensors and the obstacle. Thewarning display for the front area is in the instru-ment cluster. The warning display for the reararea is located on the cover behind the seats inthe rear compartment.The warning display for each side of the vehicleis divided into five yellow and two red segments.Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational ifoperational readiness indicator= lights up.The selected transmission position and thedirection in which the vehicle is rolling deter-mine which warning display is active when theengine is running.

Transmission posi-tion

Warning display

h Front area activated

k,i or the vehicleis rolling backwards

Rear and front areasactivated

j No areas activated

One or more segments light up as the vehicleapproaches a detected obstacle, depending onthe vehicle's distance from the obstacle:From the:Rsixth segment onwards, you will hear an inter-mittent warning tone for approximately twoseconds.Rseventh segment onwards, you will hear awarning tone for approximately two seconds.This indicates that you have now reached theminimum distance.

Deactivating or activating ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC

: Indicator lamp; Deactivates or activates Parking Assist

PARKTRONICIf indicator lamp: lights up, Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is deactivated.

i Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automati-cally activated when you set the Start/Stopbutton to key position2.


Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC


Only the red segments inthe Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warningdisplays are lit. You alsohear a warning tone forapproximately two sec-onds.Parking AssistPARKTRONIC is thendeactivated and the indi-cator lamp on thePARKTRONIC buttonlights up.

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has been deacti-vated.X If problems persist, have Parking Assist PARKTRONIC checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Only the red segments inthe Parking AssistPARKTRONIC warningdisplays are lit. ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC isthen deactivated.

The Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is inter-ference.X Clean the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sensors (Y page 242).X Switch the ignition back on.

The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or ultra-sound waves.X Check to see if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC works at a differentlocation.

Reversing camera

General notes

Rear view camera: is located in the rearbumper, underneath the tailgate.Rear view camera: is an optical parking andmaneuvering aid. It shows the area behind yourvehicle with guide lines in the multimedia sys-tem display.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image, as in the rear view mirror.

i The text shown in the multimedia systemdisplay depends on the language setting. Thefollowing are examples of rear view cameramessages in the multimedia system display.

Important safety notesThe rear view camera is only an aid. It is not areplacement for your attention to your immedi-ate surroundings. You are always responsiblefor safe maneuvering and parking. Make surethat there are no persons, animals or objectsetc., in themaneuvering areawhilemaneuveringand parking in parking spaces.The rear view camera will not function or willfunction only to a limited extent if:Rin heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the camera is exposed to very bright lightRif the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LEDlighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in temperature,e.g. when driving into a heated garage in win-ter

Driving systems 145

Drivingandparking

Z

Rif the camera lens is dirty or obstructed.Observe the notes on cleaning(Y page 242)Rif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In thiscase, have the camera position and settingchecked at a qualified specialist workshop

The field of vision and other functions of thereversing camera may be restricted due to addi-tional accessories on the rear of the vehicle (e.g.license plate holder).The guide lines in themultimedia system displayshow the distances to your vehicle. The distan-ces only apply to road level.

Activating/deactivating the rear viewcameraX To activate: ensure that SmartKey position2 has been selected with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Make sure that the Activation by R gearfunction is selected in the multimedia system(see the Digital Owner's Manual).

X Engage reverse gear.The area behind the vehicle is shown withguide lines in the multimedia system display.The image from the rear view camera is avail-able throughout the maneuvering process.

To deactivate: the rear view camera deacti-vates if you shift the transmission toj or afterdriving forwards a short distance.

Messages in themultimedia systemdis-playThe rear view cameramay show a distorted viewof obstacles, show them incorrectly or not at all.Obstacles are not shown by the rear view cam-era in the following locations:Rvery close to the rear bumperRunder the rear bumper

! Objects not at ground level may appear tobe further away than they actually are, e.g.:Rthe bumper of a parked vehicleRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe rear section of an HGVRa slanted post

Use the guidelines only for orientation.Approach objects no further than the bottom-most guideline.

: Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear of thevehicle

; White guide line without steering input –vehicle width including the exterior mirrors(static)

= Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

? Yellow lane marking the course the tires willtake at the current steering wheel angle(dynamic)

A Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of the vehi-cle

B Vehicle center axle (marker assistance)C BumperD Red guide line at a distance of approximately

12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicleThe guide lines are shown when the transmis-sion is in positionk.The distance specifications only apply toobjects that are at ground level.


: Front warning display; Additional measurement operational readi-

ness indicator for Parking AssistPARKTRONIC

= Rear warning displayVehicles with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC:when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-tional (Y page 144), additional measurementoperational readiness indicator; appears inthe multimedia system display. If the ParkingAssist PARKTRONIC warning displays are activeor light up, warning displays: and= are alsoactive or light up correspondingly in the multi-media system display.

"Reverse parking" function

Backing up straight into a parking spacewithout steering input

: White guide line without steering input –vehicle width including the exterior mirrors(static)

; Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

= Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-imately 3 ft (1.0 m) from the rear of the vehi-cle

? Red guide line at a distance of approximately12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle

X Make sure that the rear view camera isswitched on (Y page 146).The lane and the guide lines are shown.

X With the help of white guide line:, checkwhether the vehicle will fit into the parkingspace.

X Using white guide line: as a guide, carefullyback up until you reach the end position.Red guide line? is then at the end of parkingspace. The vehicle is almost parallel in theparking space.

Reverseperpendicular parkingwith steer-ing input

: Parking space marking; Yellow guide line for the vehicle width

including the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

X Drive past the parking space and bring thevehicle to a standstill.

X Make sure that the rear view camera isswitched on (Y page 146).The lane and the guide lines are shown.

X While the vehicle is at a standstill, turn thesteering wheel in the direction of the parkingspace until yellow guide line; reaches park-ing space marking:.

X Maintain the steering input and reverse care-fully.

Driving systems 147

Drivingandparking

Z

: Yellow guide line for the vehicle widthincluding the exterior mirrors, at the currentsteering wheel angle (dynamic)

X Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly infront of the parking space.The white lane should be as close to parallelwith the parking space marking as possible.

: White guide line at the current steering input; Parking space markingX Turn the steering wheel to the center positionwhile the vehicle is stationary.

: Red guide line at a distance of approximately12 in (0.30 m) from the rear of the vehicle

; White guide line without steering input= End of parking space

X Back up carefully until you have reached thefinal position.Red guide line: is then at the end of parkingspace=. The vehicle is almost parallel in theparking space.

Wide-angle function

: Symbol for the wide-angle view function; Your vehicle= Warning displays for Parking Assist

PARKTRONICYou can also use the rear view camera to selecta wide-angle view.When Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-tional (Y page 144), a symbol for your own vehi-cle appears in the multimedia system display. Ifthe Parking Assist PARKTRONIC warning dis-plays are active, warning displays= light up inthe multimedia system display in yellow or redaccordingly.

ATTENTION ASSIST

General notesATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long,monotonous journeys, such as on highways. It isactive in the 37 mph (60 km/h) to 125 mph(200 km/h) range. If ATTENTION ASSISTdetects typical indicators of fatigue or increas-ing lapses in concentration on the part of thedriver, it suggests taking a break.

Important safety notesATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver. Itmight not always recognize fatigue or increasinginattentiveness in time or fail to recognize themat all. The system is not a substitute for a well-rested and attentive driver.


The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST isrestricted and warnings may be delayed or notoccur at all:Rif the length of the journey is less than approx-imately 30 minutesRif the road condition is poor, e.g. if the surfaceis uneven or if there are potholesRif there is a strong side windRif you have adopted a sporty driving style withhigh cornering speeds or high rates of accel-erationRif you are predominantly driving slower than37 mph (60 km/h) or faster than 125 mph(200 km/h)Rif the time has been set incorrectlyRin active driving situations, such as when youchange lanes or change your speed

The ATTENTION ASSIST tiredness assessmentis deleted and restarted when you continue thejourney:Rwhen you switch off the engineRwhen you take off your seat belt and open thedriver's door, e.g. for a change of drivers or totake a break

Displaying the attention level

You can have current status information dis-played in the assistance menu (Y page 163) ofthe on-board computer.X Select the Assistance display for ATTENTIONASSIST using the on-board computer(Y page 162).

The following information is displayed:Rthe length of the journey since the last break.Rthe attention level determined by ATTENTIONASSIST (Attention Level), displayed in abar display in five levels from high to low.Rif ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculatethe attention level and cannot issue a warn-ing, the System Suspended messageappears. The bar display then changeswhat isshown, e.g. if you are driving at a speed below37 mph (60 km/h) or above 125 mph(200 km/h).

Activating ATTENTION ASSISTX Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on-board computer (Y page 163).The system determines the attention level ofthe driver depending on the setting selected:

Selection of Standard: the sensitivity withwhich the system determines the attention levelis set to normal.Selection of Sensitive: the sensitivity is sethigher. The attention level detected by ATTEN-TION ASSIST is adapted accordingly and thedriver is warned earlier.When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theé symbol appears in the multifunction dis-play in the Assistance display.WhenATTENTIONASSIST has been deactivated,it is automatically reactivated after the enginehas been stopped. The sensitivity selected cor-responds to the last selection activated (Stand‐ard or Sensitive).Warning in the multifunction displayIf fatigue or increasing lapses in concentrationare detected, a warning appears in the multi-function display: ATTENTION ASSIST Take aBreak!.In addition to the message shown in the multi-function display, you will then hear a warningtone.X If necessary, take a break.X Confirm the message by pressing theabutton on the steering wheel.

On long journeys, take regular breaks in goodtime to allow yourself to rest. If you do not takea break and ATTENTION ASSIST still detectsincreasing lapses in concentration, you will bewarned again after 15 minutes at the earliest.

Driving systems 149

Drivingandparking

Z

This will only happen if ATTENTION ASSIST stilldetects typical indicators of fatigue or increas-ing lapses in concentration.If a warning is output in the multifunction dis-play, a service station search is performed inCOMAND. You can select a service station andnavigation to this service station will then begin.This function can be activated and deactivatedin COMAND.

Lane Tracking package

General notesThe Lane Tracking package consists of BlindSpot Assist (Y page 150) and Lane KeepingAssist (Y page 152).

Blind Spot Assist

General notesBlind Spot Assist monitors the areas on eitherside of the vehicle that are not visible to thedriver with two lateral, rear-facing radar sen-sors. A warning display in the exterior mirrorsdraws your attention to vehicles detected in themonitored area. If you then switch on the cor-responding turn signal to change lane, you willalso receive an optical and audible warning.Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed ofapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

Important safety notesG WARNINGBlind Spot Assist does not react to:Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side,placing them in the blind spot areaRvehicles which approach with a large speeddifferential and overtake your vehicle

As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not givewarnings in such situations. There is a risk ofan accident.Always observe the traffic conditions care-fully, and maintain a safe lateral distance.

Blind Spot Assist is only an aid. It may fail todetect some vehicles and is no substitute forattentive driving. Always ensure that there issufficient distance to the side for other roadusers and obstacles.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCC asa "Vehicular Radar System". The radar sensoris intended for use in an automotive radarsystem only. Removing, tampering with, oraltering the device will void any warranties,and is not permitted by the FCC. Do not tam-per with, alter, or use in any non-approvedway.Any unauthorized modification to this devicecould void the user's authority to operate theequipment.

Radar sensorsThe radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are inte-grated into the rear bumper. Make sure that thebumpers are free from dirt, ice or slush. Thesensors must not be covered, e.g. by overhang-ing loads. Following a severe impact or in theevent of damage to the bumpers, have the func-tion of the radar sensors checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop. Blind Spot Assist may nolonger work properly.

Monitoring areaIn particular, the detection of obstacles can beimpaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavyrain, snow or sprayRthere are narrow vehicles, e.g. motorcycles orbicyclesRthe road has very wide lanesRthe road has narrow lanesRyou are not driving in the middle of the laneRthere are barriers or other road boundariesVehicles in the monitoring range are then notindicated.


(Example)At a distance of around1.6 ft (0.5m); from thevehicle, Blind Spot Assist monitors the area upto 10 ft (3 m) next to= and behind: yourvehicle, as shown in the picture.If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in thelane beyond the lane next to your vehiclemay beindicated, especially if the vehicles are not driv-ing in the middle of their lane. This may be thecase if there are vehicles driving at the inneredge of their lanes.Due to the nature of the system:Rwarnings may be issued in error when drivingclose to crash barriers or similar solid lanebordersRwarnings may be interrupted when drivingalongside long vehicles, e.g. trucks, for a pro-longed time

Warning lamp

: Warning lamp

Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds belowapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h). Vehicles inthe monitoring range are then not indicated.If Blind Spot Assist is activated, warning lamp:in the exterior mirrors lights up yellow at speedsof up to 20 mph (30 km/h). At speeds above20 mph (30 km/h), the warning lamp goes outand Blind Spot Assist is operational.If a vehicle is detected within the blind spotmonitoring range at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h), warning lamp: on the correspond-ing side lights up red. This warning is alwaysemitted when a vehicle enters the blind spotmonitoring range from behind or from the side.When you overtake a vehicle, the warning onlyoccurs if the difference in speed is less than7 mph (12 km/h).If you select the reverse gear, Blind Spot Assistis not operational.The brightness of the warning lamps is auto-matically adapted to the brightness of the sur-roundings.

Collision warningIf a vehicle is detected in themonitoring range ofBlind Spot Assist and you switch on the corre-sponding turn signal, a double warning tonesounds. The red warning lamp flashes on therelevant exterior mirror. If the turn signalremains on, detected vehicles are indicated bythe flashing of the red warning lamp on the exte-rior mirror. There are no further warning tones.

Activating Blind Spot AssistX Make sure that Blind Spot Assist is activatedin the on-board computer (Y page 163).

X Select SmartKey position2 with the Start/Stop button.Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light upred for approximately 1.5 seconds and thenturn yellow.

Driving systems 151

Drivingandparking

Z

Lane Keeping Assist

General notes

LaneKeepingAssistmonitors the area in front ofyour vehicle by means of multifunction cam-era: which is attached behind the top of thewindshield. Lane Keeping Assist detects lanemarkings on the road and can warn you beforeyou leave your lane unintentionally.This function is available in the range between40mph and 120mph (60 km/h and 200 km/h).A warning may be given if a front wheel passesover a lanemarking. It will warn you bymeans ofintermittent vibration in the steering wheel forup to 1.5 seconds.

Important safety notesG WARNINGLane Keeping Assist cannot always clearlydetect lane markings.In such cases, Lane Keeping Assist can:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay particular attention to the trafficsituation and keep within the lane, especiallyif Lane Keeping Assist alerts you.

G WARNINGThe Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane. There isa risk of an accident.You should always steer, brake or accelerateyourself, in particular if warned by Lane Keep-ing Assist.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, Lane Keep-ing Assist can neither reduce the risk of an acci-dent nor override the laws of physics. LaneKeeping Assist cannot take into account theroad, traffic and weather conditions. Lane Keep-ing Assist is merely an aid. You are responsiblefor the distance to the vehicle in front, for vehi-cle speed, for braking in good time and for stay-ing in your lane.The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehi-cle in the lane.The systemmay be impaired ormay not functionif:Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficientillumination of the road, or due to snow, rain,fog or heavy sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, thesun or reflection from other vehicles (e.g. ifthe road surface is wet)Rthewindshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged orcovered, for instance by a sticker, in the vicin-ity of the cameraRthere are no or several unclear lane markingsfor one lane, e.g. roadworksRthe lanemarkings are worn away, dark or cov-ered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is too shortand thus the lane markings cannot be detec-tedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanesbranch off, cross one another or mergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are strong shadows cast on the road

Switching on Lane Keeping AssistX Activate Lane Keeping Assist using the on-board computer; to do so, select Standard orAdaptive (Y page 164).If you drive at speeds above 40 mph(60 km/h) and lane markings are detected,the lines in the Assistance display are shownin green (Y page 162). Lane Keeping Assist isready for use.

StandardWhen Standard is selected, no warning vibra-tion occurs if:Ryou have switched on the turn signal. In thisevent, the warnings are suppressed for a cer-tain period of timeRa driving safety system intervenes, such asABS, BAS or ESP®


AdaptiveWhen Adaptive is selected, no warning vibra-tion occurs if:Ryou have switched on the turn signal. In thisevent, the warnings are suppressed for a cer-tain period of timeRa driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ABS,BAS or ESP®Ryou accelerate hard, e.g. kickdown.Ryou brake hardRyou steer actively, e.g. swerve to avoid anobstacle or change lanes quicklyRyou cut the corner on a sharp bendIn order that you are warned only when neces-sary and in good time if you cross the lanemark-ing, the system detects certain conditions andwarns you accordingly.The warning vibration occurs earlier if:Ryou approach the outer lane marking on abendRthe road has very wide lanes, e.g. a freewayRthe system detects solid lane markingsThe warning vibration occurs later if:Rthe road has narrow lanesRyou cut the corner on a bend

Driving systems 153

Drivingandparking

Z


G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle when driving, you may be distracted fromthe traffic situation. You could also lose con-trol of the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Only operate this equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the on-board computer.

G WARNINGIf the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognize functionrestrictions in systems relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.Drive on carefully. Have the vehicle checkedat a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately.

The on-board computer only showsmessages orwarnings from certain systems in the multifunc-tion display. You should therefore make sureyour vehicle is operating safely at all times.If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, pull over as soon as it is safe to do so.Contact a qualified specialist workshop.For an overview, see the instrument panel illus-tration (Y page 34).

Displays and operation

Speedometer with segmentsThe segments in the speedometer indicatewhich speed range is available:RCruise control activated (Y page 129):

The segments light up from the stored speedto the type-tested maximum speed.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC is activated(Y page 131):One or two segments in the set speed rangelight up.RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC detects a vehicle infront moving more slowly than the storedspeed:The segments between the speed of the vehi-cle in front and the stored speed light up.

Tachometer! Do not drive in the overrevving range, as thiscould damage the engine.

The red band in the tachometer indicates theengine's overrevving range.The fuel supply is interrupted to protect theengine when the red band is reached.

Outside temperature displayYou should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.Bear in mind that the outside temperature dis-play indicates the measured air temperatureand not the road surface temperature.The outside temperature display is in the multi-function display (Y page 156).Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.

Coolant temperature display

G WARNINGOpening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

154 Displays and operationOn

-board

computerand

displays

! If the coolant temperature is too high, a dis-play message is shown.If the coolant temperature display is in thearea marked in red, do not continue driving.Otherwise, the engine will be damaged.

The coolant temperature display is in the lowersection of the tachometer (Y page 34).Under normal operating conditions and with thespecified coolant level, the coolant temperaturedisplay may rise to the red marking.

Operating the on-board computer

: Multifunction display; Right control panel= Left control panelX To activate the on-board computer: set theStart/Stop button to key position1.

You can control the multifunction display andthe settings in the on-board computer using thebuttons on the multifunction steering wheel.

Left control panel

ò ROpens the menu list

9

:

Press briefly:RScrolls in listsRSelects a menu or functionRIn the Radio or Media menu:opens the track or station list andselects a station, an audio track ora video sceneRIn the Telephone menu: switchesto the phone book and selects aname or a telephone number

9

:

Press and hold:RScrolls quickly through all listsRIn the Radio or Media menu:selects a station, audio track orvideo scene using rapid scrollingRIn the Telephone menu: startsrapid scrolling if the phone book isopen

a RIn all menus: confirms the selectedentry in the listRIn the Radio or Media menu:opens the list of available radiosources or mediaRIn the Telephone menu: switchesto the phone book and starts dial-ing the selected number

ñ RSwitches off the Voice ControlSystem (see the Digital Operator'sManual)

% Press briefly:RBackRIn the Radio or Mediamenu: dese-lects the track or station list or listof available radio sources ormediaRHides display messagesRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

% Press and hold:RCalls up the standard display in theTrip menu

Displays and operation 155

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Right control panel

~ RRejects or ends a callRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

6 RMakes or accepts a callRSwitches to the redial memory

WX

RAdjusts the volume

8 RMute

ó RSwitches on the Voice Control Sys-tem (see the Digital Operator'sManual)

Multifunction display

: Transmission position (Y page 114); Time= Outside temperature (Y page 154)? Display panelA Additional speedometer (Y page 165)Display panel? shows the selected menu orsubmenu and display messages.Additional speedometerA displays the speedin the respective unit that is not shown in themultifunction display.X To open the menu list: pressò on thesteering wheel.Display panel? appears in the menu list.

Possible displays in the multifunction display:R= Parking Assist PARKTRONIC(Y page 142)R¯ Cruise control (Y page 129)R_ Adaptive Highbeam Assist (Y page 93)

Rè ECO start/stop function (Y page 108)Rë HOLD function (Y page 139)

Menus and submenus

Menu overviewPress theò button on the steering wheel toopen the menu list.Operating the on-board computer (Y page 155).Depending on the vehicle equipment, you canselect the following menu:RTrip menu (Y page 156)RNavi menu (navigation instructions)(Y page 158)RRadio menu (Y page 159)RMedia menu (Y page 160)RTelephone menu (Y page 161)RAssistance Graphic menu (Y page 162)RService menu (Y page 163)RSettings menu (Y page 163)RAMG menu (Y page 165)

Trip menu

Standard display

X Press and hold the% button on the steer-ing wheel until the Tripmenu with trip odom-eter: and odometer; appears.

156 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computerand

displays

Calling up the range

X Press theò button on the steering wheelto open the menu list.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Trip menu.

X Press: or9 to select the approximateRange.The approximate range that can be covereddepends on the fuel level and your currentdriving style. If there is only a small amount offuel left in the fuel tank, a vehicle being refu-eledC appears instead of approximaterange.

Trip computer "From Start" or "FromReset"

: Distance; Driving time= Average speed? Average fuel consumptionX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.


X Confirm by pressinga on the steeringwheel.

X Press: or9 to select From Start orFrom Reset.The values in the From Start submenu are cal-culated from the start of a journey, while thevalues in the From Reset submenu are calcu-lated from the last time the submenu was reset(Y page 157).In the following cases the trip computer is auto-matically reset From Start:Rthe ignition has been switched off for morethan four hours.R999 hours have been exceeded.R9,999 miles have been exceeded.The From Reset trip computer is automaticallyreset if the value exceeds 9,999 hours or99,999 miles.

Digital speedometerX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press the: or9 button to select thedigital speedometer.

Resetting valuesX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press the: or9 button to select thefunction that you wish to reset.

X Press thea button.X Press: to select Yes and pressa toconfirm.

You can reset the values of the following func-tions:RTrip odometerR"From Start" trip computerR"From Reset" trip computer

Menus and submenus 157

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Navigation system menu

Displaying navigation instructionsIn the Navi menu, the multifunction displayshows navigation instructions. You can find fur-ther information on navigation instructions inthe multimedia system in the Digital Operator'sManual.X Switch on the multimedia system.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Navi menu.


Route guidance not active

: Direction of travel; Current road

Route guidance active

No change of direction announced

: Distance to the next destination; Estimated arrival time

= Distance to the next change of direction? Current road

Change of direction announced with alane recommendation

: Target of the change of direction; Distance to the change of direction= Change-of-direction symbol? Recommended lane and new lane during a

change of direction (white)A Possible laneB Lane not recommended (dark gray)On multilane roads, new lane recommendationscan be displayed for the next change of directionif the digital map supports this data. During thechange of direction, new lanes may be added.Lane not recommendedB: you will not be ableto complete the next change of direction if youstay in this lane.Possible laneA: you will only be able to com-plete the next change of direction in this lane.Recommended lane?: in this lane you will beable to complete the next change of directionand the one after that.


-board

computerand

displays

Change of direction without lane recom-mendation

: Road into which the change of directionleads

; Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

= Change-of-direction symbolWhen a change of direction is to be made, youwill see symbol= for the change of directionand distance graphic;. The distance indicatorshortens towards the top of the display as youapproach the point of the announced change ofdirection. The change of direction starts oncedistance display; reaches zero.

Change of direction with lane recommen-dation

: Road into which the change of directionleads

; Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

= Change-of-direction symbol? Lane recommendation

Other status indicators of the naviga-tion system

: Additional informationOther possible additional information:RNew Route... or Calculating Route...A new route is calculated.RRoad Not MappedThe vehicle position is inside the area of thedigitalmap but the road is not recognized, e.g.newly built streets, car parks or private land.RNo RouteNo route could be calculated to the selecteddestination.RO

You have reached the destination or an inter-mediate destination.

Radio menu

: Frequency range; Station with preset position= Name of artist? Name of trackThe multifunction display shows station; withstation frequency or station name. The preset


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

position is only displayed alongwith station; ifthis has been stored.You can store stations; in the multimedia sys-tem.X Switch on the multimedia system.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Radio menu.

X Confirm by pressinga on the steeringwheel.Currently set station; appears in the multi-function display.

X To open the station list: press: or9briefly.

X To select a station in the station list:press: or9 briefly.

X To select a station in the station list usingrapid scroll: press and hold: or9.

X To select the frequency range or stationmemory: pressa briefly.

X Press: or9 to select the frequencyrange or station memory.

X Pressa to confirm your selection.

i SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like anormal radio.Further information about radio operation canbe found in the multimedia system in the Dig-ital Operator's Manual.

Media menu

Changing the media sourceYou can change the media source and playbackmode (audio or video) at any time in the Mediamenu.X Switch on the multimedia system.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Media menu.


X To open/close the media sources list:pressa briefly.The list shows the following media sources,for example:

RDisc (CD/DVD) (DVD, COMAND only)RSD card (COMAND)RMedia Register (COMAND)RUSB storage deviceRBluetooth® capable audio device

Please observe further information on mediasupport and media operation in the multimediasystem.

Operating an audio player or audiomedia

: Media source, e.g. name of USB memorystick

; Current title= Name of artist? Name of albumA Folder nameAudio data from various audio devices or mediacan be played, depending on the equipmentinstalled in the vehicle.X Switch on the multimedia system (see theDigital Operator's Manual)

X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.



X To select audio player or data carrier:pressa briefly, to open the list of mediasources.

X Press: or9 to select the correspond-ing audio player or media.

X Pressa to confirm.X To open the track list: press: or9briefly.


-board

computerand

displays

X To select to next or previous track in thetrack list: press: or9 briefly.

X To select a track from the track list usingrapid scrolling: press and hold: or9until the desired track is reached.If you press and hold the button, the speed ofrapid scroll increases after a short time. Notall audio drives or data carriers support thisfunction.

If the corresponding track information is storedon the audio drive or audio media, the multi-function display may display the following:Rtrack numberRtrack nameRartistRalbum

Video DVD operation

X Switch on the multimedia system.X Pressò on the steering wheel to call upthe list of menus.



X To select DVD single drive or datamedium: pressa briefly, to open the listof media sources.

X Press: or9 to select the correspond-ing DVD single drive or disc.

X Pressa to confirm.X To open the scene list: press: or9briefly.

X To select the next or previous scene in thescene list: press: or9 briefly.

X To select a scene from the scene list usingrapid scrolling: press and hold: or9until desired scene: is reached.

X Pressa to confirm your selection.

Telephone menu

Introduction


When telephoning, you must observe the legalrequirements for the country in which you arecurrently driving.X Switch on the mobile phone (see the manu-facturer’s operating instructions).

X Switch on the multimedia system (see theDigital Operator's Manual)

X Establish a Bluetooth® connection to themul-timedia system (see the Digital Operator'sManual).

X Press theòbutton on the steering wheelto call up the list of menus.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Telephone menu.


You will see one of the following display mes-sages in the multifunction display:RPhone READY or the name of the networkprovider: the mobile phone has found a net-work and is ready to receive.RPhone No Service: there is no networkavailable or the mobile phone is searching fora network.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Accepting a callIf someone calls you when you are in the Tele‐phone menu, a display message appears in themultifunction display.You can accept a call at any time, even if you arenot in the Telephone menu.X Press the6 button on the steering wheelto accept an incoming call.

Rejecting or ending a callYou can end or reject a call at any time even ifyou are not in the Telephone menu.X Press the~ button on the steering wheelto reject or end a call.

Selecting an entry in the phone bookX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press the:,9 ora button toswitch to the phone book.

X Press: or9 to select the names oneafter the other.

orX To start rapid scrolling: press and hold:or9 for longer than one second.The names in the phone book are displayedquickly one after the other.If you press and hold the: or9 buttonfor longer than five seconds, the nameappears with the next or previous letter initialletter in the alphabet.Rapid scrolling stops when you release thebutton or reach the end of the list.

X If only one telephone number is stored fora name: press the6 ora button tostart dialing.

orX If there is more than one number for aparticular name: press the6 orabutton to display the numbers.

X Press the: or9 button to select thenumber you want to dial.

X Press the6 orabutton to start dialing.

orX To exit the phone book: press the~ or% button.

RedialingThe on-board computer saves the last names ornumbers dialed in the redial memory.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press the6 button to switch to the redialmemory.

X Press the: or9 button to select thedesired name or number.

X Press the6 orabutton to start dialing.orX To exit the redial memory: press the~or% button.

Assistance graphic menu

X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.

X Press the: or9 button on the steeringwheel to select the Assistance Graphicmenu.

X Confirm by pressinga on the steeringwheel.The multifunction display shows the DistancePilot DISTRONIC distance display in the assis-tance graphic display.The assistance graphic displays the status ofand information from the following drivingsystems or driving safety systems:


-board

computerand

displays

RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 131)RDistance warning function of Active BrakeAssist (Y page 58)RBlind Spot Assist (Y page 150)RATTENTION ASSIST (Y page 148)RLane Keeping Assist (Y page 152)

X Press: to display the ATTENTION ASSISTassessment.

Service menuDepending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, you have the following options in theService menu:Rcalling up displaymessages inmessagemem-ory (Y page 169)Rchecking the tire pressure electronically(Y page 265).Rcalling up the service due date (Y page 238).Rchecking the engine oil level using the on-board computer (Y page 234).

Settings menu

IntroductionDepending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, you have the following options in theSettings menu:Rchanging assistance settings (Y page 163).Rchanging the light settings (Y page 164).Rchanging the instrument cluster settings(Y page 164).Rrestoring the factory settings (Y page 165).

Assistance submenu

Activating/deactivating Active BrakeAssistX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the Settings menu.


X Press: or9 to select the DriveAs‐sist submenu.X Pressa to confirm.

X Select Brake Assist with9 or:.X Pressa to confirm.The current selection appears.

X To activate/deactivate: press thea but-ton again.When Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæ symbol appears in the AssistanceGraphic menu of the multifunction display.

Further information on Active Brake Assist(Y page 58).

Activating/deactivating Blind Spot AssistX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the DriveAs‐sist submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press: or9 to select Blind SpotAssist.X Pressa to confirm.The current selection appears.

X To activate/deactivate: press thea but-ton again.When Blind Spot Assist is activated, grayradar waves propagating backwards appearnext to the vehicle in the AssistanceGraphic menu in the multifunction display.

For further information about Blind Spot Assist,see (Y page 150).

Setting ATTENTION ASSISTX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the DriveAs‐sist submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Select Attention Assist with: or9.

X Pressa to confirm.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

X Press: or9 to select Off, Standardor Sensitive.

X Pressa to confirm the selection.When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theé symbol appears in the AssistanceGraphic menu in the multifunction display.

For further information about ATTENTIONASSIST, see (Y page 148).

Setting Lane Keeping AssistX Press theò button on the steering wheelto open the menu list.

X Press the: or9 button on the steeringwheel to select the Settings menu.


X Press: or9 to select the DriveAs‐sist submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press: or9 to select Lane KeepingAssist.X Pressa to confirm.Press: or9 to select Off, Standardor Adaptive.

X To change the setting: pressa again.Further information about Lane Keeping Assist(Y page 152).

Light submenu

Switching the daytime running lamps on/offThis function is not available in Canada.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the Lightssubmenu.

X Pressa to confirm.X Using: or9, select the DaytimeRunning Lights function.If the Daytime Running Lights function hasbeen switched on, the cone of light and theW symbol in the multifunction display areshown in white.

X Press thea button to save the setting.

Further information about Daytime RunningLights(Y page 91).

Instrument cluster submenu

Setting the brightness for the display andswitchesYou can use the Brightness function to set thebrightness of the multifunction display and theswitches in the vehicle in increments.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the Instru‐ment Cluster submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press: or9 to select the Brightnessfunction.

X Pressa to confirm.You can see the selected setting Levelwith avalue between 0 and 10. Level 0 correspondsto a dim light and level 10 corresponds to abright light.

X Press: or9 to change the brightness.The brightness is set simultaneously with theselection.

X Pressa or% to save the setting.

Selecting the distance unitThe Display Unit Speed-/Odometer: func-tion allows you to choose whether certain dis-plays appear in kilometers or miles in the mul-tifunction display.X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.

X Press the: or9 button on the steeringwheel to select the Settings menu.


X Press the: or9 button to select theInstrument Cluster submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to select theDisplay Unit Speed-/Odometer function.You will see the selected setting: km or Miles.

X Press thea button to save the setting.


-board

computerand

displays

The selected unit of measurement for distanceapplies to:RDigital speedometer in the Trip menuROdometer and the trip odometerRTrip computerRRangeRNavigation instructions in the Navi menuRCruise controlRDistance Pilot DISTRONICRASSYST PLUS service interval display

Switching the additional speedometeron/offIf the additional speedometer is switched on,the speed is shown in the status bar in the mul-tifunction display instead of the outside tem-perature.The additional speedometer displays the speedin the respective unit that is not shown in themultifunction display.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the Instru‐ment Cluster submenu.X Pressa to confirm.X Press: or9 to select the Addi‐tional Speedometer [km/h] function.The current selection appears.

X To switch on/off: pressa again.

Restoring the factory settingsX Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press: or9 to select the FactorySettings submenu.X Pressa to confirm.The Reset All Settings? functionappears.

X Press: or9 to select No or Yes.X Pressa to confirm the selection.If you have selected Yes, the multifunctiondisplay shows a confirmation message.

For safety reasons, the Daytime RunningLights function in the Lights submenu is onlyreset when the vehicle is stationary.

AMG menu

Warm-up

: Digital speedometer; Gear indicator= Charge-air pressure? Engine oil temperatureA Transmission oil temperatureX Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.

X Press the: or9 button on the steeringwheel to select the AMG menu.

X Confirm by pressinga on the steeringwheel.Engine and transmission oil tempera-tures: when the engine and transmission areat normal operating temperature, oil temper-atures? andA are displayed in white in themultifunction display.If the multifunction display shows oil temper-ature? orA in blue, the engine or thetransmission are not yet at normal operatingtemperature. Avoid driving at full engine out-put during this time.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

G-Meter

The G-Meter shows you the forces that are exer-ted on the driver during the journey, both later-ally and in the direction of travel.The maximum values are indicated in red in theguideline system.X Pressò on the steering wheel to open themenu list.



X Press the9 button repeatedly until the G-Meter appears.The maximum values of the G-Meter aresaved.

X To reset the G-Meter: pressa again.X Using: or9 select Yes on the steer-ing wheel.

X Pressa to confirm.The maximum values of the G-Meter aredeleted.

If the ignition remains switched off for longerthan four hours, the G-Meter will be automati-cally reset.

SETUP

: Drive Comfort/Sport/Sport +/ Race; Suspension Comfort/Sport/Sport += Transmission D/M? Exhaust system Comfort/Sport +A ESP® On/Off or SPORT handling modeSportSETUP displays the following information andfunctions:Rthe gear indicatorRthe digital speedometerRthe drive system settingRthe suspension modeRthe transmission positionRthe exhaust flap positionRthe ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) statusX Pressò on the steering wheel to call upthe list of menus.

X Press: or9 on the steering wheel toselect the AMG menu.


X Press9 repeatedly until SETUP is dis-played.

Further information on the upshift indicator andgear indicator (Y page 118).


-board

computerand

displays

RACE TIMER

Displaying and starting RACETIMER

: Lap; RACETIMERThe RACETIMER is only intended for use on aclosed race circuit. Do not use the function onpublic roads.You can start theRACETIMERwhen the engine isrunning or if the key is in position2 in the igni-tion lock.X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.



X Press the: or9 button repeatedlyuntil the RACETIMER is shown.

X To start: press thea button to start theRACETIMER.

Starting a new lap

: Lap; RACETIMER= Quickest lap time

X Press the: or9 button to select NewLap.X Pressa to confirm.A maximum of 32 laps may be stored.

Stopping the RACETIMER

X Press the: or9 button to select Stop.X Pressa to confirm.If you stop the vehicle and select key position1, the RACETIMER interrupts timing. If youselect key position3 with the Start/Stop but-ton and then pressa Start to confirm, tim-ing is continued.

Continuing the RACETIMER

X Press the: or9 button to select Con‐tinue.X Pressa to confirm.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Resetting the RACETIMER

X Press the: or9 button to select Stop.The RACETIMER is stopped.

X Press the: or9 button to selectReset.X Pressa to confirm.All laps are deleted.

Lap statistics

: Lap; Lap time

= Average lap speed? Lap lengthThis function is only available if you have storedat least two laps and have stopped the RACE-TIMER.X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.



X Press: or9 to select Lap List.X Pressa to confirm.The lap statistics are displayed.

X Press the9 or: button to select a dif-ferent lap evaluation.The fastest lap is indicated by flashing sym-bol:.

Display messages

Introduction

General notesDisplay messages appear in the multifunction display.Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator's Manualand may therefore differ from the multifunction display.Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in thisOperator's Manual.With certain display messages, you will also hear a warning tone.You can hide the display messages. The display messages are then stored in the message memory.Rectify the cause of a display message as soon as possible.

168 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

When you stop and park the vehicle, please observe the notes on:RHOLD function (Y page 139)RParking (Y page 122)

Hiding display messagesX Press thea or% button on the steering wheel.The multifunction display hides the display message.

High-priority display messages are shown in red in the multifunction display. Some high-prioritydisplay messages cannot be hidden.The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the messageshave been remedied.

Message memoryThe on-board computer saves certain display messages in themessage memory. You can call upthe display messages:X Useò on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus.X Press: or9 on the steering wheel to select the Service menu.X Confirm by pressinga on the steering wheel.X Press the: or9 button to select the message memory.If there are no display messages, the No Messages display appears in the multifunction displayIf there are display messages, the number of messages stored is shown.

X Pressa to confirm.X Press the: or9 button to scroll through the display messages.

Display messages 169

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

! ÷Currently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) are temporarily not available.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷ and ! warning lamps light up in the instru-ment cluster.For example, the on-board voltage may be insufficient.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brakehard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steeringmovements at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentioned aboveare available again.

If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

! ÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.The$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only), ÷ and ! warninglamps in the instrument cluster may also light up.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brakehard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


-board

computerand

displays


÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ESP® is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.The ÷ warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

÷Currently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

ESP® is temporarily unavailable.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.The ÷ warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.The self-diagnosis function might not be complete, for example.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if you brakehard, for example.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steeringmovements at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).If the display message disappears, the functions mentioned aboveare available again.

If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


T!÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

EBD (electronic brake force distribution), ABS and ESP® are malfunc-tioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunc-tion.In addition, the ÷ and ! warning lamps light up in the instru-ment cluster and a warning tone sounds.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could therefore lockif you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

JBrake Immediately

Amalfunction has occurred while the HOLD function or Distance PilotDISTRONIC was activated.A tone may also sound at regular intervals. If you attempt to lock thevehicle, the tone becomes louder.You cannot start the engine.X Paying attention to the traffic situation, immediately depress thebrake pedal firmly and hold until the display message disappears.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Turn On the Igni‐tion to Release theParking Brake

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp lightsup.You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the ignitionwas switched off.X Switch on the ignition.

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Please Release Park‐ing Brake

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand a warning tone sounds. A condition for automatic release of theelectric parking brake is not fulfilled (Y page 125).You are driving with the electric parking brake applied.X Release the electric parking brake manually.

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand a warning tone sounds.You are using the electric parking brake for emergency braking(Y page 124).


-board

computerand

displays


F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Parking Brake SeeOperator's Manual

The yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To apply:X Switch the ignition off.X Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow! warning lamp and the redF (USA only) or!(Canada only) indicator lamp light up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.orX Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 125).If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Do not drive on.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashesand the yellow! warning lamp lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Release the electric parking brake manually.To apply:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake manually.If the redF (USA only) or! (Canada only) indicator lamp con-tinues to flash:X Do not drive on.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 277).X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Turn the front wheels towards the curb.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about ten secondsafter the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It thengoes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply the electric parking brake.If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake manually:X Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 125).If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. If you manually apply orrelease the electric parking brake, the redF (USA only) or!(Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning. It is not possible to applythe electric parking brake manually.X Shift the transmission to positionj as the electric parking brake isnot applied automatically.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake manually:X Release the electric parking brake automatically (Y page 125).

F (USA

only)! (Canadaonly)Parking Brake Inop‐erative

The yellow! warning lamp lights up. The redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for about ten secondsafter the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It thengoes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning, e.g. because of over-voltage or undervoltage.X Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage, e.g. bycharging the battery or restarting the engine.

X Apply or release the electric parking brake.If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake:X Switch off the ignition and turn it back on.X Apply or release the electric parking brake.If the electric parking brake still cannot be released:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


The yellow! warning lamp lights up and the redF (USA only)or! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes.It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)Check Brake FluidLevel

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.In addition, the$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) warning lamplights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.

#Check Brake Pad Wear

The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.USAonly: the red$ brake systemwarning lamp also lights upwhilethe engine is running.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

GInoperative

One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunctioning.X Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Active Brake AssistFunctions CurrentlyLimited See Opera‐tor's Manual

Active Brake Assist is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to elec-tromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiationRthe system is outside the operating temperature rangeRthe on-board voltage is too lowWhen the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Active Brake Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Restart the engine.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Active Brake AssistFunctions LimitedSee Operator's Man‐ual

Active Brake Assist is unavailable due to a malfunction. Situation-dependent braking assistance may also have failed.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

PRE-SAFE Inopera‐tive See Operator'sManualImportant functions of PRE-SAFE® have failed. All other occupantsafety systems, e.g. air bags, remain available.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Radar Sensors DirtySee Operator's Man‐ualAt least one of the following driving systems or driving safety systemsis temporarily restricted or inoperative:RActive Brake AssistPossible causes are:Rthe sensors in the radiator trim and/or in the bumpers are dirtyRthe function of the driving system or driving safety system isimpaired due to heavy rain or snow

A warning tone also sounds.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears. All driving systems or driving safety systems are operativeagain.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Switch off the engine.X Clean the sensors in the following locations (Y page 242):Rin the radiator trimRin the front bumperRin the rear bumper, particularly in the center of the rear bumper

X Restart the engine.The display message disappears.

6SRS Malfunction Ser‐vice Required

The restraint system is malfunctioning. The 6 warning lamp alsolights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devicesmay either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Further information on the restraint system (Y page 39).


-board

computerand

displays


6Front Left Malfunc‐tion ServiceRequired or FrontRight MalfunctionService Required

The restraint system is malfunctioning at the front on the left or right.The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devicesmay either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

6Left Side CurtainAirbag MalfunctionService Required orRight Side CurtainAirbag MalfunctionService Required

The left-hand or right-hand window curtain air bag is malfunctioning.The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unin-tentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Front Passenger Air‐bag Disabled SeeOperator's ManualThe front-passenger front air bag is deactivated during the journey,even though:Ran adultorRa person of the corresponding stature is on the front-passenger seatIf additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may interpretthe occupant's weight as lower than it actually is.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Switch the ignition off.X Have the occupant on the front-passenger seat get out of the vehi-cle.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the centerconsole and the multifunction display and check the following:Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Ra self-diagnosis is carried out. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simulta-neously for approximately six secondsRthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light upand remain lit after the self-diagnosis. If the indicator lamp is on,OCS (Occupant Classification System) has disabled the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 47)Rthe display messages Front Passenger Airbag EnabledSee Operator's Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Dis‐abled See Operator's Manual must not appear in the multi-function display

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary systemchecks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multi-function display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occu-pied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampremains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating correctly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Further information on the Occupant Classification System(Y page 47).


-board

computerand

displays


Front Passenger Air‐bag Enabled SeeOperator's ManualThe front-passenger front air bag and front-passenger knee air bag areactivated during the journey, although:Ra child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system'sweight threshold is located on the front-passenger seatorRthe front-passenger seat is unoccupiedThe systemmay detect objects or forces applying additional weight onthe seat.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger front air bag and the front-passenger knee air bagmay be triggered unintentionally.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Switch the ignition off.X Open the front-passenger door.X Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front-passenger seat.

X Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to theweight.The system might otherwise detect the additional weight and inter-pret the seat occupant's weight as greater than it actually is.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the centerconsole and the multifunction display and check the following:Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Ra self-diagnosis is carried out. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simulta-neously for approximately six secondsRthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light upand remain lit after the self-diagnosis. If the indicator lamp is on,OCS has deactivated the front-passenger front air bag and front-passenger knee air bag (Y page 47)Rthe display messages Front Passenger Airbag EnabledSee Operator's Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Dis‐abled See Operator's Manual must not appear in the multi-function display

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary systemchecks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multi-function display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occu-pied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occu-pant.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM SolutionsIf the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating correctly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Further information on the Occupant Classification System(Y page 47).

Lights


bCheck Left Low Beam(example)

The corresponding bulb is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

i LED light sources: the display message for the correspondinglamp only appears when all the LEDs in the lamp have failed.

bMalfunction SeeOperator’s Manual

The exterior lighting is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bAuto Lamp FunctionInoperative

The light sensor is defective.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

bSwitch Off Lights

The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. A warningtone also sounds.X Turn the light switch to theÃ or L position.

Adaptive HighbeamAssist Inoperative Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Adaptive HighbeamAssist CurrentlyUnavailable SeeOperator's Manual

Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:RThe windshield in the camera's field of vision is dirty.RVisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.X Clean the windshield.If the system detects that the camera is fully operational, the Adap‐tive Highbeam Assist Now Available display message is shown.Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again.


-board

computerand

displays

Engine


+Check Coolant LevelSee Operator's Man‐ual

The coolant level is too low.

! Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the enginecooling system. The engine will otherwise be damaged.

X Add coolant, observing the warning notes before doing so(Y page 236).

X If coolant needs to be addedmore often than usual, have the enginecoolant system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

? The fan motor is malfunctioning.X At coolant temperatures below 248‡ (120†), drive to the nearestqualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid heavy loads on the engine as you do so, e.g. driving in moun-tainous terrain and stop-and-go traffic.

?Coolant Too HotStop Vehicle TurnEngine Off

The coolant is too hot.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGDo not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catchfire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burnswhichcan occur just by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Wait until the engine has cooled down.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked,e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X Donot start the engine again until the displaymessage goes out andthe coolant temperature is below 248 ‡ (120 †). Otherwise, theengine could be damaged.

X Pay attention to the coolant temperature gauge.X If the temperature increases again, visit a qualified specialist work-shop immediately.

Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolantlevel, the coolant temperature may rise to 248 ‡ (120 †).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


#See Operator's Man‐ual

The battery is not being charged.A warning tone also sounds.Possible causes are:Ra defective alternatorRa torn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronics

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

#Stop Vehicle SeeOperator's Manual

The battery is no longer being charged and the condition of charge istoo low.A warning tone also sounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Observe the instructions in the# See Operator's Manualdisplay message.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

#Start Engine SeeOperator's Manual

The engine is off and the battery condition of charge is too low.X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as therear window defroster and interior lighting.

X Leave the engine running for a fewminutes or drive a long distance.The battery is being charged.

4Check Engine OilLevel (Add 1 quart)

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.

! Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil. The engine will oth-erwise be damaged.

X Check the oil level when next refueling, at the latest (Y page 233).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 235).X Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engineoil needs to be added more often than usual.

Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from a qualifiedspecialist workshop or on the Internet at http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

4Engine Oil LevelLow Stop VehicleTurn Engine Off

The engine oil level is too low. There is a risk of engine damage.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, pay-ing attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Check the engine oil level (Y page 233).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 235).


-board

computerand

displays


4Engine Oil ReduceOil Level

You have added toomuch engine oil. The engine or catalytic convertermay be damaged.X Siphon off excess engine oil until it is at the specified level. Observethe legal requirements.

4Engine Oil LevelCannot Be Measured

The measuring system is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

8Fuel Level Low

The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.X Refuel at the nearest gas station.

C There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank.X Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail.

8Gas Cap Loose

The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.X Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed.If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed:X Close the fuel filler cap.If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving systems


ÀATTENTION ASSIST:Take a Break!

Based on certain criteria, ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue ora lack of concentration on the part of the driver. A warning tone alsosounds.X If necessary, take a break.During long journeys, take regular breaks in good time so you getenough rest.

ÀATTENTION ASSISTInoperative

ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

¨Malfunction

There is a malfunction in the chassis. The vehicle's handling charac-teristics may be affected.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Lane Keeping AssistCurrently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:Rthe windshield in the camera's field of vision is dirtyRvisibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fogRthere have been no lane markings for an extended periodRthe lane markings are worn away, dark or covered up, e.g. by dirt orsnow

When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Lane Keeping Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Clean the windshield.

Lane Keeping AssistInoperative Lane Keeping Assist is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Blind Spot AssistCurrently Unavaila‐ble See Operator'sManual

Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:Rthe radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature rangeRthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to elec-tromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiation

When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Blind Spot Assist is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.


Blind Spot AssistInoperative Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ëOff

The HOLD function is deactivated. The vehicle is skidding.A warning tone also sounds.X Reactivate the HOLD function later (Y page 139).

The HOLD function is deactivated. When the brake pedal is firmlydepressed, an activation condition is not fulfilled.A warning tone also sounds.X Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function(Y page 139).


-board

computerand

displays


Distance Pilot Off Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated (Y page 131).If it was not deactivated by the driver, a warning tone also sounds.

Distance Pilot NowAvailable Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is operational again after having been tem-porarily unavailable. You can now reactivate Distance PilotDISTRONIC (Y page 131).

Distance Pilot Cur‐rently UnavailableSee Operator's Man‐ual

Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes are:Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to elec-tromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiationRthe system is outside the operating temperature rangeRthe on-board voltage is too lowA warning tone also sounds.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.


Distance Pilot Inop‐erative Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Distance Pilot Sus‐pended You have depressed the accelerator pedal. Distance Pilot DISTRONICis no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle.X Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

Distance Pilot- - - mph A condition for activating Distance Pilot DISTRONIC has not beenmet.X Check the activation conditions for Distance Pilot DISTRONIC(Y page 131).

Cruise Control Inop‐erative Cruise control is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Cruise Control- - - mphRA condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled.You have tried to store a speed below 20mph (30 km/h), for exam-pleRESP® is deactivated. The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit.X If conditions permit, drive at a speed faster than 20 mph (30 km/h)and store the speed.

orX Check the activation conditions for cruise control (Y page 129).orX Reactivate ESP® (Y page 61).

Cruise Control Off Cruise control has been deactivated.If a warning tone also sounds, cruise control has deactivated auto-matically (Y page 129).

Tires


Please Correct TirePressure The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.X Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity (Y page 264).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page 266).

Check Tires The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. Thewheel position is displayed in the multifunction display.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGTire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may begreatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flattire (Y page 246).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 264).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.


-board

computerand

displays


Warning Tire Mal‐function The tire pressure in one ormore tires has dropped suddenly. Thewheelposition is shown in the multifunction display.

G WARNINGDriving with a flat tire poses a risk of the following hazards:Ra flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicleRyou could lose control of the vehicleRcontinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-upand possibly a fire

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flattire (Y page 246).

Tire Press. MonitorCurrently Unavaila‐bleBecause there is interference from a strong source of radio waves, nosignals from the tire pressure sensors are detected. The tire pressuremonitor is temporarily malfunctioning.X Drive on.The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as theproblem has been resolved.

TirePress. Sen‐sor(s) Missing There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several tires.The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunctiondisplay.X Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified special-ist workshop.

Tire Pressure Moni‐tor Inoperative NoWheel SensorsThe wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor. Thetire pressure monitor is deactivated.X Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving fora few minutes.

Tire Press. MonitorInoperative The tire pressure monitor is faulty.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Shift to 'P' or 'N'to Start Engine You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in posi-tionk orh.X Shift the selector lever toj ori.

Apply Brake toShift from 'P' You have attempted to shift the selector lever to positionh,k oriwithout applying the brakes.X Depress the brake pedal.

To Deselect P or N,Depress Brake andStart EngineWith the engine switched off, you have attempted to shift the selectorlever out of positionj ori into another transmission position.X Depress the brake pedal.X Start the engine.

To Engage Trans‐miss. Position RFirst Depress theBrake

You have attempted to shift from positionh to positionk withoutapplying the brakes.X Depress the brake pedal.X Shift the transmission to positionk.

Driver's Door Open& Transmission Notin P Risk of Vehi‐cle Rolling Away

The driver's door is open or not fully closed and the transmission is inpositionk,i orh.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Close the driver's door completely.

Only Shift to 'P'when Vehicle is Sta‐tionaryThe vehicle is moving.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.

Service Required DoNot Shift GearsVisit DealerYou cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction.A warning tone also sounds.If transmission positionh is selected:X Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the trans-mission from positionh.

If positionk,i orj is selected:X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 277).X Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.


-board

computerand

displays


Reversing Not Possi‐ble Service Required The sub-transmissionwith the even gears has failed. You can no longerengage reverse gear. The smoothness of the gear change is restricted.The transmission is in emergency mode.A warning tone also sounds.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Transmission Mal‐function Stop A malfunction has occurred in the mechanical transmission compo-nents.A warning tone also sounds. The transmission shifts automatically topositioni.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the selector lever to positionj.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Depress Brake toStart Engine You cannot start the engine. The engine has been switched off inh ork.X Depress the brake pedal and start the engine.

Only Shift to 'P'when Vehicle is Sta‐tionaryThe vehicle is moving.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.

jParking Lock Mal‐funct. Apply Park‐ing Brake

The transmission positionj cannot be selected.X Make sure that the electric parking brake is applied.X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away before you leave it(Y page 277).

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

dTransmission OilCooling Malfunction

The transmission coolant pump is faulty. The transmission may over-heat.X In the on-board computer, select the AMG menu and check thetransmission oil temperature (Y page 165).

X Avoid excessive loading, e.g. due to dynamic driving.X If the transmission oil temperature is below 248 °F (120 °C), driveon to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

dTrans. Oil Overhea‐ted Drive on withCare

The transmission oil has overheated.Manual mode M and temporary manual drive program are no longeravailable. Only the Comfort drive program is available for the trans-mission. The engine output is reduced according to the degree ofoverheating.X Allow the transmission oil to cool by adopting a defensive drivingstyle.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z


Electronic RearAxle DifferentialLock InoperativeThe electronic rear axle differential lock is inoperative.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Electronic RearAxle DifferentialLock CurrentlyUnavailable

The electronic rear axle differential lock motor has overheated.X Allow electronic rear axle differential lock to cool by adopting adefensive driving style.

N The tailgate is open

G WARNINGWhen the engine is running, exhaust gases can enter the vehicle inte-rior if the tailgate is open.There is a risk of poisoning.X Close the tailgate.

M The hood is open. A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Close the hood.

C At least one door is open. A warning tone also sounds.X Close all the doors.

Rear Spoiler Con‐trol System Inoper‐ativeThe rear spoiler cannot be fully retracted and may extend again.If the retraction of the rear spoiler is blocked, e.g. by ice:X Make sure that the cause of the block is eliminated.X Switch off the engine and lock the vehicle.X Start the vehicle after waiting a few minutes.The rear spoiler returns to the original position.

If this problem persists or the cause cannot be identified:X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


-board

computerand

displays


Inoperative Cau‐tion, ReducedGround Clearance

! Take the restricted ground clearance into account when the activeaerodynamics profile is extended.

The active aerodynamics profile cannot fully extend or retract andreverses when possible.When extension/retraction of the active aerodynamics profile isblocked:X Make sure that the cause of the block is eliminated.X Switch off the engine and lock the vehicle.X Start the vehicle after waiting a few minutes.The active aerodynamics profile returns to the original position.


Rear Spoiler Inoper‐ative Limit 125 mph The rear spoiler cannot be fully extended and extends as far as pos-sible.The speed of the vehicle is limited to 125 mph (200 km/h).If the extension/retraction of the rear spoiler is blocked, e.g. by ice:X Make sure that the cause of the block is eliminated.X Switch off the engine and lock the vehicle.X Start the vehicle after waiting a few minutes.The rear spoiler returns to the original position.


ÐPower Steering Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's Manual

The power steering is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

Phone No Service Your vehicle is outside the network provider's transmitter/receiverrange.X Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appearsin the multifunction display.

¥Check Washer Fluid

The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped belowthe minimum.X Add washer fluid (Y page 237).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

SmartKey


ÂKey Does Not Belongto Vehicle

You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock.X Use the correct SmartKey.

ÂTake Your Key fromIgnition

The SmartKey is in the ignition lock.X Remove the SmartKey.

ÂObtain a New Key

The SmartKey needs to be replaced.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

ÂReplace Key Battery

The SmartKey battery is discharged.X Change the batteries (Y page 68).

ÂDon't Forget YourKey

The SmartKey is not in the ignition lock. You have opened the driver'sdoor with the engine switched off.This display message is displayed for amaximum of 60 seconds and issimply a reminder.X Take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.

ÂKey Not Detected(white display message)

The SmartKey is currently undetected.X Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.If the SmartKey still cannot be detected:X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desiredposition.

ÂKey Not Detected(red display message)

The SmartKey is not in the vehicle.A warning tone also sounds.If the engine is switched off, you can no longer lock the vehicle cen-trally or start the engine.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Locate the SmartKey.X Pressa on the steering wheel to confirm the display message.


-board

computerand

displays


Because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves, theSmartKey is not detected whilst the engine is running.A warning tone also sounds.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and drive in SmartKeymode.

ÂInsert Key

The SmartKey is continually undetected.The SmartKey detection function has a temporary malfunction or isfaulty. A warning tone also sounds.X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desiredposition.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster

General notesSome systems carry out a self-diagnosis whenthe ignition is switched on. Therefore, some

indicator and warning lamps may light up orflash temporarily. This behavior is non-critical.These indicator and warning lamps only indicatea malfunction if they light up or flash after start-ing the engine or whilst driving.

Safety

Seat belts

Warning/indicatorlamp

N Signal typePossible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ü N After starting the engine, the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds.The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten theirseat belts.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 43).

ü N After starting the engine, the red seat belt warning lamp lights up. In addition, awarning tone sounds for up to 6 seconds.The driver's seat belt is not fastened.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 43).The warning tone ceases.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 193

On-board

computerand

displays

Z


N Signal typePossible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp lights up after the engine starts, as soon as thedriver's or the front-passenger door is closed.The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 43).The warning lamp goes out.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat.X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stow them in a secureplace.The warning lamp goes out.

ü N The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warningsounds.The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. The vehicle is beingdriven faster than 15mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15mph(25 km/h).X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 43).The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat. The vehicle is being driven fasterthan 15 mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stow them in a secureplace.The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases.

194 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays

Safety systems



$J N$ (USA only),J (Canada only): the red brake system warning lamp is litwhile the engine is running. A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe brake boosting effect ismalfunctioning and the braking characteristicsmay beaffected.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

$J N$ (USA only),J (Canada only): the red brake system warning lamp is litwhile the engine is running. A warning tone also sounds.There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not correct the malfunction.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

$ N USA only: the red brake system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.The multifunction display also shows a display message with the# symbol.The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z



! N The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.ABS (anti-lock braking system) is malfunctioning.If there is an additional warning tone, the EBD (electronic brake force distribution)is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for exam-ple.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The brakingdistance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility that other systems, suchas the navigation system or the automatic transmission, will not be available.

$J÷å!

N$ (USA only),J (Canada only): the red brakewarning lamp and the yellowESP® and ABS warning lamps are lit while the engine is running.ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove. The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard, for exam-ple.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The brakingdistance in an emergency braking situation can increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


-board

computerand

displays



÷ N The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or atleast one wheel has started to spin.Cruise control or Distance Pilot DISTRONIC is deactivated.X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary.X Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.X Do not deactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 61), it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 61).

÷ N The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.ESP® is malfunctioning.Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also malfunction.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listedabove.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

å N The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running or the ECOstart/stop function is activated.ESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGIf ESP® is switched off, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Reactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 61), it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 61).

X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.If ESP® cannot be activated:X Drive on carefully.X Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z



M N The yellow SPORT handlingmode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.SPORT handling mode is activated.

G WARNINGWhen SPORT handlingmode is switched on, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions descri-bed in the "Activating/deactivating ESP" section (Y page 61).

F! NF (USA only),! (Canada only): the red indicator lamp for the electricparking brake flashes or is lit and/or the yellow warning lamp for the electricparking brake is lit.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.

6 N The red restraint system warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.The restraint system is malfunctioning.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be triggered uninten-tionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked immediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

For further information about the restraint system, see (Y page 39).


-board

computerand

displays

Engine



; N The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.There may be a malfunction, for example:Rin the engine managementRin the fuel injection systemRin the exhaust systemRin the ignition systemRin the fuel systemThe emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergencymode.X Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop.In some states, youmust immediately visit a qualified specialist workshop as soonas the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up. This is due to the legal require-ments in effect in these states. If in doubt, check whether such legal regulationsapply in the state in which you are currently driving.

8 N The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is running.The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.X Refuel at the nearest gas station.

8 N The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.In addition, the; Check Engine warning lamp may light up.The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.X Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed.X If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed: close the fuel filler cap.X If the fuel filler cap is closed: visit a qualified specialist workshop.

? N The red coolant warning lamp lights up while the engine is running and thecoolant temperature gauge is at the start of the scale.The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gage is defective.The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored. There is a risk of enginedamage if the coolant temperature is too high.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z



? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running.The coolant level is too low.If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked orthe electric engine radiator fan may be malfunctioning.The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine hascooled down.

X Check the coolant level and add coolant, observing the warning notes(Y page 236).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have the engine coolant sys-tem checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow,slush or ice.

X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 ‡(120 †). Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.X Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain,and stop-and-go traffic.

? N The red coolant warning lamp comes on while the engine is running. A warningtone also sounds.The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 ‡ (120 †). The airflow to the engineradiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low.

G WARNINGThe engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged.Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause some fluids whichmay have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occurjust by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine hascooled down.

X Check the coolant level and add coolant, observing the warning notes(Y page 236).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have the engine coolant sys-tem checked.


-board

computerand

displays



X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow,slush or ice.

X At coolant temperatures below 248 ‡ (120 †), drive to the nearest qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain,and stop-and-go traffic.

Driving systems



· N The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is inmotion. A warningtone also sounds.You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at toohigh a speed.X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have to brake or takeevasive action.

Further information on the distance warning function of Active Brake Assist(Y page 58).


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Tires



h N The yellow tire pressuremonitorwarning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.The tire pressuremonitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires.

G WARNINGTire pressures that are too low pose the following hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatly impair tire trac-tion.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle withoutmaking any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Payattention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 122).X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tire(Y page 246).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 264).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

h N The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction)flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit.The tire pressure monitor is faulty.

G WARNINGThe system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


-board

computerand

displays

Vehicle



Ð N The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the engine is running.The power steering is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualified specialist work-shop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the nearest qualifiedspecialist workshop.


On-board

computerand

displays

Z

General notes

The multimedia system section in this Opera-tor's Manual describes the basic principles foroperation. More information can be found in theDigital Operator's Manual.



Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the multimedia system.The multimedia system calculates the route tothe destination without taking the following intoaccount, for example:Rtraffic lightsRstop and yield signsRparking or stopping restrictionsRroad narrowingRother road and traffic rules and regulationsThe multimedia system may give incorrect nav-igation recommendations if the actual street/traffic situation does not correspond with thedigital map's data.For example:Ra diverted routeRthe road layout or the direction of a one-waystreet has been changed

For this reason, you must always observe roadand traffic rules and regulations during yourjourney. Road and traffic rules and regulationsalways have priority over multimedia systemdriving recommendations.

Navigation announcements are intended todirect you while driving without diverting yourattention from the road and driving.Please always use this feature instead of con-sulting the map display for directions. Lookingat the icons ormap display can distract you fromtraffic conditions and driving, and increase therisk of an accident.This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for uncontrolled equip-ment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF)Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65.This equipment has very low levels of RF energythat is deemed to comply without maximumpermissive exposure evaluation (MPE). How-ever, it is recommended to install it at a distanceof at least 8 inches (approx. 20 cm) between theradiation source and a person's body (notincluding limbs such as hands, wrists, feet andlegs).

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Function restrictions

For safety reasons, some functions are restric-ted or unavailable while the vehicle is in motion.You will notice this, for example, because eitheryou will not be able to select certain menu itemsor a message will appear to this effect.

204 Function restrictionsMultim

ediasystem

Operating system

Overview

General notesWearing polarized sunglasses may impair yourability to read the display.The display has an automatic temperature-con-trolled switch-off feature. The brightness isautomatically reduced if the temperature is toohigh. The display may temporarily switch offcompletely.

Cleaning instructions! Do not touch the display. The display has avery sensitive high-gloss surface; there is arisk of scratching. If you have to clean thescreen, however, use a mild cleaning agentand a soft, lint-free cloth.

The display must be switched off and havecooled down before you start cleaning. Do notapply pressure to the display surface whencleaning it, as this could cause irreversible dam-age to the display.

Switching the multimedia systemon/offX Press theÄ control knob which is locatedon the center console to the right of the con-troller.

Adjusts the volumeX Turn theÄ control knob which is locatedon the center console to the right of the con-troller.

The volume is adjusted:Rfor the currently selected media sourceRduring traffic or navigation announcementsRin hands-free mode during a phone call

Switching the sound on or offX Press the8 button on the multifunctionsteering wheel.If the audio output is switched off, the statusline will show the8 symbol. If you switch

the media source or change the volume, thesound is automatically switched on.i You will hear navigation messages evenwhen the sound is muted (COMAND).

FunctionsThe multimedia system has the following func-tions:RRadio modeRMedia mode with media searchRSound systemRNavigation system (COMAND):RCommunication functionsRSIRIUS Weather (COMAND)RVehicle functions with system settingsRFavorites functions

ControllerThe controller in the center console lets you:Rselect menu items on the displayRenter charactersRselect a destination on the mapRsave entriesThe controller can be:Rturned3Rslid left or right1Rslid forwards or back4Rslid diagonally2Rpressed briefly or pressed and held7

Back buttonYou can use the% button to exit amenu or tocall up the display of the current operatingmode.X To exit the menu: briefly press the%button.The multimedia system changes to the nexthigher menu level in the current operatingmode.

X To call up the highest levelmenu: press the% button for longer than two seconds.

Operating system 205

Multim

ediasystem

Z

Touchpad

Switching the touchpad on/offMultimedia system:X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐tingsQTouchpadQActivate Touch‐pad.The touchpad is switched on O or off ª.

Operating the touchpad

: Touch-sensitive surface; Favorites button= Calls up quick access for audio? Back buttonNavigating in menus and lists can be done viatouch-sensitive surface: by swiping withyour finger.X To select themenu item: swipe up, down, tothe left or right.

X Press the touchpad.X To move the digital map: swipe in all direc-tions.

Swiping with two fingers, e.g. using this func-tion:X To show or hide the audio menu: swipe upor down with two fingers.

X To increase or reduce the vehicle andsound settings: turn two fingers to the rightor left.

X To zoom in and out of the map (COMAND):move two fingers together or apart.

Character entry with handwriting rec-ognition

Entering charactersX Use one finger to write characters on the sur-face.The character is entered in the input line. Ifthe character that you have entered can beinterpreted in different ways, these charactersuggestions are displayed.

X If character suggestions are shown, turn andpress the controller.

X Resume the character entry on the touchpad.

Handwriting recognition

Example: COMAND: Active input line; Inserts a space= Character entered on the touchpad? Deletes charactersX To display the menu: press the touchpad.

Example: COMAND: To exit the menu; To return to handwriting recognition= To use the phone book or text templates? To select the input line or changes the posi-

tion of the cursor

206 Operating systemMultim

ediasystem

A To switch the languageB To finish character entryX To select the input line: selectp.X Swipe up or down.X To move the cursor within the input line:selectp.

X Swipe to the left or right.X To delete characters: swipe to the left if aninput line is selected.

X To confirm the entry: press the touchpad.

Switching the text reader function of thehandwriting recognition on/offMultimedia system:X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐tingsQTouchpadQRead Out Hand‐writing Recognition.The read-aloud function is switched on O oroff ª.

Quick access for audio

Changing the station/music track

Depending on the audio source that is currentlyactivated, you can use this function to select thenext station or music track.X Swipe upwards with two fingers on the touch-pad.The current audio source is displayed.

X To select the previous or next station/music track: glide to the right or left.The selected station/music track is played.

Switching the character entry betweentouchpad and controllerRequirement: an input line for text, numbers orcharacters has been selected.

X To switch to the controller: press the con-troller.Character entry using the controller is active.

X To switch to the touchpad: press the touch-pad with your finger.Handwriting recognition on the touchpad isactive.

Favorites

Calling up and exiting favoritesX To call up: press theß button on the con-troller or on the touchpad.

X Select a favorite, e.g. Vehicle.The favorites are displayed.

X To exit: press theß button again.

Adding favorites

Adding predefined favorites

Example: favorites arranged in one row: Adds a new favorite; Renames a selected favorite= Moves a selected favorite? Deletes a selected favoriteX Press theß button.The favorites are displayed.

X Slide6 the controller.The menu bar is shown.

X Select Reassign.The categories are displayed.

X Select a category.The favorites are displayed.

X Select a favorite.X Add a favorite at the desired position.If a favorite has already been added at thisposition, it will be overwritten.


Multim

ediasystem

Z

Adding your own favoritesX Select VehicleQClimate Control.X Press and hold theß button until thefavorites are displayed.

X Add a favorite at the desired position.If a favorite has already been added at thisposition, it will be overwritten.

Climate control settings

General notesYou can adjust the climate control settingsusing the climate control bar or the climate con-trol menu.Important climate control functions can be setin the climate control bar:RTemperatureRAirflowRAir distributionThe climate control bar is visible in most dis-plays.You can find all available climate control func-tions in the climate control menu. You can usethe climate control bar to switch to the climatecontrol menu.

Overview

Climate control bar (COMAND): Adjusts temperature, air distribution, dis-

plays the current settings; Calls up the climate control menu, displays

the current cooling and climate mode set-tings

= Adjusts airflow and temperature, displaysthe current settings

There may be fewer settings or none dependingon your vehicle's equipment.

Calling up the climate control barMultimedia system:X Select Vehicle.The vehicle menu is displayed.

X Slide6 the controller repeatedly until theclimate control bar is activated.

Calling up the climate control menuMultimedia system:X Select Vehicle.The vehicle menu is displayed.

X Slide6 the controller repeatedly until theclimate control bar is activated.

X To select from climate control bar;: turnand press the controller.The menu for selecting the climate controlfunction is activated.

X To select the climate control function: turnand press the controller.The selected climate control functionappears.

Settings in the climate menu

Adjusting the climate mode settingsThe climate mode determines the type of air-flow. The setting is active when the air-condi-tioning system is set toÃ (Y page 100).X Call up the climate control menu(Y page 208).

X To select Climate Mode: turn and press thecontroller.

X To change the setting: turn the controller.X To exit the menu: press the% button.The climate mode bar displays the current air-flow setting: DIFFUSE, MEDIUM or FOCUS.Settings in the bottom bar of the cli-mate control menu

Switching cooling with air dehumidifica-tion on/offX Call up the climate control menu(Y page 208).

X Slide6 the controller repeatedly until thebottom bar is activated.


ediasystem

X To select O A/C: turn and press the control-ler.

X Switch cooling with air dehumidification onO or off ª.

i The current status of the cooling function isdisplayed in the climate control bar: A/C ON– activated, A/C OFF – deactivated.

i Deactivating the cooling with air dehumidi-fication function reduces fuel consumption.

Synchronizing the climate control set-tingsUse O Sync (synchronization) to select the cli-mate control setting for all zones together O orseparately ª.X Call up the climate control menu(Y page 208).

X Slide6 the controller repeatedly until thebottom bar is activated.

X To select O Sync: turn and press the con-troller.

X Switch the synchronization function on O oroff ª.

For further information on synchronizing climatecontrol settings, see (Y page 101).

Navigation mode



Youmust observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenoperating the navigation system.

General notesAmong other things, correct functioning of thenavigation systemdepends onGPS reception. Incertain situations, GPS reception may beimpaired, there may be interference or theremay be no reception at all, e.g. in tunnels orparking garages.The following descriptions apply to navigationwith COMAND. Further information can befound in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Selecting a route type and route optionsMultimedia system:X Select NaviQNavigation.X SelectZQRoute Settings.i If route guidance is active, first slide6 thecontroller and show the menu.

X Select a route type.Notes for route types:REco RouteCalculates an economic route.RDynamic Traffic Route (only available inthe USA)Traffic reports on the route for the route guid-ance are taken into account.RCalculate Alternative RoutesDifferent routes are being calculated. Insteadof Start, select the Continue menu item.

X To avoid/use route options: select AvoidOptions.

X Select a route option.Notes for route options:RUse Toll RoadsThe route calculation includes roads whichrequire you to pay a usage fee (toll).RUse Carpool Lanes (only available in theUSA)Prerequisite: your vehicle meets the accessconditions for carpool lanes.Carpool lanes will be included if the carpoollanes option is activated.

Entering an addressMultimedia system:X Select NaviQNavigation.X Select DestinationQAddress Entry.


Multim

ediasystem

Z

i If route guidance is active, first slide6 thecontroller and show the menu.

Enter an address, e.g. as follows:RCity or ZIP code, street, house numberRCountry, city or ZIP codeRCity or ZIP code, centerRStreet, city or ZIP code, intersectionX Select City.The city in which the vehicle is currently loca-ted (current vehicle position) is at the top.Below this, you will see locations for whichroute guidance has already been carried out.

X Enter the city.TheG symbol: the location is contained onthe digital map multiple times.

X To switch to the list: slide the5 control-ler.

X Select the location.If available, the ZIP code is shown. If there aredifferent ZIP codes available for the location,the corresponding digits are displayedwith anX.

X Enter the street and house number.The address is in the menu.

Further options for destination entry:RKeyword searchThe keyword search finds destinations usingfragments of words.Rselect the last destinationRselect a contactRselect a POIYou can search for a POI by location, name ortelephone number.Rselect destination on the mapRenter intermediate destinationYou can map the route to the destinationyourself with up to four intermediate destina-tions.Rselect destinations from Mercedes-BenzAppsRselect geo-coordinates

Calculating the routePrerequisite: the address has been entered andis in the menu.X Select Start or Continue.The route is calculatedwith the selected routetype and the selected route options.

If route guidance has already been activated,a prompt will appear asking whether you wishto end the current route guidance.

X Select Yes or Set as Intermediate Des‐tination.Yes cancels the current route guidance andstarts route calculation to the new destina-tion.Set as Intermediate Destination addsthe new destination in addition to the existingdestination and opens the intermediate des-tinations list.

Connecting a mobile phone(COMAND)

RequirementsFor telephony via the Bluetooth® interface, yourequire at least one Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone depending on use of one-telephonemode or two-telephone mode. The mobilephone must support Hands-Free Profile 1.0 orabove.In two-telephone mode you can use all thefunctions of the multimedia system with themain telephone. With the additional tele-phone, you can receive incoming calls.Multimedia system:X Select VehicleQSystem Set‐tingsQActivate Bluetooth.X Activate Bluetooth® O.Mobile phone:X Activate Bluetooth® and, if necessary, Blue-tooth® visibility for other devices (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).

The Bluetooth® device names for all of oneman-ufacturer's products might be identical. Tomake it possible to clearly identify your mobilephone, change the device name (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).If the mobile phone supports the PBAP (PhoneBook Access Profile) and MAP (MessageAccess Profile) Bluetooth® profiles, the follow-ing information will be transmitted after youconnect:Rphone bookRcall listsRmessages


ediasystem

i Further information on suitable mobilephones can be obtained on the Internet at:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect

i In the USA, you can get in touch with theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centeron 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372).In Canada, you can get in touch with the Cus-tomer Relations Center on 1-800-387-0100.

Searching for and authorizing a mobilephoneBefore using your mobile phone with the multi-media system for the first time, you will need tosearch for the phone and then authorize (con-nect) it. Depending on themobile phone, author-ization either takes place by means of SecureSimple Pairing or by entering a passkey. Themultimedia system automatically makes theprocedure that is relevant for yourmobile phoneavailable. The mobile phone is always connec-ted automatically after authorization. Furtherinformation on using a mobile phone with themultimedia system (see the Digital Operator'sManual).If the multimedia system does not detect yourmobile phone, this may be due to particularsecurity settings on your mobile phone (see themanufacturer's operating instructions).Only one mobile phone can be connected to themultimedia system at any one time.Searching for a mobile phoneMultimedia system:X Select PhoneQConnect DeviceQCon‐nect Another Device.X One-telephone mode: select Main Phone.X Two-telephone mode: select AdditionalPhone (Incoming Calls Only) when amobile phone is already connected.

X Select Start Search.X Select mobile phone.Connecting a mobile phoneAuthorization via Secure Simple PairingX The code on the multimedia system andmobile phone are the same: select Yes onthe multimedia system.

X Confirm the code on the mobile phone, ifrequired. Depending on the mobile phoneused, confirm the connection to the multime-

dia system and for the PBAP and MAP Blue-tooth® profiles. The prompt to confirm maytake up to two minutes to be displayed (seethe manufacturer's operating instructions).

X If the codes are different: select No on themultimedia system.The process is canceled.Repeat authorization.

Authorization via passkey entry (access code)X Choose a one to sixteen-digit number combi-nation as a passkey.

X Enter the passkey on the multimedia system.X Press ¬ to confirm.X Enter and confirm the passkey on the mobilephone. Depending on the mobile phone used,confirm the connection to themultimedia sys-tem and for the PBAP and MAP Bluetooth®profiles. The prompt to confirm may take upto two minutes to be displayed (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

Media mode

General notesIf you wish to play external media sources, theappropriatemediamodemust already be turnedon. Further information on media mode (see theDigital Operator's Manual).The following external media sources can beused:RApple® devices (e.g. iPhone®)RUSB devices (e.g. USB stick, MP3 player)RCD/DVD (COMAND)RSD cards (COMAND)RVia devices connected by Bluetooth®

i Information on the single DVD drive (see theDigital Operator's Manual).

Activating media modeMultimedia system:X Select MediaQDevices .The available media sources will be shown.

X Select the media source.Playable files are played.


Multim

ediasystem

Z

Inserting and removing the SD card(COMAND)

Important safety notesG WARNINGSD cards are small parts. They can be swal-lowed and cause choking. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Keep the SD card out of the reach of children.If a SD card is swallowed, seek medical atten-tion immediately.

! If you are no longer using the SD card, youshould remove it and store it outside the vehi-cle. High temperatures can damage the card.

Inserting an SD cardThe SD card slot is located in the stowage com-partment under the armrest.X Insert the SD card into the SD card slot untilthe SD card engages. The side with the con-tacts must face down.

X Select the media source (Y page 211).

Removing an SD cardX Press the SD card.The SD card is ejected.

X Remove the SD card.

Connecting USB devices

There are two USB ports in the stowage spaceunder the armrest.X Connect the USB device to the USB port.X Select the media source (Y page 211).


ediasystem

Stowage areas

Loading guidelines

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbonmonoxide. If the tailgateis open when the engine is running, particu-larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumescould enter the passenger compartment.There is a risk of poisoning.Turn off the engine before opening the tail-gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.

G WARNINGIf objects, luggage or loads are not secured ornot secured sufficiently, they could slip, tipover or be flung around and thereby hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping before thejourney.

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim canbecome very hot. If you come into contactwith these parts of the vehicle, you could burnyourself. There is a risk of injury.Always be particularly careful around theexhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim. Allowthese components to cool down before touch-ing them.

! This vehicle is not designed to transportitems on the roof. Roof carriers and otherdevices which are mounted on the roof thathave not been specifically approved for thismodel byMercedes-Benzmust not be used asthey could damage the vehicle and theretractable hardtop (vario-roof).At the time of going to print, Mercedes-Benzdoes not offer any roof carrier or other roof-installed devices for this model.

! This vehicle is not designed for objects suchas luggage carriers or other devices to beinstalled or transported on the trunk lid.

The handling characteristics of a laden vehicleare dependent on the distribution of the loadwithin the vehicle. For this reason, you shouldobserve the following notes when transporting aload:RNever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle mass or the gross axle weightrating for the vehicle (including occupants).The values are specified on the vehicle iden-tification plate on the B-pillar of the driver'sdoor.RThe cargo compartment is the preferred placeto carry objects.RPosition heavy loads as far forward as possi-ble and as low down in the cargo compart-ment as possible.RThe load must not protrude above the upperedge of the seat backrests.RHook in the cargo net when loading.RSecure the load with sufficiently strong andwear-resistant tie-downs. Pad sharp edges forprotection.

Stowage spaces


G WARNINGIf you transport objects in the vehicle interiorand these are not adequately secured, theycould slip or be flung around and therebystrike vehicle occupants. In addition, cupholders, open stowage spaces and mobilephone brackets may not always be able tohold the objects placed in them in the event ofan accident. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sharp braking or suddenchanges of direction.RAlways stow objects in such a way that theycannot be tossed about in these or similarsituations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude out of the stowage spaces, luggagenets or stowage nets.

Stowage areas 213

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

REnsure that closable stowage spaces areshut before beginning your journey.RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or large objects inthe cargo compartment.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 213).

Glove box

X To open: pull handle: and open glove boxflap;.

X To close: fold glove box flap; up until itengages.

The glove box can be locked and unlocked usingthe mechanical key.X To lock: insert the mechanical key into thelock and turn it to key position2.

X To unlock: insert the mechanical key into thelock and turn it to key position1.

Stowage compartment in front of thearmrest

X To open: slide cover: forwards.

Stowage compartment under armrest

X To open: press button:.The stowage compartment opens from therear.

Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the fol-lowing may be in the stowage space:Ra multimedia connector unit with an SD cardslot and two USB ports, for example, for usewith an iPod®, iPhone® orMP3 player (see theDigital Operator's Manual).

The ignition lock for starting the engine with theSmartKey is in the stowage compartment(Y page 106).

214 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Additional stowage spaceDepending on the equipment, the followingadditional stowage areas are available in thevehicle:Ropen stowage compartments in the doorsRstowage net in the front-passenger footwellRa net on the rear wall behind the driver's seatprovides stowage space for small objectssuch as a reflective safety jacket

i Reflective safety jackets can be stored inthe door stowage compartments.

Observe the safety guidelines for stowagespaces (Y page 213).

Cargo compartment cover


G WARNINGOn its own, the cargo compartment covercannot secure or restrain heavy objects,items of luggage and heavy loads. You couldbe hit by an unsecured load during suddenchanges in direction, braking or in the event ofan accident. There is an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g. byusing tie downs, even if you are using thecargo compartment cover.

The cargo compartment cover conceals objectsin the vehicle's cargo compartment.

Attaching and detaching the cargo com-partment cover

X To attach: pull the cargo compartment coverby grab handle: and attach it to retainers;on the left and right-hand sides.

X To detach: detach the cargo compartmentcover from retainers; and guide it forwardsby grab handle: above retainers;, until itis completely rolled up.

Cargo net


G WARNINGOn its own, the cargo net cannot secure orrestrain heavy objects, items of luggage andheavy loads. You could be hit by an unsecuredload during sudden changes in direction,braking or in the event of an accident. There isan increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g. byusing tie downs, even if you are using thecargo net.

It is important to use a cargo net if you load thevehicle with small objects above the seat backr-ests. For safety reasons, always use a cargo netwhen transporting loads.Remove the cargo net from the bag supplied inthe cargo compartment.X Unroll and unfold the cargo net.

Stowage areas 215

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Attaching and tightening the cargo net

X To attach and tighten: push the seats as farback as possible.

X From the vehicle interior, insert hooks: intoupper retainers; and turn back by 90°.Upper tensioning hook= stretches the cargonet automatically.

X Attach hooks? to lower retainersA.X After driving a short distance, check the ten-sion of the cargo net.

X To loosen and detach: turn back hooks:by 90° and detach from upper retainer;.

X Detach hooks? from lower retainersA.X To stow: fold the cargo net, roll it up and stowit in the in bag supplied.

Features

Cup holder


G WARNINGIf you transport objects in the vehicle interiorand these are not adequately secured, they

could slip or be flung around and therebystrike vehicle occupants. In addition, cupholders, open stowage spaces and mobilephone brackets may not always be able tohold the objects placed in them in the event ofan accident. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sharp braking or suddenchanges of direction.RAlways stow objects in such a way that theycannot be tossed about in these or similarsituations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude out of the stowage spaces, luggagenets or stowage nets.REnsure that closable stowage spaces areshut before beginning your journey.RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or large objects inthe cargo compartment.

! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. The drinkscould otherwise spill.

Cup holder in the center console

X To open: slide cover: forward until itengages.

The divider in the cup holder can be removed,e.g. for inserting smaller drinks cans.X To remove: pull the divider up and remove it.X To install: re-insert the divider and push itdown until it engages.

You can remove the rubbermat of cup holder;to clean it. Clean with clear, lukewarm wateronly.

216 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Sun visors


G WARNINGIf themirror cover of the vanitymirror is foldedup when the vehicle is in motion, you could beblinded by incident light. There is a risk of anaccident.Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

Sun visor (variant 1)

: Mirror light; Retainer= Retaining clip, e.g. for a car park ticket? Vanity mirrorA Mirror cover

Sun visor (variant 2)

: Mirror light; Retainer= Retaining strip, e.g. for a parking lot ticket? Vanity mirrorA Mirror cover

Vanity mirror in the sun visorMirror light: only functions if the sun visor isclipped into retainer; andmirror coverA hasbeen folded up.

Moving the sun visor(sun visor variant 1 only)

X Fold down the sun visor.X Slide the sun visor horizontally as desired.

Glare from the side

X Fold down sun visor:.X Pull sun visor: out of bracket;.X Swing sun visor: to the side.X Slide sun visor: horizontally as required.

Ashtray! The stowage space under the ashtray is notheat resistant. Before placing lit cigarettes inthe ashtray, make sure that the ashtray isproperly engaged. Otherwise, the stowagespace could be damaged.

Features 217

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

You can place insert? into the cup holder onthe left-hand or right-hand side.X Slide cover: forwards until it engages.X To open: lift up lid;.X To close: press lid; downwards.X To remove: pull ashtray= up and out ofinsert?.

X To insert: place ashtray= into insert?.Remove insert? to be able to use the entirecup holder. Store removed insert? and ashtray= in a suitable place. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 213).

Cigarette lighter

G WARNINGYou can burn yourself if you touch the hotheating element or the socket of the cigarettelighter.In addition, flammable materials can ignite if:Rthe hot cigarette lighter fallsRa child holds the hot cigarette lighter toobjects, for example

There is a risk of fire and injury.Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob.Always make sure that the cigarette lighter isout of reach of children. Never leave childrenunsupervised in the vehicle.

Your attention must always be focused on thetraffic conditions. Only use the cigarette lighterwhen road and traffic conditions permit.

X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To open: slide cover: forward until itengages.

X Press in cigarette lighter;.Cigarette lighter;will pop out automaticallywhen the heating element is red-hot.

X To close: briefly press cover: at the front.

12 V sockets

General notesX Select key position1 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

The sockets can be used for accessories with amaximum draw of 180 W (15 A). Accessoriesinclude such items as chargers for mobilephones.If you use the sockets for long periods when theengine is switched off, the battery may dis-charge.An emergency cut-out ensures that the on-board voltage does not drop too low. If the on-board voltage is too low, the power to the sock-ets is automatically cut. This ensures that thereis sufficient power to start the engine.

218 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Socket in the cargo compartment

X Lift up the cover of socket:.

mbrace

General notesThe mbrace system is only available in the USA.A license agreement must be in place in order toactivate the mbrace service. Make sure thatyour system is activated and operational. Toregister, press theï Info call button. If any ofthe steps mentioned are not carried out, thesystem may not be activated.If you have questions about the activation, con-tact one of the following telephone hotlines:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center at1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372) or1-866-990-9007Shortly after successfully registering with thembrace service, a user ID and password will besent to you by mail. You can use this passwordto log onto the mbrace area under "OwnersOnline" at http://www.mbusa.com.The system is available if:Rit has been activated and is operationalRthe corresponding mobile phone network isavailable for transmitting data to the Cus-tomer CenterRa service subscription is availableDetermining the location of the vehicle on amapis only possible if:RGPS reception is availableRthe vehicle position can be forwarded to theCustomer Assistance Center

The mbrace systemTo adjust the volume during a call, proceed asfollows:X Press theW orX button on the multi-function steering wheel.

orX Use the multimedia system volume control.The system offers various services, e.g.:RAutomatic and manual emergency callRRoadside Assistance callRInfo callYou can find information and a description of allavailable features under "Owners Online" athttp://www.mbusa.com.

System self-testAfter you have switched on the ignition, the sys-tem carries out a self-diagnosis.A malfunction in the system has been detectedif one of the following occurs:RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button does notcome on during the system self-test.RThe indicator lamp in the F RoadsideAssistance button does not light up duringself-diagnosis of the system.RThe indicator lamp in theï Info call buttondoes not light up during the system self-diag-nosis.RThe indicator lamp in one or more of the fol-lowing buttons continues to light up red afterthe system self-diagnosis:- SOS button- F Roadside Assistance call button- ï Info call buttonRThe Inoperative or the Service NotActivated message appears in the multi-function display after the system self-diagno-sis.

If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above,the system may not operate as expected. In theevent of an emergency, help will have to besummoned by other means.Have the system checked at the nearest author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center or call the followingtelephone assistance services:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center at1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372) or1-866-990-9007.

Features 219

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Emergency call

Important safety notesG WARNINGIt can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle,even if you have pressed the SOS button in anemergency if:Ryou see smoke inside or outside of the vehi-cle, e.g. if there is a fire after an accidentRthe vehicle is on a dangerous section ofroadRthe vehicle is not visible or cannot easily beseen by other road users, particularly whendark or in poor visibility conditions

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi-lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so.Move to a safe location along with other vehi-cle occupants. In such situations, secure thevehicle in accordance with national regula-tions, e. g. with a warning triangle.

General notesObserve the notes on system activation(Y page 219).The emergency call is triggered automatically ifan air bag is deployed or an Emergency Ten-sioning Device is triggered. You cannot end anautomatically triggered emergency call yourself.An emergency call can also be initiated man-ually.As soon as the emergency call has been initi-ated, the indicator lamp in the SOS buttonflashes. The Connecting Call messageappears in the multifunction display.The audio output is muted.Once the connection has been made, the CallConnected message appears in the multifunc-tion display.All important information on the emergency istransmitted, for example:RCurrent location of the vehicle (as determinedby the GPS system)RVehicle identification numberRInformation on the severity of the accidentShortly after the emergency call has been initi-ated, a voice connection is automatically estab-

lished between theCustomer AssistanceCenterand the vehicle occupants.RIf the vehicle occupants respond, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerattempts to get more information on theemergency.RIf there is no response from the vehicle occu-pants, an ambulance is immediately sent tothe vehicle.RIf the relevant mobile phone network is notavailable, no emergency call can be initiated.The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashescontinuously.No voice connection can be established to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.

The Call Failedmessage appears on the mul-tifunction display and must be confirmed.In this case, summon assistance by othermeans.

Making an emergency call

X To initiate an emergency call manually:press cover: briefly to open.

X Press and hold the SOS button for at least onesecond;.The indicator lamp in SOS button; flashesuntil the emergency call is concluded.

X Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.

X After the emergency call, close cover:.If the mobile phone network is unavailable,mbrace will not be able to make the emergencycall. If you leave the vehicle immediately afterpressing SOS button;, you do not know ifmbrace has successfully made the emergencycall. In this case, always summon assistance byother means.

220 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Roadside Assistance button

X To call: press Roadside Assistance but-ton:.This initiates a call to theMercedes-Benz Cus-tomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistancebutton: flashes while the call is active. TheConnecting Call message appears in themultifunction display. The audio output ismuted.

If a connection can be established, the CallConnected message appears in the multifunc-tion display.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:RCurrent location of the vehicleRVehicle identification numberThe multimedia system display indicates that acall is active. During the call, you can change tothe navigation menu by pressing the NAVI but-ton on the multimedia system, for example.Voice output is not available in this case.A voice connection is established between theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerand the vehicle occupants.From the remote malfunction diagnosis, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centercan ascertain the nature of the problem(Y page 224).The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter either sends a qualifiedMercedes-Benz tech-nician or makes arrangements for your vehicleto be transported to the nearest Mercedes-BenzService Center.You may be charged for services such as repairwork and/or towing.

You can find more information in the separatembrace manual.The system has not been able to initiate a Road-side Assistance call, if:Rthe F indicator lamp for the RoadsideAssistance call button is flashing continu-ously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center was estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phone net-work is not available, for example.The Call Failedmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display.X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding multimedia systembutton for ending a phone call.

Info call button

X To call: press Info call button:.This initiates a call to theMercedes-Benz Cus-tomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in Info call button:flashes while the connection is being made.The Connecting Call message appears inthe multifunction display. The audio output ismuted.

If a connection can be established, the CallConnected message appears in the multifunc-tion display.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:RCurrent location of the vehicleRVehicle identification number

Features 221

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

The multimedia system display indicates that acall is active. During the call, you can change tothe navigation menu by pressing the NAVI but-ton on COMAND, for example.Voice output is not available in this case.A voice connection is established between theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerand the vehicle occupants.You receive information about operating yourvehicle, about the nearest Mercedes-Benz Ser-vice Center and about other products and serv-ices from Mercedes-Benz.You can find further information on the mbracesystem under "Owners Online" athttp://www.mbusa.com.The system was unable to initiate an Info call if:Rthe indicator lamp in the ï Info call buttonis flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center has been estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phone net-work is not available, for example.The Call Failedmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display.X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding multimedia systembutton for ending a phone call.

Call priorityWhen service calls are active, e.g. RoadsideAssistance or Info calls, an emergency call canstill be initiated. In this case, an emergency callwill take priority and override all other activecalls.The indicator lamp of the respective buttonflashes until the call is ended.An emergency call can only be terminated by theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.All other calls can be ended by pressing:Rthe~ button on themultifunction steeringwheelRthe corresponding button in the multimediasystem to end the voice call

When a call is initiated, the audio system ismuted.

The mobile phone is no longer connected to themultimedia system.However, if you want to use your mobile phone,do so only when the vehicle is stationary and ina safe location.

Downloading destinations in COMAND

Downloading destinationsDownloading destinations gives you access to adatabase with over 15 million points of interest(POIs). These can be downloaded on the navi-gation system in your vehicle. If you know thedestination, the address can be downloaded.Alternatively, you can obtain the location ofPoints of Interest (POIs)/important destinationsin the vicinity.Furthermore, you can download routes with upto four way points.You are prompted to confirm route guidance tothe address entered.X SelectYes by turning3 or sliding1the controller and confirm with7.The system calculates the route and subse-quently starts the route guidance with theaddress entered.If you select No the address can be stored inthe address book.

The destination download function is availableif:Rthe vehicle is equipped with a navigation sys-tem.Rthe relevant mobile phone network is availa-ble and data transfer is possible.

Route AssistanceThis service is part of thembrace PLUS Packageand cannot be purchased separately.You can use the Route Assistance function evenif the vehicle is not equipped with a navigationsystem.Within the framework of this service, you receivea professional and reliable form of navigationsupport without having to leave your vehicle.The customer service representative finds asuitable route depending on your vehicle's cur-rent position and the desired destination. Youwill then be guided live through the current routesection.

222 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Search and Send

General notesTo use "Search & Send", your vehicle must beequipped with mbrace and a navigation system.Additionally, an mbrace service subscriptionmust be completed."Search & Send" is a service for entering desti-nations in the navigation system. A destinationaddress which is found on GoogleMaps® can betransferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle'snavigation system.

Specifying and sending the destinationaddressX Go to the website http://maps.google.comand enter a destination address into the entryfield.

X To send the destination address to the e-mail address of your mbrace account:click on the corresponding button on theweb-site.Example:If you select "Send to vehicle" and then"Mercedes-Benz", the destination addresswill be sent to your vehicle.

X When the "Send" dialog window appears:Enter the e-mail address you specified whensetting up your mbrace account into the cor-responding field.

X Click "Send".Information on specific commands such as"Address entry" or "Send" can be found on thewebsite.

Calling up a transmitted destinationaddressX Turn the SmartKey to position2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 106).The transmitted destination address is loadedinto the vehicle's navigation system.A display message appears, asking whethernavigation should be started.

X SelectYes by turning3 or sliding1the controller and confirm with7.The system calculates the route and subse-quently starts the route guidance with theaddress entered.If you select No the address can be stored inthe address book.

If you have sent more than one destinationaddress, each individual destination must beconfirmed separately.

Destination addresses are loaded in the sameorder as the order in which they were sent.If you have multiple Mercedes-Benz vehicleswith mbrace and active mbrace accounts:If multiple vehicles are registered under thesame e-mail address, the destination will besent to all the vehicles.

Vehicle remote openingYou can use the vehicle remote unlocking if youhave unintentionally locked your vehicle and areplacement SmartKey is not available.The vehicle can then be unlocked by theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.The vehicle can be immediately unlockedremotely within four days of the ignition beingturned off. After this time, the remote unlockingmay be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes. After30 days, the vehicle can no longer be unlockedremotely.The vehicle remote unlocking feature is availa-ble if the relevant mobile phone network is avail-able and a data connection is possible.X Contact the following service hotlines:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372)or 1-866-990-9007You will be asked for your password.

X Return to your vehicle at the time agreed uponwith the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assis-tance Center.

Alternatively, the vehicle can be opened via:Rthe Internet, under the "Owners Online" sec-tionRtelephone applications (e.g. for iPhone®,Android™)

To do this, you will need your identification num-ber and password.

Vehicle remote closingThe vehicle remote closing feature can be usedwhen you have forgotten to lock the vehicle andyou are no longer nearby.The vehicle can then be locked by theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center.

Features 223

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

The vehicle can be immediately remotely lockedwithin four days of the ignition being turned off.After this time, remote closing may be delayedby 15 to 60 minutes. After 30 days the vehiclecan no longer be locked remotely.The vehicle remote closing feature is available ifthe relevant mobile phone network is availableand a data connection is possible.X Contact the following service hotlines:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372)or 1-866-990-9007You will be asked for your password.

The next time you are inside the vehicle and youswitch on the ignition, the Doors LockedRemotelymessage appears in themultifunctiondisplay.Alternatively, the vehicle can be locked via:Rthe Internet, under the "Owners Online" sec-tionRtelephone applications (e.g. for iPhone®,Android™)

To do this, you will need your identification num-ber and password.

Stolen vehicle recovery serviceIf your vehicle has been stolen:X Notify the police.The police will issue a numbered incidentreport.

X Forward this number to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center along with yourPIN.The Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter then tries to locate the system. TheMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centercontacts you and the local law enforcementagency if the vehicle is located.However, only the law enforcement agency isinformed of the location of the vehicle.

If the anti-theft alarm system is activated forlonger than 30 seconds, mbrace automaticallynotifies the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assis-tance Center.

Vehicle Health CheckWith the Vehicle Health Check, the CustomerAssistance Center can provide improved sup-port for problems with your vehicle. During an

existing call, vehicle data is transferred to theCustomer Assistance Center.The customer service representative can usethe received data to decide what kind of assis-tance is required. You are then, for example,guided to the nearest Mercedes-Benz ServiceCenter or a recovery vehicle is called.If vehicle data need to be transferred during anInfo call or a Roadside Assistance call, this isinitiated by the Customer Assistance Center.The Roadside Assistance Connected mes-sage appears in the display. If the Vehicle HealthCheck can be started, the Request for Vehi‐cle Diagnostics Received Start vehi‐cle diagnostics? message appears in thedisplay.X Press the Yes button to confirm themessage.X If the Vehicle Diagnostics PleaseStart Ignition message appears: turn theSmartKey to key position2 in the ignitionlock (Y page 106).

X If the Please follow the instructionsreceived by phone and move your vehi‐cle to a safe position. messageappears: please follow the instructionsreceived by phone and move your vehicle to asafe position.The message in the display disappears.The vehicle operating state check begins.During this procedure, you will see the Vehi‐cle Diagnostics Active message.If you select Cancel, the Vehicle HealthCheck is canceled completely.

When the check is complete, the Sendingvehicle diagnostics data. (Voice con‐nection may be interrupted duringdata transfer)message appears. The vehicledata can now be sent.X Press the OK button to confirm the message.The voice connection with the CustomerAssistance Center is terminated.The Vehicle Diagnostics: Transfer‐ring Data... message appears.The vehicle data is sent to the CustomerAssistance Center.

Depending on what the customer service rep-resentative agreed with you, the voice connec-tion is re-established after the transfer is com-plete. If necessary, you will be contacted at alater time by another means, e.g. by e-mail orphone.

224 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Another function of the Vehicle Health Check isthe transfer of service data to the CustomerAssistanceCenter. If a service is due, the displayshows a message to this effect together withinformation about any special offers at yourworkshop.This information can also be called up under"Owners Online" at http://www.mbusa.com.Information on the data stored in the vehicle(Y page 29).Information on Roadside Assistance(Y page 26).

Downloading routesDownloading routes allows you to transfer andsave predefined routes in the navigation sys-tem.A route can be prepared and sent either by acustomer service representative or under "Own-ers Online" at http://www.mbusa.com.Each route can include up to four way points.Once a route has been received by the naviga-tion system, you will see the Do you want tostart route guidance? DestinationReceived destination has been savedin "Previous destinations". message onthe multimedia system display.The route is saved.X To start route guidance: select Yes.An overview of the route is shown in the dis-play.If you select No, the saved route can be calledup later in the navigation menu.

X Select Start.Route guidance starts.

Downloaded and saved routes can be called upagain.

Speed alertYou can define the upper speed limit, whichmust not be exceeded by the vehicle.If the vehicle exceeds the set speed, a messageis sent to the Customer Assistance Center. TheCustomer Assistance Center then forwards thisinformation to you.You can select the way in which you receive thisinformation beforehand. Possible optionsinclude text message, e-mail or an automatedcall.

The data you receive contains the followinginformation:Rthe location where the speed limit was excee-dedRthe time at which the speed limit was excee-dedRthe selected speed limit which was exceeded

Geo fencingGeo fencing allows you to select areaswhich thevehicle should not enter or leave. You will beinformed if the vehicle crosses the boundariesof the selected areas. You can select the way inwhich you receive this information beforehand.Possible options include text message, e-mail oran automated call.The area can be determined as either a circle ora polygon with a maximum of ten corners. Youcan specify up to ten areas simultaneously. Dif-ferent settings are possible for each area.These settings can be called up under "OwnersOnline" at http://www.mbusa.com.Alternatively, you can also trigger an Info calland notify the customer service representativethat you wish to activate geo-fencing.Currently inactive areas can be activated by textmessage.

Triggering the vehicle alarmWith this function, you can trigger the vehicle'spanic alarm via text message. An alarm soundsand the exterior lighting flashes. Depending onthe setting, the panic alarm lasts five or ten sec-onds. Afterwards, the alarm switches off.

Features 225

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Rear spoiler

Overview

The rear spoiler improves the handling of thevehicle. It adapts the vehicle's aerodynamics tothe operating conditions, dependent on thespeed of the vehicle.Only use button: to extend and retract therear spoiler manually for cleaning.Button: is not used to operate the rear spoiler.The rear spoiler is extended automatically if youdrive faster than:R75 mph (120 km/h) in drive programs C, Sand S+R44 mph (70 km/h) in drive program RACEButton: flashes until the rear spoiler hasextended and then lights up in red.The rear spoiler is retracted automatically whenyou drive slower than:R50mph (80 km/h) in drive programs C, S andS+R19 mph (30 km/h) in drive program RACEButton: flashes until the rear spoiler hasretracted and then goes out.

Extending and retracting the rearspoiler manually

G WARNINGBody parts could become trapped if you man-ually extend/retract the rear spoiler. There isa risk of injury.

Make sure that nobody is within the range ofmovement of the rear spoiler.If someone becomes trapped during retrac-tion of the rear spoiler, release the buttonimmediately. The rear spoiler then extendsagain.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

! Do not enter an automatic car wash with therear spoiler extended. Otherwise, the rearspoiler may be damaged.Only extend the rear spoiler in order to cleanit by hand. Retract it again when you have fin-ished cleaning it.

You can extend and retract the rear spoiler man-ually for cleaning.X Close the tailgate.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To extend: press button:.The rear spoiler is extended.Button: flashes until the rear spoiler hasextended and then lights up in red.

X To retract: press and hold button: until therear spoiler is completely retracted.Button: flashes until the rear spoiler hasretracted and then goes out.Rear Spoiler Retracts Manuallyappears in the display.

If you release button:while retracting the rearspoiler, it extends again automatically.

226 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Problems with the rear spoiler


The rear spoiler stopsbefore reaching the endposition when retractingmanually.

You have opened the tailgate while manually retracting the rearspoiler.X Close the tailgate.The rear spoiler extends or, if you press and hold the¬ button,continues retracting.

The rear spoiler stopsbefore reaching the endposition when retract-ing/extending manually.

You have switched off the ignition.X Switch the ignition back on.X Press the¬ button.The rear spoiler extends/retracts.

The rear spoiler cannotbe retracted again aftermanually extending it.

You have opened the tailgate while manually extending the rearspoiler.X Close the tailgate.

The rear spoiler does notextend or retract auto-matically.

The rear spoiler's movement is blocked, e.g. by an object jammedbetween the body and the rear spoiler.X Remove the object.

Active aerodynamics profile

Overview

The active aerodynamics profile is located at thefront end of the vehicle on the underbody. Itimproves the vehicle's aerodynamics dependingon the vehicle speed.Only use button: to extend and retract theactive aerodynamics profile manually for clean-ing.Button: is not used to operate the active aer-odynamics profile.

The active aerodynamics profile extends auto-matically if:Ryou drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) indrive programs C, S and S+.Ryou drive faster than 50mph (80 km/h) in theRACE drive program.

Button: flashes until the active aerodynamicsprofile has extended and then lights up red.The active aerodynamics profile retracts auto-matically if:Ryou drive slower than 50 mph (80 km/h) indrive programs C, S and S+.Ryou drive slower than 37 mph (60 km/h) inthe RACE drive program.

Button: flashes until the active aerodynamicsprofile has retracted and then goes out.

Extending and retracting the active aer-odynamics profile manually

G WARNINGBody parts could become trapped if you man-ually retract the active aerodynamics profile.There is a risk of injury.When retracting the active aerodynamics pro-file, make sure that nobody is within the range

Features 227

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

of movement of it. Release the switch imme-diately if somebody becomes trapped. Theactive aerodynamics profile then extendsagain.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

! Take the restricted ground clearance intoaccount when the active aerodynamics pro-file is extended.

You can extend and retract the active aerody-namics profile manually for cleaning.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X To extend: press and hold button: until theactive aerodynamics profile is fully extended.Button: flashes until the active aerodynam-ics profile has extended and then lights up inred.

Extending Spoilers Press and HoldSwitch appears in the display.X To retract: press and hold button: until theactive aerodynamics profile is fully retracted.Button: flashes until the active aerodynam-ics profile has retracted and then goes out.Retracting Spoilers Press and HoldSwitch appears in the display.

If you release button: while retracting theactive aerodynamics profile, retracting stops.Retracting continues when you press the buttonagain.If you release button: while extending theactive aerodynamics profile, extending stops.Extending continues when you press the buttonagain.

Problems with the active aerodynamics profile


The active aerodynamicsprofile stops movingwhen retracting orextending manually.

You have switched off the ignition.X Switch the ignition back on.X Press button:.The active aerodynamics profile then retracts or extends.

The active aerodynamicsprofile does not extendmanually.

The active aerodynamics profile can only be retracted or extendedmanually when the vehicle is stationary and positionj is engaged.The active aerodynamics profile retracts automatically, as soon as thevehicle starts moving.

The active aerodynamicsprofile does not retractor extend automatically.

The active aerodynamics profile's movement is blocked, e.g. by atrapped object.X Remove the object.

Garage door opener

General notesThe HomeLink® garage door opener integratedin the rear-view mirror allows you to operate upto three different door and gate systems.Use the integrated garage door opener only ongarage doors that:Rhave safety stop and reverse features andRmeet current U.S. federal safety standards

Once programed, the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror will assume thefunction of the garage door system's remotecontrol. Please also read the operating instruc-tions for the garage door system.When programming a garage door opener, parkthe vehicle outside the garage. Do not run theengine while programming.Certain garage door drives are incompatiblewith the integrated garage door opener. If youhave difficulty programing the integrated garage

228 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

door opener, contact a Mercedes-Benz ServiceCenter.Alternatively, you can call the following tele-phone assistance services:RUSA: Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800 FOR-MERCEDESRCanada: Customer Service at1-800-387-0100RHomeLink® hotline 1-800-355-3515 (free ofcharge)

More information on HomeLink® and/or com-patible products is also available online athttp://www.homelink.com.Notes on the declaration of conformity(Y page 27).USA: FCC ID: CB2HMIHL4Canada: IC: 279B-HMIHL4


G WARNINGWhen you operate or program the garage doorwith the integrated garage door opener, per-sons in the range of movement of the garagedoor can become trapped or struck by thegarage door. There is a risk of injury.When using the integrated garage dooropener, always make sure that nobody iswithin the range of movement of the garagedoor.


Programming

Programming the buttonsPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 229).

Garage door remote controlA is not includedwith the integrated garage door opener.X Select SmartKey position2 with the Start/Stop button (Y page 106).

X Select one of buttons; to? to use to con-trol the garage door drive.

X To start programming mode: press andhold one of buttons; to? on the integratedgarage door opener.The garage door opener is now in program-ming mode. After a short time, indicatorlamp: lights up yellow.Indicator lamp: lights up yellow as soon asbutton;,= or? is stored for the first time.If the selected button has already been pro-gramed, indicator lamp: will only light upyellow after ten seconds have elapsed.

X Release button;,= or?. Indicatorlamp: flashes yellow.

X To program the remote control: pointgarage door remote controlA towards but-tons; to? on the rear-view mirror at a dis-tance of 2 to 8 in (5 to 20 cm).

X Press and hold buttonB on remote controlA until indicator lamp: lights up green.When indicator lamp: lights up green: pro-gramming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step is tosynchronize the rolling code (Y page 230).

X Release buttonB on remote controlA forthe garage door drive system.If indicator lamp: lights up red: repeat theprograming procedure for the correspondingbutton on the rear-view mirror. When doingso, vary the distance between remote controlA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remote con-trolA and the integrated garage door openerdepends on the garage door drive system.

Features 229

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Several attempts might be necessary. Youshould test every position for at least25 seconds before trying another position.

Synchronizing the rolling codePay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 229).If the garage door system uses a rolling code,you will also have to synchronize the garagedoor system with the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-viewmirror. To do this youwillneed to use the programming button on the doordrive control panel. The programming buttonmay be located in different places depending onthe manufacturer. It is usually located on thedoor drive unit on the garage ceiling.Familiarize yourself with the garage door driveoperating instructions, e.g. under "Program-ming additional remote controls", before carry-ing out the following steps.Your vehicle must be within reach of the garagedoor or gate opener drive. Make sure that nei-ther your vehicle nor any persons/objects arepresent within the sweep of the door or gate.X Select SmartKey position2 with the Start/Stop button (Y page 106).

X Get out of the vehicle.X Press the programming button on the doordrive unit.You now have 30 seconds to initiate the nextstep.

X Get into the vehicle.X Press previously programed button;,=or? on the integrated garage door openerrepeatedly until the door closes.The rolling code synchronization is then com-plete.

Notes on programming the remote con-trolCanadian radio frequency laws require a "break"(or interruption) of the transmission signalsafter broadcasting for a few seconds. Therefore,these signals may not last long enough for theintegrated garage door opener. The signal is notrecognized during programming. Comparablewith Canadian law, someU.S. garage door open-ers also feature a "break".

Proceed as follows:Rif you live in Canada.Rif you have difficulties programming thegarage door opener (regardless of where youlive) when following the programming steps.

X Press and hold one of buttons; to? on theintegrated garage door opener.After a short time, indicator lamp: lights upyellow.

X Release the button.Indicator lamp: flashes yellow.

X Press buttonB of garage door remote con-trolA for two seconds, then release it for twoseconds.

X Press buttonB again for two seconds.X Repeat this sequence on buttonB of remotecontrolA until indicator lamp: lights upgreen.When indicator lamp: lights up green: pro-gramming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step is tosynchronize the rolling code.

X Release buttonB of remote controlA of thegarage door drive.When indicator lamp: lights up red: repeatthe programming process for the correspond-ing button on the rear-view mirror. Whendoing so, vary the distance between remotecontrolA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remote con-trolA and the integrated garage door openerdepends on the garage door drive system.Several attempts might be necessary. Youshould test every position for at least25 seconds before trying another position.

Problems when programmingIf you are experiencing problems programmingthe integrated garage door opener on the rear-view mirror, take note of the following instruc-tions:RCheck the transmitter frequency used bygarage door drive remote controlA andwhether it is supported. The transmitter fre-quency can usually be found on the back ofremote controlA for the garage door drive.The integrated garage door opener is com-patible with devices that have units which

230 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

operate in the frequency range of 280 to433 MHz.RReplace the batteries in garage door remotecontrolA. This increases the likelihood thatgarage door remote controlA will transmit astrong and precise signal to the integratedgarage door opener.RWhen programming, hold remote controlAat varying distances and angles from but-tons; to?which you are programming. Tryvarious angles at a distance between 2and8 inches (5to 20 cm) or at the same angle butat varying distances.RIf a further remote controlA is available forthe same garage door drive, repeat the sameprogramming steps with this remote controlA. Before performing these steps,make surethat new batteries have been installed ingarage door drive remote controlA.RNote that some remote controls only transmitfor a limited amount of time (the indicatorlamp on the remote control goes out). PressbuttonB on remote controlA again beforetransmission ends.RAlign the antenna cable of the garage dooropener unit. This can improve signal recep-tion/transmission.

Opening/closing the garage doorAfter it has been programmed, the integratedgarage door opener performs the function of thegarage door system remote control. Please alsoread the operating instructions for the garagedoor system.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X Press button;,= or? which you pro-grammed to operate the garage door.Garage door system with a fixed code: indi-cator lamp: lights up green.Garage door system with a rolling code: indi-cator lamp: flashes green.The transmitter will transmit a signal as longas the button is pressed. The transmission ishalted after a maximum of ten seconds andindicator lamp: lights up yellow.

X Press button;,= or? again if necessary.

Clearing the memoryMake sure that you clear the memory of theintegrated garage door opener before selling thevehicle.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stopbutton (Y page 106).

X Press and hold buttons; and?.Indicator lamp: initially lights up yellow andthen green.

X Release buttons; and?.The memory of the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror is cleared.

Floormats


X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To install: place the floormat in position.X Press studs: onto retainers;.X To remove: pull the floormat off retainers;.X Remove the floormat.

Features 231

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Engine compartment

Hood


G WARNINGIf the hood is unlatched, it may open up whenthe vehicle is in motion and block your view.There is a risk of an accident.Never unlatch the hood while driving. Beforeevery trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

G WARNINGWhen opening and closing the hood, it maysuddenly fall into the closed position. There isa risk of injury to persons within range ofmovement of the hood.Open and close the hood only when no one iswithin its range of movement.


G WARNINGThe engine compartment contains movingcomponents. Certain components, such asthe radiator fan, may continue to run or startagain suddenly when the ignition is off. Thereis a risk of injury.If you need to do any work inside the enginecompartment:Rswitch off the ignitionRnever reach into the area where there is arisk of danger from moving components,such as the fan rotation area

Rremove jewelry and watchesRkeep items of clothing and hair, for exam-ple, away from moving parts

G WARNINGThe ignition system and the fuel injection sys-tem work under high voltage. If you touchcomponents which are under voltage, youcould get an electric shock. There is a risk ofinjury.Never touch components of the ignition sys-tem or fuel injection system when the ignitionis switched on.

Opening the hood

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that the windshield wipers arenot folded away from the windshield. Youcould otherwise damage the windshield wip-ers or the hood.

232 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areturned off.

X Pull release lever: on the hood.The hood is released.

X Reach into the gap, pull hood catch handle;up and lift the hood.If you lift the hood, the hood is opened andheld open automatically by the gas-filledstrut.

Closing the hood

G WARNINGWhen opening and closing the hood, it maysuddenly fall into the closed position. There isa risk of injury to persons within range ofmovement of the hood.Open and close the hood only when no one iswithin its range of movement.

X Lower the hood and let it fall from a height ofapproximately 8 in (20 cm).

X Check that the hood has engaged properly.If the hood can be raised slightly, it is notproperly engaged. Open it again and close itwith a little more force.

Engine oil

Notes on the oil levelDepending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 liters) of oil per600 miles (1,000 km). The oil consumption maybe higher than this when the vehicle is new or ifyou frequently drive at high engine speeds.Depending on the engine, the oil dipstickmay bein a different location.It is only possible to correctly measure the oillevel when:Rthe engine is at normal operating temperatureRthe vehicle is parked on a level surfaceRthe engine is left running in neutral for at least30 seconds before switching offThis applies when checking the oil level usingthe oil dipstick or on-board computer.

Checking the oil level using the oil dip-stick


It is only possible to correctly measure the oillevel with the oil dipstick when the engine is atnormal operating temperature and in a period of2 to minutes after the engine has been switchedoff.

Engine compartment 233

Maintenance

andcare

Z

X Pull oil dipstick: out of the dipstick guidetube.

X Wipe off oil dipstick:.

X Slowly slide oil dipstick: into the guide tubeto the stop, and take it out again.If the level is between MIN mark= and MAXmark;, the oil level is correct.

X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark= orbelow, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) engine oil.

Checking the oil level using the on-board computer

Calling up the oil level measurementX Select key position2 with the Start/Stop button.X Useò on the steering wheel to call up the list of menus.X Press the: or9 button on the steering wheel to select the Service menu.X Confirm by pressinga on the steering wheel.X Use: or9 to select the Engine Oil Level submenu.X Pressa to confirm the selection.The Measuring Engine Oil Level Accurate Only When Vehicle Is Level messageappears in the multifunction display.

The measurement takes a few seconds. You will see a message in the multifunction display. Themessages are explained in the following chapter.

Engine oil level display messagesDisplay messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Engine Oil Level OK The engine oil level is correct.

Check Engine OilLevel (Add 1 Liter)The engine oil level is too low.X Add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) of engine oil.

Reduce Engine OilLevelThe engine oil level is too high.X Have excess engine oil siphoned off.

For Engine OilLevel Ignition MustBe OnThe ignition is switched off.X Select key position2 with the Start/Stop button.

Need More Time toCheck Engine OilLevelThe required waiting period was not observed.X The engine must be at regular operating temperature.Measurements can only be taken within the first four minutes afterthe engine has been switched off.

Engine Oil LevelNot Measurable withEngine RunningThe engine is running; oil level measurement is not possible.X Switch off the engine.X Repeat the measurement. Observe the required waiting period.


andcare


Engine Oil LevelCorrect MeasurementOnly if Vehicle Ison Level Ground

The vehicle is not parked on a level surface.X Park the vehicle on a level surface.

Engine Oil LevelNot MeasurableOil level measurement with the oil dipstick is possible. The measuringsystem is malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Adding engine oil


G WARNINGIf engine oil comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next tothe filler neck. Let the engine cool down andthoroughly clean the engine oil off the com-ponents before starting the engine.

H Environmental noteWhen adding oil, take care not to spill any. Ifoil enters the soil or waterways, it is harmful tothe environment.

! Use only engine oils and oil filters that areapproved for vehicleswith a service system. Alist of the engine oils and oil filters that havebeen tested and approved in accordance withMercedes-Benz Specifications for ServiceProducts is available at any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

The following cause engine failure or damageto the exhaust system:RUse of engine oils and oil filters that havenot been expressly approved for the servicesystemRReplacement of engine oil and oil filter afterthe replacement interval specified by theservice system has expiredRUse of engine oil additives

! Do not add too much oil. If the oil level isabove the "max" mark on the dipstick, toomuch oil has been added. This can lead todamage to the engine or the catalytic con-verter. Have excess oil siphoned off.

Example: engine oil capX Turn cap: counter-clockwise and remove it.X Add engine oil.If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark onthe oil dipstick, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter) ofengine oil.

X Replace cap: on the filler neck and turnclockwise.Ensure that the cap locks into place securely.

X Check the oil level again with the oil dipstick(Y page 233).

Further information on engine oil (Y page 286).

Engine compartment 235

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Additional service products

Checking coolant level



G WARNINGThe cooling system is pressurized, particularlywhen the motor is warm. If you open the cap,you could be scalded if hot coolant sprays out.There is a risk of injury.Let the engine cool down before you open thecap. Wear gloves and eye protection. Slowlyopen the cap to relieve pressure.

! Before starting your journey, make sure thatall engine covers are installed. Otherwise, theengine can be damaged, e.g. through over-heating.

ExampleX Park the vehicle on a level surface.Only check the coolant level when the vehicleis on a level surface and the engine has cooleddown.


X Check the coolant temperature display in theinstrument cluster.The coolant temperature must be below158 ‡ (70 †).

X Select key positionu with the Start/Stopbutton.

X Remove engine cover: upwards on bothsides.

X Slowly turn cap; half a turn counter-clock-wise to allow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn cap; further counter-clockwise andremove it.If the coolant is at the level of the marker barin the filler neck when cold, there is enoughcoolant in coolant expansion tank=.If the coolant level is approximately 0.6 in(1.5 cm) above the marker bar in the fillerneck when warm, there is enough coolant incoolant expansion tank=.

X If necessary, add coolant that has been testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz.


andcare

X Replace cap; and turn it clockwise as far asit will go.

X Replace engine cover:.For further information on coolant, see(Y page 287).

Windshield washer system


G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

ExampleX To open: pull cap: upwards by the tab.X Add the premixed washer fluid.X To close: press cap: onto the filler neckuntil it engages.

If the washer fluid level drops below the recom-mended minimum of 1 liter, a message appearsin the multifunction display prompting you toadd washer fluid (Y page 191).Further information on windshield washer fluid/antifreeze (Y page 287).

ASSYST PLUS

Service messagei If the scheduled service intervals are excee-ded, this may result in damage to the vehicle.

You can obtain up-to-date information concern-ing the servicing of your vehicle from a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center or athttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).The ASSYST PLUS service interval displayinforms you of the next service due date.

i The ASSYST PLUS service interval displaydoes not show any information on the engineoil level. Observe the notes on the engine oillevel (Y page 233).

The multifunction display shows a service mes-sage for several seconds, e.g.:RService A in XX DaysRService A DueRService A Overdue by XX DaysDepending on the operating conditions of thevehicle, the remaining time or distance until thenext service due date is displayed.The letter A or B, possibly in connection with anumber or another letter, shows the type of ser-vice. A stands for a minor service and B for amajor service.You can obtain further information from anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.The ASSYST PLUS service interval display doesnot take into account any periods of time duringwhich the battery is disconnected.Maintaining the time-dependent service sched-ule:X Note down the service due date displayed inthe multifunction display before disconnect-ing the battery.

orX After reconnecting the battery, subtract thebattery disconnection periods from the ser-vice date shown on the display.

Hiding a service messageX Press thea or% button on the steeringwheel.

ASSYST PLUS 237

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Displaying service messagesX Switch on the ignition.X Useò on the steering wheel to call up thelist of menus.

X Press9 or: on the steering wheel toselect the Service menu and confirm witha.

X Press9 or: on the steering wheel toselect the ASSYST PLUS submenu and con-firm witha.The service due date appears in the multi-function display.

Information about Service

Resetting the ASSYST PLUS serviceinterval display! If the ASSYST PLUS service interval displayhas been inadvertently reset, this setting canbe corrected at a qualified specialist work-shop.Have service work carried out as described intheMaintenance Booklet. This may otherwiselead to increased wear and damage to themajor assemblies or the vehicle.

A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center, will reset theASSYST PLUS service interval display after theservice work has been carried out. You can alsoobtain further information on maintenancework, for example.

Special service requirementsThe specified maintenance interval takes onlythe normal operation of the vehicle intoaccount. Under arduous operating conditions orincreased load on the vehicle, maintenancework must be carried out more frequently, forexample:RRegular city driving with frequent intermedi-ate stopsRIf the vehicle is primarily used to travel shortdistancesRUse in mountainous terrain or on poor roadsurfacesRIf the engine is often left idling for long periodsRIn racetrack mode

Under these or similar conditions, have, forexample, the air filter, engine oil and oil filterreplaced or changed more frequently. Underarduous operating conditions, the tires must becheckedmore often. Further information can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g.an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i In racetrack mode, the vehicle is subject tohigher loads, meaning that additional main-tenance work is required. If you plan race-track use, consult a qualified specialist work-shop first. Mercedes-Benz recommends thatyou use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor this purpose.

Driving abroadAn extensive Mercedes-Benz Service network isalso available in other countries. You can obtainfurther information from any authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Care

General notes

H Environmental noteDispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsibleman-ner.

! When cleaning your car, do not use:Rdry, coarse or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agentsRsolventsRcleaning agents containing solventsDo not scrub.Do not touch the surfaces and films with hardobjects, e.g. rings or ice scrapers. Otherwise,you may scratch or damage the surfaces andfilms.

! Do not park your vehicle for a long period oftime directly after cleaning, particularly aftercleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner.Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor-rosion of the brake discs and pads. Therefore,drive for a few minutes after cleaning. Byheating up the brakes, the brake discs andpads dry. The vehicle can then be parked for along period of time.

238 CareMaintenance

andcare

Regular care of your vehicle is a condition forretaining the quality in the long term.Use care products and cleaning agents recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Washing the vehicle and cleaning thepaintwork

Automatic car wash

G WARNINGBraking efficiency is reduced after washingthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to the trafficconditions until full braking power is restored.

! When Active Brake Assist, Distance PilotDISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated,the vehicle brakes automatically in certainsituations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivatethese systems in the following or similar sit-uations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agents candamage the paintwork or plastic parts.If you have your vehicle cleaned in a high-pressure automatic car wash, small amountsof water may enter the vehicle.


! Make sure that:Rthe side windows are fully closed.Rthe blower for the ventilation/heating isswitched off.Rthewindshield wiper switch is at position0.Rthe rear view camera is switched off.

The vehicle may otherwise be damaged.

! When washing your vehicle in a tow-throughcar wash, use the SmartKey instead of theStart/Stop button.Start the engine using the SmartKey. Set thetransmission toi with the E-SELECT selec-tor lever. Switch the engine off again with theSmartKey by turning the SmartKey to position2. Make sure that you then leave the Smart-Key in position2. You may otherwise dam-age the vehicle, the transmission or the carwash.Check the transmission position in the instru-ment cluster.

! Before switching off the engine, set thetransmission toi using the E-SELECT selec-tor lever. If you open the driver's door or front-passenger door, the transmission remains inthis position for up to 30minutes if the Smart-Key is in the ignition, even if the engine isswitched off. If you do not shift the transmis-sion toi using the E-SELECT selector leverbeforehand, it shifts automatically to parkingpositionj and locks the wheels if the driv-er's door or front-passenger door is openedand the engine is switched off. This may dam-age the vehicle, the transmission or the carwash.

You can wash the vehicle in an automatic carwash from the very start.If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash it beforecleaning it in an automatic car wash.After using an automatic car wash, wipe off waxfrom the windshield and the wiper blades. Thiswill prevent smears and reduce wiping noisescaused by residue on the windshield.

Washing by handIn some countries, washing by hand is onlyallowed at specially equipped washing bays.Observe the legal requirements in each country.X Do not use hot water and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight.

X Use a soft sponge to clean.X Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a carshampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gen-tle jet of water.

X Do not point thewater jet directly towards theair inlet.

Care 239

Maintenance

andcare

Z

X Use plenty of water and rinse out the spongefrequently.

X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and drythoroughly with a chamois.

X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paint-work.

Carefully remove all deposits of road salt assoon as possible when driving in winter.

Power washers

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and thepower washer nozzle. Information about thecorrect distance is available from the equip-ment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle around whencleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:RtiresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc.Relectrical componentsRbatteryRplug-type couplingsRlightsRsealsRtrimRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical components canlead to leaks or failures.

! Vehicles with decorative foil: parts of yourvehicle are coveredwith decorative foil. Main-tain a distance of at least 27.5 in (70 cm)between the foil-wrapped parts of the vehicleand the nozzle of the high pressure cleaner.Information about the correct distance isavailable from the equipment manufacturer.

Move the power washer nozzle around whencleaning your vehicle.The water temperature of the high-pressurecleaner must not exceed 140 °F (60 °C).


Cleaning the paintwork! Do not affix:RstickersRfilmsRmagnetic plates or similar itemsto painted surfaces. You could otherwisedamage the paintwork.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected bycorrosion and damage caused by inadequatecare cannot always be completely repaired. Insuch cases, visit a qualified specialist workshop.X Remove dirt immediately, where possible,while avoiding rubbing too hard.

X Soak insect remains with insect remover andrinse off the treated areas afterwards.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinse offthe treated areas afterwards.

X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin, oils,fuels and greases by rubbing gently with acloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighterfluid.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.If water no longer forms "beads" on the paintsurface, use the paint care products recommen-ded and approved byMercedes-Benz. This is thecase approximately every three to five months,depending on the climate conditions and thecare product used.If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if thepaint has become dull, the paint cleaner recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benzshould be used.Do not use these care products in the sun or onthe hood while the hood is hot.

240 CareMaintenance

andcare

X Use a suitable touch-up stick, e.g. MB Touch-Up Stick, to repair slight damage to the paint-work quickly and provisionally.

Matte finish care! Never polish the vehicle or the light alloywheels. Polishing causes the finish to shine.

! The following can give the paint a glossyappearance and thus reduce the matt effect:RRubbing hard with unsuitable agentsRWashing the vehicle in direct sunlight

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or polishingproducts, or gloss preserver, e.g. wax, for thepurpose of paintwork care. These productsare only suitable for high-gloss surfaces. Theiruse on vehicles with matte paintwork leads toconsiderable surface damage or, more spe-cifically, to shiny, spotted areas.Always have paintwork repairs carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

! Only use automatic car washes which cor-respond to the latest technological stand-ards. Never use wash programs which finishby treating the vehicle with hot wax.

Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clearmatte finish. This will help you to avoid damageto the paintwork due to incorrect treatment.These notes also apply to light alloy wheels witha clear matte finish.

i Use only insect remover and car shampoofrom the range of approved Mercedes-Benzcare products.

Cleaning the vehicle parts

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNINGThe water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirtblasters) can cause invisible exterior damageto the tires or chassis components. Compo-nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replaced imme-diately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning productsto remove brake dust. This could damagewheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park your vehicle for a long period oftime directly after cleaning, particularly aftercleaning the wheel rim with wheel cleaner.Wheel cleaner can lead to the increased cor-rosion of the brake discs and pads. Therefore,drive for a few minutes after cleaning. Byheating up the brakes, the brake discs andpads dry. The vehicle can then be parked for along period of time.

Cleaning the windows

G WARNINGYou could become trapped by the windshieldwipers if they start moving while cleaning thewindshield or wiper blades. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield orwiper blades.

! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive products,solvents or cleaning agents containing sol-vents to clean the inside of the windows. Donot touch the insides of the windows withhard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring. Thereis otherwise a risk of damaging the windows.

! Clean the water drainage channels of thewindshield and the rear window at regularintervals. Deposits such as leaves, petals andpollen may under certain circumstances pre-vent water from draining away. This can leadto corrosion damage and damage to elec-tronic components.

X Clean the inside and outside of the windowswith a damp cloth and a cleaning product thatis recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning wiper blades

G WARNINGYou could become trapped by the windshieldwipers if they start moving while cleaning thewindshield or wiper blades. There is a risk ofinjury.

Care 241

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before cleaning the windshield orwiper blades.

! Do not pull the wiper blade. Otherwise, thewiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often and donot rub them too hard. Otherwise, the graph-ite coating could be damaged. This couldcause wiper noise.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when foldingback. The windshield could be damaged if thewiper arm smacks against it suddenly.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms away from thewindshield.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with a dampcloth.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms back againbefore switching on the ignition.

Cleaning the exterior lighting! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning clothswhich are suitable for plastic light lenses.Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning clothscould scratch or damage the plastic light len-ses.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior light-ing using a wet sponge and a mild cleaningagent, e.g. Mercedes-Benz car shampoo orcleaning cloths.

Cleaning the mirror turn signals! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning clothsthat are suitable for plastic lenses. Unsuitablecleaning agents or cleaning cloths couldscratch or damage the plastic lenses of themirror turn signals.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn sig-nals in the exterior mirror housing using a wetsponge and mild cleaning agent, e.g.Mercedes-Benz car shampoo or cleaningcloths.

Cleaning the sensors! If you clean the sensors with a powerwasher, make sure that you keep a distanceof at least 11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicleand the power washer nozzle. Information

about the correct distance is available fromthe equipment manufacturer.

X Clean sensors: of the driving systems withwater, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

Cleaning the rear view camera! Do not clean the camera lens and the areaaround the rear view camera with a powerwasher.

X Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean cam-era lens:.

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim canbecome very hot. If you come into contactwith these parts of the vehicle, you could burnyourself. There is a risk of injury.

242 CareMaintenance

andcare

Always be particularly careful around theexhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim. Allowthese components to cool down before touch-ing them.

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents, such as bathroomcleaner or wheel cleaner.

! Vehicles with black exhaust pipes: blackchromed screens should not be polished witha chrome polish. Theywill otherwise lose theirblack shine. For optimal care, the screensshould be rubbed with a lightly oiled clothafter every car wash. Commercially availableengine and care oils are suitable for this.For heavier soiling, you can apply a fine paint-work polish with a microfiber cloth. Removethe excess polish residue after polishing.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with a chrome careproduct tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Impurities combined with the effects of road gritand corrosive environmental factors may causeflash rust to form on the surface. You canrestore the original shine of the exhaust pipe bycleaning it regularly, especially in winter andafter washing.

Interior care

Cleaning the display! For cleaning, do not use any of the following:Ralcohol-based thinner or gasolineRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available household cleaningagents

These may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surface whencleaning. This could lead to irreparable dam-age to the display.

X Before cleaning the display, make sure that itis switched off and has cooled down.

X Clean the display surface using a commer-cially available microfiber cloth and TFT/LCDdisplay cleaner.

X Dry the display surface using a dry microfibercloth.

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNINGCare products and cleaning agents containingsolvents cause surfaces in the cockpit tobecome porous. As a result, plastic parts maycome loose in the event of air bag deploy-ment. There is a risk of injury.Do not use any care products and cleaningagents to clean the cockpit.

! Never attach the following to plastic surfa-ces:RstickersRfilmsRperfume oil container or similarYou could otherwise damage the plastic.

! Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellent orsunscreen to come into contact with the plas-tic trim. Thismaintains the high-quality look ofthe surfaces.

X Wipe the plastic trim with a damp, lint-freecloth, e.g. a microfiber cloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care and cleaning prod-ucts recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.The surface may change color temporarily.Wait until the surface is dry again.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector leverX Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or useleather care agents that have been recom-mended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Cleaning the trim elements! Do not use solvent-based cleaning agentssuch as tar remover, wheel cleaners, polishesor waxes. There is otherwise a risk of damag-ing the surface.

! Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces.The trim pieces have a chrome look but aremostly made of anodized aluminum and canlose their shine if chrome polish is used. Usea damp, lint-free cloth instead when cleaningthe trim pieces.If the chrome-plated trim pieces are verydirty, you can use a chrome polish. If you are

Care 243

Maintenance

andcare

Z

unsure as to whether the trim pieces arechrome-plated or not, consult an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

X Wipe the trim elements with a damp, lint-freecloth, e.g. a microfiber cloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care and cleaning prod-ucts recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.

Cleaning the seat covers

General notes! Donot use amicrofiber cloth to clean coversmade out of real leather, artificial leather orDINAMICA. If used often, these can damagethe cover.

i Note that regular care is essential to ensurethat the appearance and comfort of the cov-ers is retained over time.

Genuine leather seat covers! To retain the natural appearance of theleather, observe the following cleaninginstructions:RClean genuine leather covers carefully witha damp cloth and then wipe the coversdown with a dry cloth.RMake sure that the leather does notbecome soaked. It may otherwise becomerough and cracked.ROnly use leather care agents that havebeen tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. You can obtain these from a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Leather is a natural product.It exhibits natural surface characteristics, forexample:Rdifferences in the textureRmarks caused by growth and injuryRslight nuances of colorThese are characteristics of leather and notmaterial defects.

Seat covers of other materials! Observe the following when cleaning:Rclean artificial leather covers with a clothmoistened with a solution containing 1%detergent (e.g. dish washing liquid).Rclean cloth covers with a microfiber clothmoistened with a solution containing 1%detergent (e.g. dish washing liquid). Rubcarefully and always wipe entire seat sec-tions to avoid leaving visible lines. Leavethe seat to dry afterwards. Cleaning resultsdepend on the type of dirt and how long ithas been there.Rclean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth.Make sure that you wipe entire seat sec-tions to avoid leaving visible lines.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNINGSeat belts can become severely weakened ifbleached or dyed. This could cause the seatbelts to tear or fail, for instance, in the event ofan accident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or fatal injury.Never bleach or dye the seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chemicalcleaning agents. Do not dry the seat belts byheating at temperatures above 176 ‡ (80†)or in direct sunlight.

X Use clean, lukewarmwater and soap solution.

Cleaning the headliner and carpetsX Headliner: if it is very dirty, use a soft brush ordry shampoo.

X Carpets: use the carpet and textile cleaningagents recommended and approved byMercedes-Benz.

244 CareMaintenance

andcare

Where will I find...?

Reflective safety jacket

Removing/replacing the reflectivesafety jacket

The reflective safety jackets are located in frontdoor stowage compartments:.X To remove: pull out the safety jacket bagcontaining the reflective safety jacket.

X Open the safety jacket bag and pull out thereflective safety jacket.

X To stow: fold the reflective safety jacket, rollit up and stow it in safety jacket bag.

X Replace the safety jacket bag into stowagecompartment:.i Remove a new reflective safety jacket fromits packaging material before sliding it intothe stowage compartment. The packagingmaterial may otherwise cause it to slip out ormake removing it difficult.

Observe the legal requirements in each country.

Information on reflective safety jackets

: Maximum number of washes; Maximum wash temperature= Do not bleach

? Do not ironA Do not use a laundry dryerB Do not dry-cleanC This is a class 2 jacketRThe reflective safety jacketsmeet the require-ments defined by the legal standard only:- if the correct size is used- if the reflective safety jackets are correctlyfastened

RBefore use, ensure that the reflective safetyjackets are clean and intact. The special prop-erties may otherwise be compromised.RThe reflective safety jackets should be storedin their original packaging in a dry place awayfrom sources of heat and light.RThe maximum number of washes specified isnot the only factor influencing the life span ofthe reflective safety jackets. Their life spanalso depends on use, care, storage, etc.RThe reflective safety jackets should be dis-posed of and replaced with new ones:- after 15 washes, and/or- if the reflective strips have becomescratched, and/or

- if the backing material and/or reflectivestrips have become soiled and cannot becleaned off, and/or

- if the fluorescence has faded e.g. due to theeffects of sunlight

RDispose of reflective safety jackets in an envi-ronmentally responsible manner. To do so,contact your local waste disposal company.

Vehicle tool kit

General notesApart from certain country-specific variations,the vehicles are not equipped with a tire-changetool kit.Some tools for changing a wheel are specific tothe vehicle. For more information on which tirechanging tools are required and approved toperform awheel change on your vehicle, consulta qualified specialist workshop.Necessary tire-changing tools can include, forexample:RjackRwheel chock

Where will I find...? 245

Breakdow

nassistance

Rlug wrenchRalignment bolt

The vehicle tool kit and the towing eye are loca-ted on the left side of the cargo compartment inthe stowage compartment behind serviceflap:.

Vehicles with a tire-change tool kit

Example: Folding wheel chock; Alignment bolt= Jack? Towing eyeA Lug wrenchThe tire-change tool kit is located on the left sideof the cargo compartment in the stowage com-partment behind the service flap.Please note that there can be equipment- andcountry-specific deviations for vehicles with atire-change tool kit.Depending on the equipment, tools required fora wheel change, such as a jack or a lug wrench,are not available in all vehicles. Tools approvedfor your vehicle are available at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit

Example: Tire inflation compressor; Tire sealant filler bottleThe TIREFIT kit is located on the left side of thecargo compartment in the stowage compart-ment behind the service flap.Removing:X Open the tailgate.X Turn the fastener on the service flap counter-clockwise.

X Open the service flap.X Use the TIREFIT kit (Y page 247).

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicleYour vehicle may be equipped with:Ra TIREFIT kit (Y page 245)Information on changing and mounting wheels(Y page 276).X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground, as far away as possible fromtraffic.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 122).

X If possible, bring the front wheels into thestraight-ahead position.

X Switch off the engine.

246 Flat tireBreakdow

nassistance

X With KEYLESS-GO start function or vehi-cles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driver'sdoor.The vehicle electronics are now in key posi-tionu. This is the same as the SmartKeyhaving been removed.

orX Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Make sure that the passengers are not endan-gered as they do so. Make sure that no one isnear the danger area while a wheel is beingchanged. Anyone who is not directly assistingin the wheel change should, for example,stand behind the barrier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention to trafficconditions when doing so.

X Close the driver's door.

TIREFIT kit

Important safety notesTIREFIT is a tire sealant.You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to0.16 in (4 mm), particularly those in the tiretread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tempera-tures down to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20 †).

G WARNINGIn the following situations, the tire sealant isunable to provide sufficient breakdown assis-tance, as it is unable to seal the tire properly:Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tire largerthan those mentioned above.Rthe wheel rim is damaged.Ryou have driven at very low tire pressures oron a flat tire.

There is a risk of an accident.Do not drive the vehicle. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGThe tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact with yourskin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed. Do notinhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tire sealant awayfrom children. There is a risk of injury.

If you come into contact with the tire sealant,observe the following:RRinse off the tire sealant from your skinimmediately with water.RIf the tire sealant comes into contact withyour eyes, immediately rinse them thor-oughly with clean water.RIf tire sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly and drinkplenty of water. Do not induce vomiting,and seek medical attention immediately.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with tire sealant.RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medicalattention immediately.

! Do not operate the tire inflation compressorfor longer than ten minutes at a time withouta break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be operatedagain once it has cooled down.

Comply with the manufacturer's safety instruc-tions on the tire inflation compressor label andon the tire sealant bottle.

Using the TIREFIT kitX Donot remove any foreign objectswhich havepenetrated the tire, e.g. screws or nails.

X Remove the tire sealant bottle, the accompa-nying TIREFIT sticker and the tire inflationcompressor from the stowage compartmentin the cargo compartment (Y page 245).

Flat tire 247

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

X Affix part: of the TIREFIT sticker to theinstrument cluster within the driver's field ofvision.

X Affix part; of the TIREFIT sticker near thevalve on the wheel with the defective tire.

: Tire sealant filler bottle; Recess= On/off switch? ConnectorA HoseB FlangeX Pull connector? with cable and hoseA outof the tire inflation compressor housing.

X Push connector on hoseA into flangeB ontire sealant bottle: until the connectorengages.

X Place tire sealant bottle: head down intorecess; of the tire inflation compressor.

X Remove the cap from valveC on the faultytire.

X Screw filler hoseD onto valveC.

X Insert connector? into cigarette lightersocket (Y page 218) or into another 12 Vsocket in your vehicle (Y page 218).

X Switch on the ignition with the Start/Stopbutton.

orX Turn the SmartKey to position1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 106).

X Press on/off switch= on the tire inflationcompressor.The tire inflation compressor is switched on.The tire is inflated.First, tire sealant is pumped into the tire. Thepressure may briefly rise to approximately500 kPa (5 bar/73 psi).Do not switch off the tire inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tire inflation compressor run for amaximumof tenminutes. The tire should thenhave attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi).

If a pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) hasbeen attained after five minutes, see "Tire pres-sure reached" (Y page 249).If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) hasnot been attained after five minutes, see "Tirepressure not reached" (Y page 248).If tire sealant has escaped, clean it off affectedareas as quickly as possible. It is preferable touse clean water.If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant, havethem cleaned with perchloroethylene at a drycleaner as soon as possible.

Tire pressure not reachedIf a pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) has notbeen attained after five minutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of thefaulty tire.Tire sealantmay escapewhen the filler hose isunscrewed.

X Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approx-imately 30 ft (10 m).

X Pump up the tire again.After amaximumof tenminutes, the tire pres-sure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

248 Flat tireBreakdow

nassistance

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter the specified time, the tire is too badlydamaged. The tire sealant cannot repair thetire in this instance. Damaged tires and a tirepressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Tire pressure reached

G WARNINGA tire temporarily sealed with tire sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and is notsuitable for higher speeds. There is a risk ofaccident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleaccordingly and drive carefully. Do not exceedthe specified maximum speed with a tire thathas been repaired using tire sealant.

The maximum permissible speed for a tiresealed with tire sealant is 50 mph (80 km/h).The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must beaffixed to the instrument cluster in the driver'sfield of vision.

! Residue from the tire sealant may come outof the filler hose after use. This could causestains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plasticbag which contained the TIREFIT kit.

H Environmental noteHave the used tire sealant bottle disposed ofprofessionally, e.g. at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) hasbeen attained after five minutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of thefaulty tire.Tire sealantmay escapewhen the filler hose isunscrewed.

X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire infla-tion compressor.

X Pull away immediately.X Stop after driving for approximately tenminutes and check the tire pressure with thetire inflation compressor.The tire pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter driving for a short period, the tire is toobadly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repairthe tire in this instance. Damaged tires and atire pressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

i In cases such as the one mentioned above,contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-ter. Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in theUSA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

X Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the Tire andLoading Information placard on the driver'sside B-pillar or the tire pressure table in thefuel filler flap for values.

X To increase the tire pressure: switch on thetire inflation compressor.

X To reduce the tire pressure: depress pres-sure release button: next to pressuregauge;.

X When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew thefiller hose from the valve of the sealed tire.Tire sealantmay escapewhen the filler hose isunscrewed.

X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of thesealed tire.

Flat tire 249

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

X Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire infla-tion compressor.The filler hose remains attached to the tiresealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialist work-shop and have the tire changed there.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced as soonas possible at a qualified specialist workshop.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist workshop.

Battery (vehicle)

Important safety notesSpecial tools and expert knowledge are requiredwhen working on the battery, e.g. removal andinstallation. You should therefore have all workinvolving the battery carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGWork carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. This canlead to function restrictions applying tosafety-relevant systems, e.g. the lighting sys-tem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system) or theESP® (Electronic Stability Program). The oper-ating safety of your vehicle may be restricted.You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:Rwhen brakingRin the event of abrupt steering maneuversand/or when the vehicle's speed is notadapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci-dent, contact a qualified specialist workshopimmediately. Do not drive any further. Youshould have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

For further information about ABS (Y page 57)and ESP® (Y page 61).

H Environmental noteBatteries contain dangeroussubstances. It is against thelaw to dispose of them withthe household rubbish. Theymust be collected separatelyand recycled to protect theenvironment.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally friendlymanner. Take dischargedbatteries to a qualified spe-cialist workshop or a specialcollection point for used bat-teries.

! Have the battery regularly checked at aqualified specialist workshop.For more information, please contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

! Always havework on batteries carried out ata qualified specialist workshop.Should it, in exceptional circumstances, beabsolutely necessary to disconnect the 12-volt battery yourself, please observe the fol-lowing:RSecure the vehicle to prevent it from rollingaway.RSwitch off the ignition.RDisconnect the negative terminal first andthen the positive terminal.

The transmission is locked in positionjafter disconnecting the battery.After the work has been done, install the bat-tery and replace the cover of the positive ter-minal clamp firmly.

Comply with safety precautions and take pro-tective measures when handling batteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames and smoking areprohibited when handling the bat-tery. Avoid creating sparks.

250 Battery (vehicle)Breakdow

nassistance

The electrolyte of the battery is cor-rosive. Avoid contact with skin, eyesor clothing.Wear suitable protective clothing,especially gloves, apron and face-guard.Immediately rinse electrolytesplashes off with clean water. Con-tact a physician if necessary.Wear eye protection.

Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use batteries which havebeen tested and approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz. These batteries provideincreased impact protection to prevent vehicleoccupants from suffering acid burns should thebattery be damaged in the event of an accident.In order for the battery to achieve the maximumpossible service life, it must always be suffi-ciently charged.Like other batteries, the vehicle battery maydischarge over time if you do not use the vehicle.In this case, have the battery disconnected at aqualified specialist workshop. You can alsocharge the battery with a special charger rec-ommended by Mercedes-Benz. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop for further information.Have the battery condition of charge checkedmore frequently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips or if you leave it standing idle for alengthy period. Consult a qualified specialistworkshop if you wish to leave your vehicleparked for a long period of time.When you use the SmartKey in the ignition andyou park the car, remove the SmartKey if you do

not require any electrical consumers. The vehi-cle will then use very little energy, thus conserv-ing battery power.If the power supply has been interrupted, e.g. ifyou reconnect the battery, you will have to:Rreset the function for automatically foldingthe exterior mirrors in/out by folding the mir-rors out once (Y page 87)Rreset the side windows, see (Y page 77)

Charging the battery! Only use battery chargers with a maximumcharging voltage of 14.4 V.

! Only charge the battery using the jump-starting connection point.

The jump-starting connection point is in theengine compartment (Y page 251).X Open the hood.X Connect the battery charger to the positiveterminal and ground point in the same orderas when connecting the donor battery in thejump-starting procedure (Y page 251).

Keep away from fire and open flames. Do notlean over a battery. Never charge the battery if itis still installed in the vehicle, unless you use abattery charger which has been tested andapproved by Mercedes-Benz. A battery chargerunit specially adapted for Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles and tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz is available as an accessory. It permits thecharging of the battery in its installed position.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerfor further information and availability. Read thebattery charger's operating instructions beforecharging the battery.Do not charge a battery which has beenremoved at low temperatures with a batterycharger. Allow the battery to warm up gentlyfirst, if necessary. Otherwise, the service life canbe shortened and the starting characteristicsimpaired, especially at low temperatures.

Jump-starting

X For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point in the engine com-partment, consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point.

Jump-starting 251

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic converter could bedamaged by the non-combusted fuel.

X Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device.If your vehicle's battery is discharged, the engine can be jump-started from another vehicle orfrom a donor battery using jumper cables.

The battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible, jump-startthe vehicle using a donor battery or a jump-starting device.Observe the following during the jump-starting procedure:Rthe jumper cables must not come into contact with parts that can move when the engine isrunning, such as the V-belt pulley or the fan.Rnon-insulated parts of the terminal clamps must not come into contact with other metal partswhile the jumper cables are connected to the battery and the jump-starting connection point.Ronly use jumper cables that are not damaged and have a sufficient cross-section and insulatedterminal clamps.Rjump-starting may be performed only using batteries with a nominal voltage of 12 V.Ryou may only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold.Rthe vehicles must not touch each other.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected fora few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly.

X Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake.X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Make sure the ignition and all electrical consumers are switched off.All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off. When using the SmartKey, turn theSmartKey to positionu in the ignition lock and remove it (Y page 106).

X Open the hood.

i Right-hand-drive vehicle: the jump-starting connection points may be located on the otherside of the vehicle.

Vehicles with a carbon-fiber engine coverX To remove the cover: turn fasteners: aÕ turn and remove.

252 Jump-startingBreakdow

nassistance

All vehicles:X Slide coverA of positive terminal: in the direction of the arrow.X Connect positive terminal: on your vehicle to positive terminal; of donor batteryB using thejumper cable. Always begin with positive terminal: on your own vehicle first.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Connect negative terminal= of donor batteryB to ground point? of your vehicle using thejumper cable. Begin with donor batteryB first.

X Start the engine of your own vehicle.X Let the engines run for several minutes.X Before disconnecting the jumper cables, switch on an electrical consumer in your own vehicle,e.g. the rear window heating or the lighting.

X When the jump-starting procedure is finished: first, remove the jumper cables from groundpoint? and from negative terminal= of the donor battery, and then from positive terminal:and positive terminal; of the donor battery. Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehiclefirst.

X After removing the jumper cables, close coverA of positive terminal:.X Only for vehicles with a carbon-fiber engine cover: insert the cover of the jump-startingconnection point. Make sure all mountings for the fasteners are positioned precisely behind thecorresponding recesses in the cover.Press the fasteners into the mountings. Turn the fasteners byÕ of a turn to engage.

X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition.

i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Jump-starting 253

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

Towing and tow-starting


G WARNINGThe rear axle locks when:Rthe engine is not runningRthe engine stalls while the vehicle is beingtowedRthere is a malfunction in the power supplyor the vehicle's electrical system

There is a risk of an accident.In the event of a breakdown, you shouldalways have the vehicle transported.

G WARNINGIf the brake system or power steering is mal-functioning and your vehicle is then towedaway, significantly more effort may berequired to steer and brake than is normallyrequired. There is a risk of an accident.In such cases, use a tow bar. Before towing,make sure that the steering moves freely.

G WARNINGWhen towing or tow-starting another vehicleand its weight is greater than the permissiblegross weight of your vehicle, the:Rthe towing eye could detach itselfRthe vehicle/trailer combination could roll-over.

There is a risk of an accident.When towing or tow-starting another vehicle,its weight should not be greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle.

Details on the permissible gross vehicle weightof your vehicle can be found on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 282).

! Use the SmartKey instead of the Start/Stopbutton when towing the vehicle.Start the engine and keep it running. TheSmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock.Set the transmission toi using the E-SELECT selector lever. Make sure that youthen leave the SmartKey in position2.

Check the transmission position in the instru-ment cluster.

! Make sure that the electric parking brake isreleased. If the electric parking brake is faulty,visit a qualified specialist workshop.

! Secure the tow rope or tow bar to the towingeye only. Otherwise, the vehicle couldbecome damaged.

! When Active Brake Assist, Distance PilotDISTRONIC or theHOLD function is activated,the vehicle brakes automatically in certainsituations.To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivatethese systems in the following or similar sit-uations:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Do not use the towing eyes for recovery pur-poses as this could damage the vehicle. If indoubt, recover the vehicle with a crane.

! When towing, pull away slowly andsmoothly. If the tractive power is too high, thevehicles could be damaged.

! Shift the automatic transmission to positioni and do not open the driver's or front-passenger door when towing the vehicleaway. Otherwise, the automatic transmissionmay shift to positionj which can causedamage to both vehicles.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Thiscould damage the vehicle.

! The vehicle can be towed a maximum of30miles (50km). The towing speed of 30mph(50 km/h) must not be exceeded.If the vehicle has to be towed more than30 miles (50km), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

! Observe the transmission fluid temperature(AMG menu) in the on-board computer whentowing. The transmission fluid temperaturemust not exceed 250 ‡ (120 †). If thisoccurs, you must stop towing immediately.

! Tow-starting the vehicle is not permitted.The transmissionmay otherwise be damaged.

254 Towing and tow-startingBreakdow

nassistance

Also observe the following notes:RIf the engine does not start, try jump-startingit (Y page 251). Tow-starting the vehicle is notpermitted.RIf it is not possible to jump-start the vehicle,have it transported to the nearest qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

If the vehicle can no longer be driven because ofan accident or breakdown, you have the follow-ing options:Rtransporting the vehicleAs a rule, you should have the vehicle trans-ported.Rtowing the vehicle with a tow rope or tow barOnly tow the vehicle in exceptional cases. Theengine must be running if you tow the vehiclewith a tow rope or tow bar.

If the vehicle has suffered transmission damage,have it transported on a transporter or trailer.Observe the displaymessages in the instrumentcluster.The battery must be connected and charged.Otherwise, you:Rwill not be able to switch on the ignition withthe Start/Stop buttonRcannot start the engineRcannot release the electric parking brakeRcannot shift the automatic transmission topositioni

Disarm the automatic locking feature before thevehicle is towed (Y page 72). You could other-wise be locked out when pushing or towing thevehicle.

Installing/removing the towing eye

Installing the towing eyeThe bracket for the screw-in towing eye isbehind the radiator trim.X Remove the towing eye from the vehicle toolkit (Y page 245).

X Pull out cover:.X Screw in the towing eye clockwise to the stop.

Removing the towing eyeX Loosen the towing eye and unscrew it.X Fully reinsert cover:.X Put the towing eye back into the vehicle toolkit.

Towing a vehicle with both axles onthe groundIt is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 254).The automatic transmission automatically shiftsto positionj when you open the driver's orfront-passenger door or when you remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock. In order toensure that the automatic transmission stays inpositioni when towing away the vehicle, youmust observe the following points:X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock. Youmust use the SmartKey instead of the Start/Stop button (Y page 106).

X Start the engine and leave it running duringthe entire towing procedure.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Move the transmission to positioniwith theE-SELECT lever.

X Check the transmission position using theindicator in the multifunction display(Y page 114).

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the electric parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 93).

Towing and tow-starting 255

Breakdow

nassistance

Z

In order to signal a change of direction whentowing the vehicle with the hazard warninglamps switched on, use the combination switchas usual. In this case, only the indicator lampsfor the direction of travel flash. After resettingthe combination switch, the hazard warninglamp starts flashing again.

Transporting the vehicle

! When the vehicle is loaded for transport, thefront and rear axlesmust be stationary and onthe same transportation vehicle. Positioningover the connection point of the transportvehicle is not permitted. The drive train mayotherwise be damaged.

! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such asaxle or steering components. Otherwise, thevehicle could be damaged.

The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicleonto a trailer or transporter for transporting pur-poses.X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock. Youmust use the SmartKey instead of the Start/Stop button (Y page 106).

X Start the engine and leave it running duringthe entire loading operation.

X Move the transmission to positioniwith theE-SELECT lever.

X Check the transmission position using theindicator in the multifunction display(Y page 114).

As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the electric parking brake.

X Shift the automatic transmission to positionj.

X Turn the SmartKey to key positionu in theignition lock and remove it.

X Secure the vehicle.

Tow-starting (emergency enginestarting)! Vehicles with automatic transmission mustnot be tow-started. You could otherwise dam-age the automatic transmission.i You can find information on "Jump-starting"under (Y page 251).

Fuses


G WARNINGIf you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or ifyou replace it with a fuse with a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloaded.This could result in a fire. There is a risk of anaccident and injury.Always replace faulty fuses with the specifiednew fuses having the correct amperage.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of thesame rating, which you can recognize by thecolor and value. The fuse ratings are listed in thefuse allocation chart.The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in thecargo compartment (Y page 257).If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified special-ist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-BenzCenter.

! Only use fuses that have been approved forMercedes-Benz vehicles and which have thecorrect fuse rating for the system concerned.Otherwise, components or systems could bedamaged.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that it islying correctly on the fuse box.Moisture seep-ing in or dirt could otherwise impair the oper-ation of the fuses.

256 FusesBreakdow

nassistance

The fuses in your vehicle serve to close downfaulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the compo-nents on the circuit and their functions stopoperating.

Before changing a fuseX Switch off the engine.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics are now in key posi-tionu. This is the same as the key havingbeen removed.

or, if the SmartKey is inserted in the ignitionlock:X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 122).

All indicator lamps in the instrument clustermust be off.

Fuse box in the front-passenger foot-well! The floor panel must be installed properly,otherwise moisture or dirt could impair thefunction of the fuses.

X Open the front-passenger door.X To open: remove the carpet over the footrest.X Loosen screws: on the floor panel using asuitable tool.

X Remove the floor panel.X To close: install the floor panel again.X Screw in and tighten screws:.X Put in the carpet and press to secure.

Fuse box in the cargo compartment

X Open the tailgate.X To open: turn fastener; on the service flapcounter-clockwise.

X Open service flap:.

i The fuse allocation chart is located in arecess at the side of the fuse box. You can findthe corresponding fuse rating and fuse typeon the fuse allocation chart.

Fuses 257

Breakdow

nassistance

Z


G WARNINGIf wheels and tires of the wrong size are used,the wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay be damaged. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always replace wheels and tires with thosethat fulfill the specifications of the originalpart.When replacing wheels, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmodelWhen replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmanufacturerRmodel

G WARNINGA flat tire severely impairs the driving, steer-ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle.There is a risk of accident.Tires without run-flat characteristics:Rdo not drive with a flat tire.Rimmediately replace the flat tire with youremergency spare wheel or spare wheel, orconsult a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires with run-flat characteristics:Rpay attention to the information and warn-ing notices on MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics).

Accessories that are not approved for your vehi-cle by Mercedes-Benz or are not being used cor-rectly can impair the operating safety.Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialist work-shop and inquire about:RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendations

Information on the sizes and types ofwheels andtires for your vehicle can be found under"Wheel/tire combinations" (Y page 280).Tire pressure information can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's side(Y page 266)Rin the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap(Y page 121)Rin the "Tire pressure" section

Operation

Information on drivingCheck the tire pressure when the vehicle isheavily laden and adjust prior to a trip.While driving, pay attention to vibrations, noisesand unusual handling characteristics, e.g. pull-ing to one side. This may indicate that thewheels or tires are damaged. If you suspect thata tire is defective, reduce your speed immedi-ately. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible tocheck the wheels and tires for damage. Hiddentire damage could also be causing the unusualhandling characteristics. If you find no signs ofdamage, have the tires and wheels checked at aqualified specialist workshop.When parking your vehicle, make sure that thetires do not get deformed by the curb or otherobstacles. If they cannot be avoided, drive overobstacles such as curbs slowly and at an obtuseangle. Otherwise, you may damage the wheelsor tires.

Notes on high performance tires

G WARNINGDue to the special tire tread in combinationwith the optimized rubber compound, there isan increased risk of hydroplaning and skid-ding on damp or wet road surfaces. In addi-tion, tire traction is significantly reduced atlow outside temperatures and low tire-oper-ating temperatures. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Activate ESP® and adapt your driving style. Atoutside temperatures below 50‡ (10†), useM+S tires.

258 OperationWheelsandtires

i Different driving styles may lead to high tirewear and the tires may reach the minimumtire tread depth after only a short time.

Regular checking of wheels and tires

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

Checkwheels and tires for damage at least oncea month. Check wheels and tires after drivingoff-road or on rough roads. Damaged wheelscan cause a loss of tire pressure.Pay particular attention to damage such as:RCuts in the tiresRPunctures in the tiresRTears in the tiresRBulges on tiresRDeformation or severe corrosion on wheelsRegularly check the tire tread depth and thecondition of the tread across the whole width ofall tires (Y page 259). If necessary, turn thefront wheels to full lock in order to inspect theinner side of the tire surface.All wheels must have a valve cap to protect thevalve against dirt and moisture. Do not mountanything onto the valve other than the standardvalve cap or other valve caps approved byMercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Do not use anyother valve caps or systems, e.g. tire pressuremonitoring systems.Regularly check the pressure of all the tires par-ticularly prior to long trips. Adjust the tire pres-sure as necessary (Y page 261).The service life of tires depends, among otherthings, on the following factors:RDriving styleRTire pressureRDistance covered

Notes on tire tread

G WARNINGInsufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction.The tire is no longer able to dissipate water.This means that on wet road surfaces, the riskof hydroplaning increases, in particular wherespeed is not adapted to suit the driving con-ditions. There is a risk of accident.If the tire pressure is too high or too low, tiresmay exhibit different levels of wear at differ-ent locations on the tire tread. Thus, youshould regularly check the tread depth andthe condition of the tread across the entirewidth of all tires.Minimum tire tread depth for:RSummer tires:â in (3 mm)RM+S tires:ã in (4 mm)For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the minimumtire tread depth is reached.

Marking: shows where the bar indicator(arrow) for tread wear is integrated into the tiretread.Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required by law.Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread.They are visible once a tread depth of approx-imatelyá in (1.6mm) has been reached. If thisis the case, the tire is so worn that it must bereplaced.

Selecting, mounting and replacingtiresROnly mount tires and wheels of the same typeand make.

Operation 259

Wheelsandtires

Z

Exception: it is permissible to mount a differ-ent type or make in the event of a flat tire.ROnly mount tires of the correct size onto thewheels.RBreak in new tires at moderate speeds for thefirst 60 miles (100 km). The new tires onlyreach their full performance after this dis-tance.RDo not drive with tires which have too littletread depth. This significantly reduces thetraction on wet roads (hydroplaning).RReplace the tires after six years at the latest,regardless of wear.

Winter operation

General notesHave your vehicle winter-proofed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop at the onset of winter.Observe the notes in the "Changing a wheel"section (Y page 276).

Driving with summer tiresAt temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7 †), summertires lose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tires on your vehicleto M+S tires. Using summer tires at very coldtemperatures could cause cracks to form,thereby damaging the tires permanently.Mercedes-Benz cannot accept responsibility forthis type of damage.

M+S tires

G WARNINGM+S tires with a tire tread depth of less thanã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use in winterand do not provide sufficient traction. There isa risk of an accident.M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanã in(4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

At temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7†), use wintertires or all-season tires. Both types of tire areidentified by the M+S marking.Only winter tires bearing thei snowflakesymbol in addition to the M+S marking provide

the best possible grip in wintry road conditions.Only these tires will allow driving safety systemssuch as ABS and ESP® to function optimally inwinter. These tires have been developed specif-ically for driving in snow.UseM+S tires of the samemake and tread on allwheels to maintain safe handling characteris-tics.Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed specified for the M+S tires you havemounted.When you have mounted the M+S tires:X Check the tire pressures (Y page 261).X Restart the tire pressure monitor(Y page 266).

Snow chains

G WARNINGIf snow chains are installed to the frontwheels, they may drag against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tires.There is a risk of an accident.To avoid hazardous situations:Rnever install snow chains to the frontwheelsRalways install snow chains in pairs to therear wheels.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use snow chains that havebeen specially approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz, or are of a correspondingstandard of quality. For more information,please contact a qualified specialist workshop.If you intend to mount snow chains, please bearthe following points in mind:RSnow chains may not be mounted on allwheel/tire combinations. Permissiblewheel/tire combinations (Y page 280).ROnly use snow chains when driving on roadscompletely covered by snow. Remove thesnow chains as soon as possible when youcome to a road that is not snow-covered.

260 Winter operationWheelsandtires

RLocal regulationsmay restrict the use of snowchains. Observe the appropriate regulations ifyou wish to mount snow chains.Rdo not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 31 mph (50 km/h).

You may wish to deactivate ESP® (Y page 62)when pulling away with snow chains mounted.You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in acontrolled manner, achieving an increased driv-ing force (cutting action).

Tire pressure

Tire pressure specifications


G WARNINGUnderinflated or overinflated tires pose thefollowing risks:Rthe tires may burst, especially as the loadand vehicle speed increase.Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tiretraction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steer-ing and braking, may be greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.Follow recommended tire inflation pressuresand check the pressure of all the tires includ-ing the spare wheel:Rmonthly, at leastRif the load changesRbefore beginning a long journeyRunder different operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

The data on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard and tire pressure table shown here areexamples. Tire pressure specifications are vehi-cle-specific and may deviate from the datashown here. The tire pressure specificationsthat are valid for your vehicle can be found onthe Tire and Loading Information placard andtire pressure table on the vehicle.

General notesThe recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.Further information on tire pressures can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire and Loading Information placard

: Recommended tire pressuresThe Tire and Loading Information placard is onthe B-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 266).The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures for coldtires. The recommended tire pressures are validfor the maximum permissible load and up to themaximum permissible vehicle speed.

Tire pressure tableThe tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuelfiller flap. It shows the tire pressure for all tirespermitted at the factory for this vehicle; seeillustration (example).If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, the tirepressure information following is only valid forthat tire size.

Tire pressure 261

Wheelsandtires

Z

If the tire pressures have been set to the lowervalues for lighter loads and/or lower roadspeeds, the pressures should be reset to thehigher values:Rif you want to drive with an increased loadand/orRif you want to drive at higher road speedsThe tire pressures for increased loads and/orhigher road speeds, shown in the tire pressuretable, may have a negative effect on drivingcomfort.If the tire pressure is not set correctly, this canlead to an excessive build-up of heat and a sud-den loss of pressure.For more information, contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Important notes on tire pressure

G WARNINGIf the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too low may result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.RCheck the tire for foreign objects.RCheck whether the wheel is losing air or thevalve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you fit unsuitable accessories onto tirevalves, the tire valves may be overloaded andmalfunction, which can cause tire pressureloss. Due to their design, retrofitted tire pres-sure monitors keep the tire valve open. Thiscan also result in tire pressure loss. There is arisk of an accident.Only screw the standard valve cap or othervalve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tirepressure. The outer appearance of a tire doesnot permit any reliable conclusion about the tirepressure. On vehicles equipped with the elec-tronic tire pressure monitor, the tire pressurecan be checked in the on-board computer.The tire temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. This is dependenton the driving speed and the load.Therefore, you should only correct tire pres-sures when the tires are cold.The tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least three hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven further than1 mile (1.6 km)

The tire temperature changes depending on theoutside temperature, the vehicle speed and thetire load. If the tire temperature changes by18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressure changes byapproximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Takethis into account when checking the pressure ofwarm tires. Only correct the tire pressure if it istoo low for the current operating conditions. Ifyou check the tire pressure when the tires arewarm, the resulting value will be higher than ifthe tires were cold. This is normal. Do notreduce the tire pressure to the value specifiedfor cold tires. The tire pressure would otherwisebe too low.Observe the recommended tire pressures forcold tires:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap(Y page 121).

262 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Underinflated or overinflated tires

Underinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with pressure that is too low can over-heat and burst as a consequence. In addition,they also suffer from excessive and/or irreg-ular wear, which can severely impair the brak-ing properties and the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Underinflated tires may:Roverheat, leading to tire defectsRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on fuel consumption

Overinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with excessively high pressure can burstbecause they are damaged more easily byroad debris, potholes etc. In addition, theyalso suffer from irregular wear, which canseverely impair the braking properties and thedriving characteristics. There is a risk of anaccident.Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Overinflated tires may:Rincrease the braking distanceRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on ride comfortRbe more susceptible to damage

Maximum tire pressures

: Example: maximum permissible tire pres-sure

Never exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the recom-mended tire pressure for your vehicle whenadjusting the tire pressure (Y page 261).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-spe-cific and may deviate from the values in theillustration.

Checking the tire pressures

Important safety notesObserve the notes on tire pressure(Y page 261).Information on air pressure for the tires on yourvehicle can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the B-pillarRin the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap(Y page 121)Rin the "Tire pressure" section

Checking tire pressures manuallyTo determine and set the correct tire pressure,proceed as follows:X Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to bechecked.

X Press the tire pressure gage securely onto thevalve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it to therecommended value on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard or the tire pressure table(Y page 261).

Tire pressure 263

Wheelsandtires

Z

X If the tire pressure is too low, increase the tirepressure to the recommended value.

X If the tire pressure is too high, release air. Todo so, press down the metal pin in the valve,using the tip of a pen for example. Then checkthe tire pressure again using the tire pressurechecker.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Tire pressure monitor

General notesIf a tire pressure monitor is installed, the vehi-cle's wheels have sensors that monitor the tirepressures in all four tires. The tire pressuremon-itor warns you if the pressure drops in one ormore of the tires. The tire pressure monitor onlyfunctions if the corresponding sensors areinstalled in all wheels.Information on tire pressures is displayed in themultifunction display. After a few minutes ofdriving, the current tire pressure of each tire isshown in the Servicemenu of themultifunctiondisplay; see illustration (example).

For information on the message display, refer tothe "Checking the tire pressure electronically"section (Y page 265).


G WARNINGEach tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once every twoweeks when cold and inflated to the pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufactureron the Tire and Loading Information placard

on the driver's door B-pillar or the tire pres-sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap. Ifyour vehicle has tires of a different size thanthe size indicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard or, if available, the tirepressure label, you should determine theproper tire pressure for those tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equippedwith a tire pressuremonitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-sure telltale when one or more of your tiresare significantly underinflated. Accordingly,when the low tire pressure telltale lights up,you should stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly underin-flated tire causes the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability. Please note thatthe TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver's responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pressure, even ifunderinflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres-sure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When the sys-tem detects a malfunction, the warning lampwill flash for approximately a minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequencewill be repeated every time the vehi-cle is started as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-minated, the systemmay not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of incom-patible replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMSfrom functioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale after replacing oneor more tires or wheels on your vehicle to

264 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

ensure that the replacement or alternate Tiresand wheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tirepressure to that recommended for cold tireswhich is suitable for the operating situation(Y page 261). Note that the correct tire pressurefor the current operating situation must first betaught-in to the tire pressure monitor. If a sub-stantial loss of pressure occurs, the warningthreshold for the warning message is aligned tothe taught-in reference values. Restart the tirepressuremonitor after adjusting the pressure ofthe cold tires (Y page 266). The current pres-sures are saved as new reference values. As aresult, a warning message will appear if the tirepressure drops significantly.The tire pressure monitor does not warn you ofan incorrectly set tire pressure. Observe thenotes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 261).The tire pressuremonitor is not able to warn youof a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if the tire ispenetrated by a foreign object. In the event of asudden loss of pressure, bring the vehicle to ahalt by braking carefully. Avoid abrupt steeringmovements.The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warninglamp in the instrument cluster for indicatingpressure loss or a malfunction. Whether thewarning lamp flashes or lights up indicateswhether a tire pressure is too low or the tirepressure monitor is malfunctioning:Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, the tirepressure on one or more tires is significantlytoo low. The tire pressure monitor is not mal-functioning.Rif the warning lamp flashes for around aminute and then remains lit constantly, thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

In addition to the warning lamp, a messageappears in the multifunction display. Observethe information on display messages(Y page 186).It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunctionof the tire pressure monitor to be indicated. Amalfunction will be indicated by the tire pres-sure warning lamp flashing for approximatelyone minute and then remaining lit. When themalfunction has been rectified, the tire pressurewarning lamp goes out after a few minutes ofdriving.

The tire pressure values indicated by the on-board computer may differ from those meas-ured at a gas station with a pressure gage. Thetire pressures shown by the on-board computerrefer to those measured at sea level. At highaltitudes, the tire pressure values indicated by apressure gage are higher than those shown bythe on-board computer. In this case, do notreduce the tire pressures.The operation of the tire pressure monitor canbe affected by interference from radio transmit-ting equipment (e.g. radio headphones, two-wayradios) thatmay be being operated in or near thevehicle.

Checking the tire pressure electroni-callyX Switch on the ignition (Y page 106).X Pressò on the steering wheel to call upthe list of menus.

X Press9 or: on the steering wheel toselect the Service menu.

X Pressa.X Press9 or: to select Tire Pres‐sure.X Pressa.The current tire pressure of each tire is shownin the multifunction display.

If the vehicle was parked for longer than20 minutes, the Tire pressure will bedisplayed after driving a few minutesmessage appears.After a teach-in process, the tire pressure mon-itor automatically detects new wheels or newsensors. As long as a clear allocation of the tirepressure value to the individual wheels is notpossible, the Tire Pressure Monitor Activemessage is shown instead of the tire pressuredisplay. The tire pressures are already beingmonitored.

Tire pressure monitor warning mes-sagesIf the tire pressure monitor detects a pressureloss in one or more tires, a warning message isshown in the multifunction display. The yellowtire pressure warning lamp then lights up.RIf the Please Correct Tire Pressuremessage appears in themultifunction display,the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low.

Tire pressure 265

Wheelsandtires

Z

The tire pressure must be corrected when theopportunity arises.RIf the Check Tires message appears in themultifunction display, the tire pressure in atleast one tire has dropped significantly. Thetires must be checked.RIf the Warning Tire Malfunctionmessageappears in the multifunction display, the tirepressure in at least one tire has dropped sud-denly. The tires must be checked.

Observe the instructions and safety notes in thedisplay messages in the "Tires" section(Y page 186).If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated,the tire pressures may be displayed for thewrong positions for a short time. This is rectifiedafter a few minutes of driving, and the tire pres-sures are displayed for the correct positions.

Restarting the tire pressure monitorWhen you restart the tire pressure monitor, allexisting warning messages are deleted and thewarning lamps go out. Themonitor uses the cur-rently set tire pressures as the reference valuesfor monitoring. In most cases, the tire pressuremonitor will automatically detect the new refer-ence values after you have changed the tirepressure. However, you can also set referencevalues manually as described here. The tirepressure monitor then monitors the new tirepressure values.X Set the tire pressure to the value recommen-ded for the corresponding driving situation onthe Tire and Loading Information placard onthe driver's side B-pillar (Y page 261).You can find more tire pressure values forvarious operating conditions in the tire pres-sure table inside the fuel filler flap(Y page 261).

X Make sure that the tire pressure is correct onall four wheels.

X Switch on the ignition (Y page 106).X Pressò on the steering wheel to call upthe list of menus.

X Press9 or: on the steering wheel toselect the Service menu.

X Pressa.X Press9 or: to select Tire Pres‐sure.

X Pressa.The current tire pressure for each wheel orthe Tire pressure will be displayedafter driving a few minutes messagewill be displayed in the multifunction display.

X Press:.The Use Current Pressures as New Ref‐erence Valuesmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:X Pressa.The Tire Press. Monitor Restartedmes-sage appears on the multifunction display.After driving for a few minutes, the systemchecks whether the current tire pressures arewithin the specified range. The new tire pres-sures are then accepted as reference valuesand monitored.

If you wish to cancel the restart:X Press%.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Loading the vehicle

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNINGOverloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impair thesteering and driving characteristics and leadto brake failure. There is a risk of accident.Observe the load rating of the tires. The loadrating must be at least half of the GAWR ofyour vehicle. Never overload the tires byexceeding the maximum load.

Two instruction labels on your vehicle show themaximum possible load.(1) The Tire and Loading Information placard is

on the B-pillar on the driver's side. The Tireand Loading Information placard shows thepermissible number of vehicle occupantsand the maximum permissible load of thevehicle. It also contains details of the tire

266 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires

sizes and corresponding pressures for tiresmounted at the factory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is on the B-pillar on the driver's side. The vehicle iden-tification plate informs you of the grossvehicle weight rating. It is made up of thevehicle weight, all vehicle occupants, thefuel and the cargo. You can also find infor-mation about the maximum gross axleweight rating on the front and rear axle.The maximum gross axle weight rating isthe maximum weight that can be carried byone axle (front or rear axle). Do not exceedthe maximum gross vehicle weight or themaximum gross axle weight rating for thefront or rear axle.

: B-pillar, driver's side

Maximum permissible mass.

X Maximum permissible gross vehicleweight: is listed on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard: "The combinedweight ofoccupants and cargo should never exceedXXX kilograms or XXX lbs."

The gross weight of all vehicle occupants, loadand luggage must not exceed the specifiedvalue.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustrationare examples. Themaximum permissible loadis vehicle-specific and may deviate from thedata shown here. The maximum permissibleload that applies for your vehicle can be foundon your vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard.

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle. This information can befound on the Tire and Loading Information plac-ard.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustrationare examples. The number of seats is vehicle-specific and can differ from the details shown.The number of seats in your vehicle can befound on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

Determining the correct load limit

Step-by-step instructionsThe following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575 pur-suant to the "National Traffic and Motor VehicleSafety Act of 1966".X Step 1: Locate the statement "The combinedweight of occupants and cargo should never

Loading the vehicle 267

Wheelsandtires

Z

exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information placard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kilograms orXXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggage load capa-

city. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals1400 lbs and there will be five 150-lb pas-sengers in your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on the vehi-cle. That weight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage load capacity cal-culated in step 4.

Example: steps 1 to 3The following table shows examples of how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varyingseating configurations and different numbers and weights of vehicle occupants. The followingexamples use a load limit of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only.Make sureyou are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard (Y page 266).The higher the weight of all the vehicle occupants, the smaller the maximum load for luggage.Step 1

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Combined maximumweight of vehicle occu-pants and load (datafrom the Tire and Load-ing Information plac-ard)

1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg)

Step 2


Number of people inthe vehicle (driver andoccupants)

5 3 1

Distribution of theoccupants

Front: 2Rear: 3

Front: 1Rear: 2

Front: 1

268 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires


Weight of the occu-pants

Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)Occupant 2: 180 lbs(82 kg)Occupant 3: 160 lbs(73 kg)Occupant 4: 140 lbs(63 kg)Occupant 5: 120 lbs(54 kg)

Occupant 1: 200 lbs(91 kg)Occupant 2: 190 lbs(86 kg)Occupant 3: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Gross weight of alloccupants

750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg)

Step 3


Permissible load (maxi-mum gross vehicleweight rating from theTire and Loading Infor-mation placard minusthe gross weight of alloccupants)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò750 lbs (340 kg) =750 lbs (340 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò540 lbs (245 kg)=960 lbs (435 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò150 lbs (68 kg) =1350 lbs (612 kg)

Vehicle identification plateEven if you have calculated the total load care-fully, you should still make sure that the grossvehicle weight rating and the gross axle weightrating are not exceeded. Details can be found onthe vehicle identification plate on the B-pillar onthe driver's side of the vehicle (Y page 266).Gross vehicle weight: the gross weight of thevehicle, all vehicle occupants, load and trailerload/noseweight (if applicable) must notexceed the gross vehicle weight rating.Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): the maxi-mumpermissible load that can be carried by oneaxle (front or rear axle).To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed thegross vehicle weight and maximum gross axleweight rating, have your loaded vehicle (includ-ing driver, vehicle occupants, load and full trailerload if applicable) weighed on a suitable vehicleweighbridge.

All about wheels and tires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U.S.government specifications. Their purpose is toprovide drivers with uniform reliable informationon tire performance data. Tire manufacturershave to grade tires using three performance fac-

All about wheels and tires 269

Wheelsandtires

Z

tors:: tread wear grade,; traction grade and= temperature grade. These regulations do notapply to Canada. Nevertheless, all tires sold inNorth America are provided with the corre-sponding quality grading markings on the side-wall of the tire.Quality grades can be found, where applicable,on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width.Example:RTreadwear grade: 200RTraction grade: AARTemperature grade: AAll passenger car tiresmust conform to the stat-utory safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.


TreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified U.S.government course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half times as wellon the government course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires depends uponthe actual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practicesand differences in road characteristics and cli-mate.

Traction

G WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damage tothe drive train.

The traction grades – from highest to lowest –are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire's ability to stop on wet pavement as meas-ured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-

crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road surfaces.You should pay special attention to road condi-tions when temperatures are around freezingpoint.Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimum treaddepth ofã in (4 mm) on all four winter tires.Observe the legally required minimum tire treaddepth (Y page 259). Winter tires can reduce thebraking distance on snow-covered surfaces incomparison with summer tires. The braking dis-tance is still much further than on surfaces thatare not icy or covered with snow. Take appro-priate care when driving.Further information on winter tires (M+S tires)(Y page 260).

Temperature

G WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either separately orin combination, can cause excessive heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

270 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Tire labeling

Overview

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard(Y page 274)

; DOT, Tire Identification Number(Y page 273)

= Maximum tire load (Y page 273)? Maximum tire pressure (Y page 263)A ManufacturerB Tire material (Y page 274)C Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity

and speed rating (Y page 271)D Load index (Y page 273)E Tire nameThe markings described above are on the tire inaddition to the tire name (sales designation) andthe manufacturer's name.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may deviatefrom the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

G WARNINGExceeding the stated tire load-bearing capa-city and the approved maximum speed couldlead to tire damage or the tire bursting. Thereis a risk of accident.Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe the

tire load rating and speed rating required foryour vehicle.

: Tire width; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed ratingGeneral: depending on the manufacturer'sstandards, the size imprinted in the tire wall maynot contain any letters or may contain one letterthat precedes the size description.If there is no letter preceding the size descrip-tion (as shown above): these are passengervehicle tires according to European manufac-turing standards.If "P" precedes the size description: these arepassenger vehicle tires according to U.S. man-ufacturing standards.If "LT" precedes the size description: these arelight truck tires according to U.S. manufacturingstandards.If "T" precedes the size description: compactemergency wheels with high tire pressure thatare only designed for temporary use in an emer-gency.Tire width: tire width: shows the nominal tirewidth in millimeters.Height-width ratio: aspect ratio; is the sizeratio between the tire height and tire width andis shown in percent. The aspect ratio is calcula-ted by dividing the tire width by the tire height.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tire type."R" represents radial tires; "D" represents diag-onal tires; "B" represents diagonal radial tires.Optionally, tires with a maximum design speedof over 149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" in


Wheelsandtires

Z

the size description, depending on the manu-facturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR 18).Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diameterof the bead seat, not the diameter of the rimflange. The rim diameter is specified ininches (in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing indexA is anumerical code that specifies the maximumload-bearing capacity of a tire.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissibleload can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 266).Example:Load-bearing index 91 indicates a maximumload of 1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires can bear.For further information on the maximum tireload in kilograms and lbs, see (Y page 273).For further information on the load bearingindex, see "Load index" (Y page 273).Speed rating: speed ratingB specifies theapproved maximum speed of the tire.


Regardless of the speed rating, always observethe speed limits. Drive carefully and adapt yourdriving style to the traffic conditions.Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

ROptionally, tires with a maximum designspeed of over 149 mph (240 km/h) may have"ZR" in the size description, depending on themanufacturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR18).The service specification is made up of load-bearing indexA and speed ratingB.RIf the size description of your tire includes"ZR" and there are no service specifications,ask the tire manufacturer in order to find outthe maximum design speed.If a service specification is available, the max-imum speed is limited according to the speedrating in the service specification. Example:245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this example, "97 Y" isthe service specification. The letter "Y" rep-resents the speed rating. The maximumdesign speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph(300 km/h).RThe size description for all tires with maxi-mum design speeds of over 186 mph(300 km/h) must include "ZR", and the ser-vice specification must be given in brackets.Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating"(Y)" indicates that the maximum designspeed of the tire is over 186mph (300 km/h).To find out the maximum design speed, askthe tire manufacturer.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S1 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S1 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S1 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S1 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with the M+S marking providethe driving characteristics of winter tires. Inaddition to the M+Smarking, winter tires alsohave thei snowflake symbol on the tirewall. Tires with this marking fulfill the require-ments of the Rubber Manufacturers Associa-tion (RMA) and the Rubber Association ofCanada (RAC) regarding the tire traction onsnow. They have been especially developedfor driving on snow.

An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehi-cle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph(210 km/h).

1 Or M+Si for winter tires.


The speed rating of tires mounted at the factorymay be higher than the maximum design speedpermitted by the electronic speed limiter.Make sure that your tires have the requiredspeed rating, e.g. when buying new tires. Therequired speed rating for your vehicle can befound in the "Tires" section (Y page 280).Further information about reading tire data canbe obtained from any qualified specialist work-shop.

Load index

In addition to the load-bearing index, loadindex: may also be imprinted on the sidewallof the tire. You will find this after the letter thatidentifies the speed rating (Y page 271).RIf no specification is given: no text (as in theexample above), represents a standard load(SL) tireRXL or Extra Load: represents a reinforced tireRLight Load: represents a light load tireRC, D, E: represents a load range that dependson themaximum load that the tire can carry ata certain pressure


Maximum load rating

Maximum tire load: is the maximum permis-sible weight for which the tire is approved.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissibleload can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 266).


DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)US tire regulations stipulate that every tire man-ufacturer or retreadermust imprint a TIN in or onthe sidewall of each tire produced.

The TIN is a unique identification number. TheTIN enables the tiremanufacturers or retreadersto inform purchasers of recalls and other safety-relevant matters. It makes it possible for thepurchaser to easily identify the affected tires.The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifica-tion code;, tire size=, tire type code? andmanufacturing dateA.DOT (Department of Transportation): tiresymbol:marks that the tire complies with the


Wheelsandtires

Z

requirements of the U.S. Department of Trans-portation.Manufacturer identification code: manufac-turer identification code; provides details onthe tire manufacturer. New tires have a codewith two symbols. Retreaded tires have a codewith four symbols.For further information about retreaded tires,see (Y page 280).Tire size: identifier= describes the tire size.Tire type code: tire type code? can be used bythe manufacturer as a code to describe specificcharacteristics of the tire.Date of manufacture: date of manufactureAprovides information about the age of a tire. Thefirst and second positions represent the week ofmanufacture, starting with "01" for the first cal-endar week. Positions three and four representthe year of manufacture. For example, a tire thatis marked "3214" wasmanufactured in week 32in 2014.


Tire characteristics

This information describes the type of tire cordand the number of layers in sidewall: andunder tire tread;.


Definition of terms for tires and loading

Tire ply composition and material usedDescribes the number of plies or the number oflayers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire treadand sidewall. These are made of steel, nylon,polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals (kPa)are the equivalent of 1 bar.

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT-marked tires fulfill the requirements of theU S Department of Transportation.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehicleis designedmultiplied by 68 kilograms (150 lbs).

Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsA uniform standard to grade the quality of tireswith regards to tread quality, tire traction andtemperature characteristics. The quality grad-ing assessment is made by the manufacturerfollowing specifications from the U.S. govern-ment. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall ofthe tire.

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies to thetires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures for coldtires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maxi-mum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recommen-ded pressures for cold tires for various operat-ing conditions, i.e. differing load and speed con-ditions.

Increased vehicle weight due to optionalequipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehicle,regardless of whether it is actually installed onthe vehicle or not.

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tire ismounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must neverexceed the gross axle weight rating. The grossaxle weight rating can be found on the vehicleidentification plate on the B-pillar on the driver'sside.


Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identification.It specifies the speed range for which the tire isapproved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight includes the weight ofthe vehicle with fuel, tools, the spare wheel,accessories installed, vehicle occupants, lug-gage and the drawbar noseweight if applicable.The gross vehicle weight must not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specifiedon the vehicle identification plate on the B-pillaron the driver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the maximum permitted grossweight of the fully laden vehicle (weight of thevehicle including all accessories, vehicle occu-pants, fuel, luggage and the drawbar nose-weight if applicable). The gross vehicle weightrating is specified on the vehicle identificationplate on the B-pillar on the driver's side.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of:Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRthe weight of the accessoriesRthe load limitRthe weight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressure isbar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equivalent of1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, the loadindex may also be imprinted on the sidewall ofthe tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacityof the tire more precisely.

Curb weightTheweight of a vehicle with standard equipmentincluding the maximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant. It also includes the air-conditioning sys-tem and optional equipment if these are instal-led in the vehicle, but does not include passen-gers or luggage.

Maximum load ratingThe maximum tire load is the maximum permis-sible weight in kilograms or lbs for which a tire isapproved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for one tire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculated bydividing the maximum axle load of one axle bytwo.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tire widthin percent.

Tire pressureThis is pressure inside the tire applying an out-ward force to each square inch of the tire's sur-face. The tire pressure is specified in pounds persquare inch (psi), in kilopascal (kPa) or in bar.The tire pressure should only be corrected whenthe tires are cold.

Cold tire pressureThe tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked with the tiresout of direct sunlight for at least three hoursandRif the vehicle has not been driven further than1 mile (1.6 km)

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contact withthe road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sits securelyon thewheel. There are several steel wires in thebead to prevent the tire from coming loose fromthe wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.


Wheelsandtires

Z

Weight of optional extrasThe combined weight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 5 lbs (2.3 kg). Theseoptional extras, such as high-performancebrakes, level control, a roof rack or a high-volt-age battery, are not included in the curb weightand the weight of the accessories.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be used bya tire manufacturer to identify tires, for examplefor a product recall, and thus identify the pur-chasers. The TIN is made up of the manufactur-er's identity code, tire size, tire type code andthe manufacturing date.

Load bearing indexThe load bearing index (also load index) is a codethat contains the maximum load bearing capa-city of a tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between the tiresand the road surface.

Treadwear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are distrib-uted over the tire tread. If the tire tread is levelwith the bars, the wear limit ofá in (1.6 mm)has been reached.

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle at theirdesignated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Flat tireThe "Breakdown assistance" section(Y page 246) contains information and notes onhow to deal with a flat tire.

Rotating the wheels

G WARNINGInterchanging the front and rear wheels mayseverely impair the driving characteristics ifthe wheels or tires have different dimensions.The wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay also be damaged. There is a risk of acci-dent.Rotate front and rear wheels only if thewheelsand tires are of the same dimensions.

! On vehicles equipped with a tire pressuremonitor, electronic components are locatedin the wheel.Tire-mounting tools should not be used nearthe valve. This could damage the electroniccomponents.Only have tires changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Always observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Mounting a wheel" section(Y page 277).The wear patterns on the front and rear tiresdiffer, depending on the operating conditions.Rotate the wheels before a clear wear patternhas formed on the tires. Front tires typicallywear more on the shoulders and the rear tires inthe center.On vehicles that have the same size front andrear wheels, you can rotate the wheels accord-ing to the intervals in the tire manufacturer'swarranty book in your vehicle documents. If nowarranty book is available, the tires should berotated every 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to10,000 km). Depending on tire wear, this maybe required earlier. Do not change the directionof wheel rotation.Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and thebrake disc thoroughly every time awheel is rota-ted. Check the tire pressure and reactivate thetire pressure monitor if necessary.

Direction of rotationTires with a specified direction of rotation haveadditional benefits, e.g. if there is a risk of hydro-planing. These advantages can only be gained ifthe tires are installed corresponding to thedirection of rotation.

276 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates itscorrect direction of rotation.

Storing wheelsStore wheels that are not being used in a cool,dry and preferably dark place. Protect the tiresfrom oil, grease, gasoline and diesel.

Mounting a wheel

Preparing the vehicleX Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the electric parking brake manually.X Bring the front wheels into the straight-aheadposition.

X Shift the transmission to positionj.X Switch off the engine.X With KEYLESS-GO start function or vehi-cles with KEYLESS-GO: open the driver'sdoor.The vehicle electronics are now in key posi-tionu. This is the same as the SmartKeyhaving been removed.

orX Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.X If included in the vehicle equipment, removethe tire-change tool kit from the vehicle.

X Safeguard the vehicle against rolling away.

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock, itcan be found in the tire-change tool kit(Y page 245).

The folding wheel chock is an additional safetymeasure to prevent the vehicle from rollingaway, for example when changing a wheel.X Fold both plates up:.X Fold out lower plate;.X Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into theopenings in base plate=.

X Place chocks or other suitable items underthe front and rear of the wheel that is diago-nally opposite the wheel you wish to change.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you do not position the jack correctly at theappropriate jacking point of the vehicle, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.There is a risk of injury.Only position the jack at the appropriate jack-ing point of the vehicle. The base of the jackmust be positioned vertically, directly underthe jacking point of the vehicle.

! Only position the jack at the appropriatejacking point of the vehicle. Otherwise, youcould damage the vehicle.

Observe the followingwhen raising the vehi-cle:RTo raise the vehicle, only use the vehicle-spe-cific jack that has been tested and approvedby Mercedes-Benz. If used incorrectly, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.RThe jack is designed only to raise and hold thevehicle for a short time while a wheel is beingchanged. It must not be used for performingmaintenance work under the vehicle.RAvoid changing the wheel on uphill and down-hill slopes.

Changing a wheel 277

Wheelsandtires

Z

RBefore raising the vehicle, secure it from roll-ing away by applying the parking brake andinserting wheel chocks. Do not disengage theparking brake while the vehicle is raised.RThe jack must be placed on a firm, flat andnon-slip surface. On a loose surface, a large,flat, load-bearing underlaymust be used. On aslippery surface, a non-slip underlay must beused, e.g. rubber mats.RDo not use wooden blocks or similar objectsas a jack underlay. Otherwise, the jackwill notbe able to achieve its load-bearing capacitydue to the restricted height.RMake sure that the distance between theunderside of the tires and the ground does notexceed 1.2 in (3 cm).RDo not place your hands or feet under theraised vehicle.RDo not lie under the vehicle.RDo not start the engine when the vehicle israised.RNever open or close a door or the tailgatewhen the vehicle is raised.RMake sure that no persons are present in thevehicle when the vehicle is raised.

Vehicles with hub caps: the hub cap coversthe wheel bolts. Before you can unscrew thewheel bolts, you must remove the hub cap.

X To remove: take socket; and lug wrench= from the vehicle tool kit (Y page 245).

X Position socket; on hub cap:.X Position lug wrench= on socket;.X Using lug wrench=, turn hub cap: coun-ter-clockwise and remove it.

X To install: before installing, check hub cap:and the wheel area for soiling and clean ifnecessary.

X Put hub cap: in position and turn until it is inthe right position.

X Position socket; on hub cap:.X Attach lug wrench= to socket; andtighten hub cap:.The tightening torque must be18 lb-ft (25 Nm).

i Note that the hub cap should be tightenedto the specified torque of 18 lb-ft (25 Nm).Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe hub cap installed at a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Using lug wrench=, loosen the bolts on thewheel you wish to change by about one fullturn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely.

The jacking point is centered between the frontand rear wheel arches (arrow).

278 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

X Position jackA at jacking point?.

X Make sure that the base of the jack is posi-tioned directly under jacking point?.

X Turn crankB clockwise until jackA sitscompletely on jacking point? and the baseof the jack lies evenly on the ground.

X Turn crankB until the tire is raised a maxi-mum of 1.2 in (3 cm) off the ground.

Removing a wheel! AMG ceramic high performance compositebrake system:When detaching or attaching the wheel, thewheel rim may hit against the ceramic brakedisc and damage it.Proceed with caution and seek the assistanceof a second person.

! Do not placewheel bolts in sand or on a dirtysurface. The bolt andwheel hub threads couldotherwise be damaged when you screw themin.

When mounting/removing wheels, and for aslong as the wheels are removed, avoid applyingany external force on the brake disks. This couldimpair the level of comfort when braking.

X Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com-pletely.

X Screw alignment bolt: into the threadinstead of the wheel bolt.

X Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully.X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a new wheel

G WARNINGOiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a risk ofaccident.Never oil or greasewheel bolts. In the event ofdamage to the threads, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. Have thedamaged wheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driving.

G WARNINGIf you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack could tipover. There is a risk of injury.Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes in the "Changing a wheel" section(Y page 276).Only use wheel bolts that have been designedfor the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea-sons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that youonly use wheel bolts which have been approvedfor Mercedes-Benz vehicles and the respectivewheel.

! AMG ceramic high performance compositebrake system:When detaching or attaching the wheel, thewheel rim may hit against the ceramic brakedisc and damage it.Proceed with caution and seek the assistanceof a second person.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

Changing a wheel 279

Wheelsandtires

Z

: Wheel boltX Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact sur-faces.

X Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the align-ment bolt and push it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are finger-tight.

X Unscrew the alignment bolt.X Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-tight.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNINGThe wheels could work loose if the wheel nutsand bolts are not tightened to the specifiedtightening torque. There is a risk of accident.Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

X Turn the crank of the jack counter-clockwiseuntil the vehicle is once again standing firmlyon the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a crosswisepattern in the sequence indicated (: toA).The specified tightening torque is 133 lb-ft(180 Nm).

X Turn the jack back to its initial position.X Stow the jack and the rest of the tire-changetool kit in the cargo compartment again.

X Check the tire pressure of the newly mountedwheel and adjust it if necessary.Observe the recommended tire pressure(Y page 261).

When you are driving with the emergency sparewheel mounted, the tire pressure monitor can-not function reliably. Only restart the tire pres-suremonitor when the defectivewheel has beenreplaced with a new wheel. All wheels mountedmust be equipped with functioning sensors.

Wheel and tire combinations

You can obtain information regarding permittedwheel/tire combinations at a qualified special-ist workshop.

280 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

! For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use tires and wheelswhich have been approved byMercedes-Benzspecifically for your vehicle.These tires have been specially adapted foruse with the control systems, such as ABS orESP®, and are marked as follows:RMO = Mercedes-Benz OriginalRMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended(tires featuring run-flat characteristics)RMO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-tain AMG tires)

Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tires mayonly be used on wheels that have been spe-cifically approved by Mercedes-Benz.Only use tires, wheels or accessories testedand approved by Mercedes-Benz. Certaincharacteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle noiseemissions or fuel consumption, may other-wise be adversely affected. In addition, whendriving with a load, tire dimension variationscould cause the tires to come into contactwith the bodywork and axle components. Thiscould result in damage to the tires or the vehi-cle.Mercedes-Benz accepts no liability for dam-age resulting from the use of tires, wheels oraccessories other than those tested andapproved.Information on tires, wheels and approvedcombinations can be obtained from any quali-fied specialist workshop.

! Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec-ommended by Mercedes-Benz, since previ-ous damage cannot always be detected onretreaded tires. As a result, Mercedes-Benzcannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreadedtires are mounted. Do not mount used tires ifyou have no information about their previoususage.

The recommended pressures for various oper-ating conditions can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flapObserve the notes on recommended tire pres-sures under various operating conditions(Y page 261).Check tire pressures regularly, and only whenthe tires are cold. Comply with the maintenance

recommendations of the tire manufacturer inthe vehicle document wallet.Notes on equipping the vehicle:RAlwaysmount tires of the same size across anaxle (left/right)RAlways mount the same type of tires on allwheels at a given time (summer tires, wintertires)Exception: it is permissible to install a differ-ent type or make in the event of a flat tire.

Wheel and tire combinations 281

Wheelsandtires

Z

Information regarding technical data

i The data stated here specifically refers to avehicle with standard equipment. Consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center for thedata for all vehicle variants and trim levels.

Vehicle electronics

Tampering with the engine electron-ics! Only have work carried out on the engineelectronics and its associated parts, such ascontrol units, sensors, actuating componentsand connector leads, at a qualified specialistworkshop. Vehicle components may other-wise wear more quickly and the vehicle'soperating permit may be invalidated.

Installingwireless devices andmobilephones

G WARNINGThe electromagnetic radiation from two-wayradios can interfere with the vehicle electron-ics if two-way radios are manipulated or ret-rofitted incorrectly. This could jeopardize theoperating safety of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident.You should have all work on electrical andelectronic components carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you incorrectly operate two-way radios inthe vehicle, the electromagnetic radiationmay interfere with the vehicle electronics, forexample if:Rthe two-way radio is not connected to anexterior antennaRthe exterior antenna is not correctly moun-ted or is not low-reflection

This could jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

Have the low-reflection exterior antennainstalled at a qualified specialist workshop.Always connect two-way radios to the low-reflection exterior antenna when operating inthe vehicle.

! The operating permit may be invalidated ifthe instructions for installation and use oftwo-way radios are not observed.In particular, the following conditionsmust becomplied with:Ronly approved wavebands may be used.Robserve the maximum permissible outputin these wavebands.Ronly approved antenna positions may beused.

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radiationmay cause damage to your health and the healthof others. Using an exterior antenna takes intoaccount current scientific discussions relatingto the possible health hazards that may resultfrom electromagnetic fields.The following can be used in the vehicle withoutrestrictions:Rtwo-way radios with amaximum transmissionoutput of up to 100 mWRmobile phones (2G/3G/4G)

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate with vehi-cle identification number (VIN)

X Open the driver's door.You will see vehicle identification plate:.

282 Identification platesTechnicaldata

Example: vehicle identification plate (USA only): VIN; Vehicle model

Example: vehicle identification plate (Canada only): VIN; Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identificationplate is used only as an example. This data isdifferent for every vehicle and can deviatefrom the data shown here. You can find thedata applicable to your vehicle on the vehicleidentification plate.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rearmostposition.

X Fold floor covering: upwards.You will see VIN;.

The VIN can also be found in the following loca-tions:Ron the vehicle identification plate(Y page 282)Ron the lower edge of the windshield(Y page 283)

Engine number

: Emission control information plate, includ-ing the certification of both federal and Cali-fornian emissions standards

; VIN (on the lower edge of the windshield)= Engine number (stamped into the crank-

case)

Service products and filling capaci-ties


G WARNINGService products may be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.Comply with instructions on the use, storageand disposal of service products on the labelsof the respective original containers. Alwaysstore service products sealed in their originalcontainers. Always keep service products outof the reach of children.

Service products and filling capacities 283

Technicaldata

Z

H Environmental noteDispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Service products include the following:RFuelsRLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission oil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantComponents and service products must match.Only use products recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Damage which is caused by the use ofproducts which have not been recommended isnot covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty orgoodwill gestures. They are listed in thisMercedes-Benz Operator's Manual in the appro-priate section.Information on tested and approved productscan be obtained at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.You can recognize service products approved byMercedes-Benz by the following inscription onthe containers:RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)Other designations or recommendations indi-cate a level of quality or a specification inaccordance with an MB Sheet Number (e.g. MB229.5). They have not necessarily beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.Other identifications, for example:R0 W-30R5 W-30R5 W-40

Fuel


G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engine

and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

Tank capacity

Model Total capacity

All models 19.8 US gal(75.0 l)

Model Of whichreserve

All models Approx.3.2 US gal(12.0 l)

Gasoline

Fuel grade! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignitionif you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.Even small amounts of the wrong fuel couldresult in damage to the fuel system and theengine. Notify a qualified specialist workshop

284 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drainedcompletely.

! Only refuel using unleaded premium gradegasoline with at least 91 AKI/95 RON.

i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol.Your vehicle is E10-compatible. You canrefuel your vehicle using E10 fuel.

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operatingthe vehicle with other fuels can lead to dam-age to the fuel system, engine and exhaustsystem.

! Do not use the following:RGasoline with more than 10% ethanolRE100 (100% ethanol)RGasoline with methanolRM100 (100% methanol)RGasoline with metalliferous additivesRDieselDo not mix such fuels with the fuel recom-mended for your vehicle.

! To ensure the longevity and full perform-ance of the engine, only premium-gradeunleaded gasoline must be used.If standard unleaded gasoline is unavailableand you have to refuel with unleaded gasolineof a lower grade, observe the following pre-cautions:ROnly fill the fuel tank to half full with regularunleaded gasoline and fill the rest with pre-mium-grade unleaded gasoline as soon aspossible.RDo not drive at the maximum speed.RAvoid sudden acceleration and enginespeeds over 3,000 rpm.

Reformulated Gasoline (RFG) and/or unleadedgasoline with additives can be used. The con-centration of additives in the fuel, however,must not exceed 10%, for example:REthanolRTAMERETBERIPARTBAFor MTBE, the concentration should not exceed15%.The concentration of methanol in gasoline,including other additives, must not exceed 3%.

All of these blends must fulfill the fuel require-ments, for example:Rknock resistanceRboiling pointRvapor pressureYou will usually find information about the fuelgrade on the fuel pump. If you cannot find thelabel on the fuel pump, ask the gas station staff.

i For further information, consult a qualifiedspecialist workshop or visithttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

Information on refueling (Y page 121).

Additives! Operating the engine with fuel additivesadded later can lead to engine failure. Do notmix fuel additives with fuel. This does notinclude additives for the removal and preven-tion of residue buildup. gasoline must only bemixed with additives recommended byMercedes-Benz. Comply with the instructionsfor use on the product label.More informationabout recommended additives can beobtained from any authorizedMercedes-BenzCenter.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use bran-ded fuels that have additives.The fuel quality available in some countries maynot be sufficient. Residue could build up in thefuel injection system as a result. In such cases,and in consultation with an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center, the fuel may be mixedwith the cleaning additive recommended byMercedes-Benz. You must observe the notesand mixing ratios specified on the container.


Technicaldata

Z

Engine oil

General notes

! Do not use engine oil or an oil filter withspecifications deviating from those expresslyrequired for the prescribed service intervals.Do not change the engine oil or oil filter inorder to set replacement intervals longer thanthose prescribed. This could otherwise causedamage to the engine or exhaust gas after-treatment.Follow the instructions on the service intervaldisplay for changing the engine oil. This couldotherwise cause damage to the engine orexhaust gas aftertreatment.

When handling engine oil, observe the importantsafety notes on service products (Y page 283).The engine oils are matched to the performanceofMercedes-Benz engines and service intervals.You should therefore only use engine oils and oilfilters that are approved for vehicles with main-tenance systems.For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters,consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.Or visit the websitehttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.The table shows which engine oils have beenapproved for your vehicle.

MB-Freigabe orMB-Approval

All models 229.5, 229.51

i MB approval is indicated on the oil contain-ers.

Filling capacitiesThe following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Capacity

All models 7.4 US qt (7.0 l)

Additives! Do not use any additives in the engine oil.This could damage the engine.

Brake fluid

G WARNINGThe brake fluid constantly absorbs moisturefrom the air. This lowers the boiling point ofthe brake fluid. If the boiling point of the brakefluid is too low, vapor pockets may form in thebrake system when the brakes are appliedhard. This would impair braking efficiency.There is a risk of an accident.You should have the brake fluid renewed atthe specified intervals.

Comply with the important safety notes for ser-vice products when handling brake fluid(Y page 283).Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz in accordance with MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval 331.0.Information about approved brake fluid can beobtained at any qualified specialist workshop oron the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop in accordancewith the replacement intervals and thereplacement confirmed in the service report.

286 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Coolant


G WARNINGIf antifreeze comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Let the engine cool down before you add anti-freeze.Make sure that antifreeze is not spillednext to the filler neck. Thoroughly clean theantifreeze from components before startingthe engine.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can be foundin the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Ser-vice Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g. on theInternet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture, evenin countries where high temperatures prevail.Otherwise, the engine cooling system is notsufficiently protected from corrosion andoverheating.

i Have the coolant regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and the replace-ment confirmed in the service report.

Comply with the important safety notes for ser-vice products when handling coolant(Y page 283).The coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performs the fol-lowing tasks:Ranti-corrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling pointIf the coolant has antifreeze protection down to-35 ‡ (-37 †), the boiling point of the coolantduring operation is approximately 266 ‡(130 †).

The antifreeze concentrate/corrosion inhibitorconcentration in the engine cooling systemshould:Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the enginecooling system against freezing down toapproximately -35 ‡ (-37 †)Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protection downto -49 ‡ [-45 †]). Otherwise, heat will not bedissipated as effectively

Mercedes-Benz recommends an antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accordancewith MB Specifications for Service Products310.1.The coolant is checked with every maintenanceinterval at a qualified specialist workshop.

i When the vehicle is first delivered, it is filledwith a coolant mixture that ensures adequateantifreeze and anti-corrosion protection.

i The coolant is checked at specified intervalsat a qualified specialist workshop.

Filling capacities

Model Capacity

All models 13.5 US qt (12.8 l)

Mercedes‑AMGGT C

14.6 US qt (13.8 l)

Windshield washer system


G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

! Only use washer fluid that is suitable forplastic lamp lenses, e.g. MB SummerFit orMBWinterFit. Unsuitable washer fluid could dam-age the plastic lenses of the headlamps.

! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFitwasher fluid should be mixed together. Thespray nozzles may otherwise becomeblocked.


Technicaldata

Z

Do not use distilled or de-ionized water. Other-wise, the level sensor may give a false reading.At temperatures above freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture ofwater and windshield washer fluid, e.g. MBSummerFit.

Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.At temperatures below freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixture ofwater and washer fluid, e.g. MB WinterFit.For the correct mixing ratio refer to the infor-mation on the antifreeze reservoir.

i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MB Sum-merFit or MB WinterFit, to the washer fluid allyear round.

Climate control system refrigerant

Important safety notesThe instruction label regarding the refrigeranttype used can be found on the radiator crossmember. Further information can be found inthe currently valid service information.Service work, such as refilling with refrigerant orreplacing component parts, may only be carriedout by a qualified specialist workshop. All appli-cable regulations must be adhered to, SAEstandard J639 included.Always have work on the climate control systemcarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Refrigerant instruction label

Example: refrigerant instruction label: Warning symbol; Refrigerant filling capacity= Applicable standards

? PAG oil part numberA Type of refrigerantWarning symbol: advises you about:RPossible dangersRHaving service work carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop

Filling capacitiesMissing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

All models Capacity

Refrigerant 22.9 ± 0.4 oz(650 ± 10 g)

PAG oil 4.2 oz(120 g)

Mercedes‑AMGGT C

Capacity

Refrigerant

PAG oil

Vehicle data

General notesPlease note that for the specified vehicle data:RThe heights specified may vary as a result of:

- tires- load- condition of the suspension- optional equipmentRoptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload

288 Vehicle dataTechnicaldata

Dimensions and weights

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

: Opening height

Rear spoiler retrac-ted (all models)

78.1 in (1985 mm)

Rear spoiler retrac-ted,Mercedes‑AMGGT C

78.2 in (1986 mm)

Rear spoiler exten-ded, Mercedes-AMG GT

80.5 in (2046 mm)

Rear spoiler exten-ded, Mercedes-AMG GT S

80.6 in (2047 mm)

Rear spoiler exten-ded,Mercedes‑AMGGT C

80.6 in (2048 mm)

Fixed rear spoiler,Mercedes-AMG GT

83.3 in (2118 mm)

Fixed rear spoiler,Mercedes-AMGGT S

83.4 in (2119 mm)

All models

Vehicle length 179.4 in(4558 mm)

Vehicle length,Mercedes‑AMG GT C

179.7 in(4565 mm)

Vehicle width includingexterior mirrors

81.7 in(2075 mm)

All models

Vehiclewidthwithout exte-rior mirrors

76.3 in(1939 mm)

Vehicle width excludingexterior mirrors,Mercedes‑AMG GT C

78.6 in(1996 mm)

Vehicle height 50.7 in(1288 mm)

Vehicle height,Mercedes‑AMG GT

50.6 in(1287 mm)

Wheelbase 103.5 in(2630 mm)

Turning radius 452.7 in(11.50 m)

Turning radius,Mercedes‑AMG GT C

451.6 in(11.47 m)

Maximum trunk load

Vehicle data 289

Technicaldata

Z

mercedes-amggtmercedes-amggt operator'smanual mercedes-benz youroperator'smanual...

Documents